IBM Workplace Collaboration Services Version 2.5

IBM Workplace Collaboration Services Version 2.5
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services
®
TM
���
Version 2.5
Release Notes
G210-2188-00
Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in "Notices" on page 223.
Second Edition (May 25, 2005)
TM
This edition applies to IBM® Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5, and to all subsequent releases and modifications
until otherwise indicated in new editions.
© Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1994, 2005. All rights reserved.
US Government Users Restricted Rights - Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract
with IBM Corp.
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
About this release.................................................................................................
1
New in this release.....................................................................................................................
IBM Workplace Managed Client/Rich Client references do not apply .................................
IBM data access tool ...........................................................................................................
IBM Workplace API Toolkit ..................................................................................................
Installation and configuration improvements made .............................................................
Notes Application plug-in for IBM Workplace rich client ......................................................
i5/OS now supported ...........................................................................................................
Getting started with LDAP on i5/OS ....................................................................................
Release note information for WebSphere Portal available online .......................................
Technical preview................................................................................................................
Tech Preview features are not supported by Customer Support ..................................
Technical preview features ...........................................................................................
Product compatibility ..................................................................................................................
Composing rich text e-mail messages using a screen reader.............................................
Instant messaging interoperability with Sametime ..............................................................
Network Deployment not supported on i5/OS .....................................................................
PKI functionality is not working in the current release .........................................................
1
1
1
1
1
2
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
7
7
7
Installation, migration, upgrade, and configuration information .....................
9
Prerequisite installation information ...........................................................................................
Hardware requirements .............................................................................................................
Hardware requirements for AIX, Linux, Solaris, Windows ...................................................
Hardware requirements for i5/OS ........................................................................................
Software requirements ...............................................................................................................
Software requirements for AIX, Linux, Solaris, Windows ....................................................
Software requirements for i5/OS .........................................................................................
Browser requirements ................................................................................................................
Windows XP SP2 users must enable ActiveX scripting ......................................................
Installation notes ........................................................................................................................
Installing Workplace Collaboration Services from CD-ROM ...............................................
Installing Workplace Collaboration Services from an e-image ............................................
Enterprise Edition v5.0 for Network Deployment may fail on Linux .....................................
Additional installation steps for DB2 on Windows ...............................................................
Additional installation steps for DB2 on AIX, Linux, Solaris.................................................
Workaround for installing DB2 on Red Hat 3.0....................................................................
Linking to a JDK that was not installed by DB2 ...................................................................
i5/OS: Use the Create IBM Workplace wizard.....................................................................
i5/OS: EXTMEDFMT flag must be set to *YES for DVD install ...........................................
Edge components required for instant messaging and conferences...................................
Cannot create a shared file on server behind a firewall ......................................................
Collab. Ctr. People Finder portlet not compatible with 2.5 ..................................................
Copyright on Install/Uninstall panels have incorrect year ....................................................
Installer reports that RedHat 3.x is not supported ...............................................................
Use English install path for Chinese installation ..................................................................
User login problem when names contain special characters ..............................................
WmmDbPassword when disabling/enabling security in console mode...............................
Workaround for installing with Self-Voicing Runtime Environment......................................
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning ...............................................................................
Permissions on LWPLDS.LRNPARTITION set incorrectly ...........................................
9
9
9
11
13
13
16
20
20
21
21
25
32
33
34
36
36
36
37
37
37
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
39
39
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Unable to enter international group names for Learning ...............................................
IBM Workplace Rich Client ..................................................................................................
Installing the rich client provisioning server from CD-ROM ..........................................
Installing the rich client provisioning server from an e-image .......................................
Applet not able to detect exiting running instance of download ....................................
Can’t install rich client with IIS HTTP server .................................................................
Console install from CD not supported on i5/OS ..........................................................
Download link will not auto install if JRE is not installed ...............................................
Errors when using provisioning server install Custom option .......................................
HTTP server directories for rich client read and execute access ..................................
i5/OS users must run lwpGenPluginCfg.sh script before install....................................
Incorrect Custom install summary message .................................................................
Installing provisioning server on UNIX ..........................................................................
Installing provisioning server using a response file .......................................................
Interrupting the installation/provisioning of the Rich client ............................................
Linux - Mozilla bean not showing up in client installer ..................................................
Logging in to rich client as Offline causes errors ..........................................................
Missing Accelerator keys in provisioning components install .......................................
Multiple RCPINSTALL.Properties created changing install paths ................................
No status message after cancelling provisioning server install .....................................
Outline appears when using non-default theme on Linux .............................................
Providing a trusted root certificate to users...................................................................
Provisioning server install panel display in Romanian locale........................................
Provisioning server installation filepath cannot contain spaces ....................................
Provisioning server installation UNIX screen display settings ......................................
Provisioning server response file syntax errrors ...........................................................
Salvaging a user’s workspace after an uninstall ...........................................................
Spaces are not allowed in Workplace Rich Client install ..............................................
Specifying an install location for the Rich client ............................................................
User access rights required for rich client installation ...................................................
IBM Workplace Messaging ..................................................................................................
Enabling security may cause incorrect postmaster e-mail address ..............................
Technical preview................................................................................................................
Mobile client cannot be reinstalled w/o uninstalling ......................................................
Migration notes ..........................................................................................................................
IBM Workplace Team Collaboration ....................................................................................
Migrated links do not work in Team Task List portlet ....................................................
IBM Workplace Templates and Applications .......................................................................
Portlets can be deleted from migrated application templates .......................................
Template role groups change to All Authenticated Users .............................................
Upgrade notes ...........................................................................................................................
IBM Workplace Rich Client ..................................................................................................
Instant Messaging - Emoticons in saved chats don’t display ........................................
Logging in to client as Online facilitates upgrade provisioning .....................................
Must start server1 for 2.01 Rich Client to upgrade to 2.5 .............................................
IBM Workplace Templates and Applications .......................................................................
templates do not migrate correctly to 2.5 under Oracle ................................................
Migrated 2.0.1 Oracle templates are not upgraded to 2.5 ............................................
Administration......................................................................................................................
39
40
40
42
44
44
44
45
46
46
46
46
47
47
47
47
48
48
48
48
48
48
49
49
49
49
50
51
51
51
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
53
53
53
53
53
53
54
54
54
54
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
upgrade to 2.5 fails for both Oracle and AIX deployments ...........................................
Bookmarks portlet doesn’t appear after upgrade ..........................................................
Upgrade documentation inaccuracy .............................................................................
Configuration notes ....................................................................................................................
Avoid UNIX vi editor when editing Workplace properties files.............................................
Cataloging the DB2 database in AIX, Linux, and Solaris ....................................................
Check properties files before running HTTP and Learning scripts ......................................
Dynacache requirement ......................................................................................................
Enable security before viewing Database Transfer screens ...............................................
i5/OS remote database server must be added to WAS Resources ....................................
i5/OS users may experience problems using Toolbox JDBC driver....................................
ibm-entryUUID attribute missing in older i5/OS LDAP entries.............................................
Instant Contacts - User policy doesn’t turn off address book ..............................................
ND: Mixed OS for Search share causes indexing to fail......................................................
Restart server after disconnecting a node from the network ...............................................
SMTP server - LMS Mail (Calendar and Enrollment notifications) ......................................
Using a classic Sametime server with Workplace ...............................................................
"Automatically create mailboxes" affects calendar as well ..................................................
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning ...............................................................................
Adding Required Active Directory Attributes for Learning and LMS .............................
Configuring LMS to authenticate by cn instead of uid attribute .....................................
Enabling the SMTP server to deliver e-mail notifications ..............................................
Learning Requirements when connected to MS IIS 5.0 HTTP Server..........................
Reports not running on Linux, Solaris or AIX ................................................................
IBM Workplace Documents .................................................................................................
Configuring Documents e-mail notification ...................................................................
Sending document links from document libraries .........................................................
IBM Workplace Rich Client ..................................................................................................
Changing from one user’s workspace to another on one machine ...............................
Changing the specified provisioning server ..................................................................
Client provisioning fails when Netegrity is used with WP server...................................
Client supports one machine per user (credential store) ..............................................
Configuring the rich client to use non-standard HTTP ports .........................................
Credential Store error when importing a certificate .......................................................
Issuing user credentials through a Certificate Authority................................................
LMS server timing out users while they are taking courses ..........................................
Removing the rich client workspace .............................................................................
Unsupported Rich client offering policy configurations .................................................
IBM Workplace Messaging ..................................................................................................
Bad forwarding addresses will cause mail not to be forwarded ....................................
Configuring Mail Services for Cloudscape ....................................................................
Import command issues ................................................................................................
Mailbox database script creates a ${env.TEMP} directory ...........................................
Migrating Exchange accounts to IBM Workplace Messaging .......................................
Administration......................................................................................................................
Displaying, downloading, and importing large files .......................................................
LDAP user and group filters can inadvertently change .................................................
Technical preview................................................................................................................
Domino V6.5.2 settings to enable Domino XML Services ............................................
54
54
54
55
55
55
56
56
56
56
57
57
61
61
61
61
62
63
63
63
64
65
67
67
67
67
67
68
68
68
68
68
68
69
69
70
70
70
70
70
71
72
72
72
72
72
73
73
73
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Initial User Configuration for the Notes Mail Portlet ......................................................
Policy configuration for mobile client.............................................................................
Uninstallation information...........................................................................................................
Workplace Uninstaller leaves servers running on AIX and Solaris......................................
IBM Workplace Rich Client ..................................................................................................
Empty directories left after uninstall ..............................................................................
Provisioning server uninstall leaves remnants ..............................................................
Uninstall icons are different with each install ................................................................
Uninstall on Linux may take over 7 minutes .................................................................
74
74
74
74
75
75
75
76
76
Known limitations, problems, and workarounds ...............................................
77
Limitations ..................................................................................................................................
Installation issues ................................................................................................................
Self-registration should be hidden with read-only LDAP ...............................................
User limit when Cloudscape is user registry .................................................................
WCS does not completely uninstall from the Deployment Manager .............................
Configuration issues ............................................................................................................
Rich client installation program does not support bi-di .................................................
Self-registration can fail with network deployment of LDAP .........................................
Administration issues...........................................................................................................
Workplace Task Scheduler restricts frequency settings ...............................................
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning issues ....................................................................
Discussions: Child documents are not deleted with parent ..........................................
Do not use Intellexis’ close button; tracking will not work .............................................
PDF format no longer available for Learning reports ....................................................
Student interface: Font size changes using Internet Explorer ......................................
User search may fail for names with DBCS and accented characters .........................
Wildcarding in a course search is not supported for all fields .......................................
IBM Workplace Documents issues......................................................................................
Client-side size limitation for importing documents .......................................................
Desktop Integration messages do not appear on client terminal ..................................
HTML preview of Lotus 1-2-3 Smartmaster support issue............................................
Installed workplace templates are locked for editing ....................................................
Productivity tools: General limitations ...........................................................................
Productivity tools: Presentation editor limitations..........................................................
Productivity tools: Project planner limitations ................................................................
Productivity tools: Spreadsheet editor limitations .........................................................
Productivity tools: Word processing editor limitations ...................................................
IBM Workplace Rich Client issues.......................................................................................
’Home’ button on Linux does not use default home page .............................................
Calendar documents: Repeat is limited to 99 documents.............................................
Cannot skip the update of a .jar file ..............................................................................
Changing language using keyboard commands ...........................................................
Client mail messages on Linux do not convert URLs to hotlinks ..................................
Copy and Paste are not available with web browser on Linux ......................................
F1 functionality in this release .......................................................................................
Failover is not supported when provisioning using the WEDM .....................................
General properties for search do not apply to rich client ..............................................
Help button not working on Linux for Print Preview ......................................................
Hover text may not display properly ..............................................................................
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
78
78
78
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
80
80
80
80
80
81
83
83
84
84
84
84
84
85
85
85
85
85
85
85
86
86
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Instant Contacts - Adding contacts from open e-mail messages ..................................
Instant Contacts - Can’t sort list of contacts..................................................................
Instant Contacts - Number of contacts limit ..................................................................
Instant Messaging - Saved chat transcript limitation.....................................................
Issues with spell check on Linux with rich client ...........................................................
Keyboard access for the Switcher bar ..........................................................................
Language to search has to match the client’s Regional Settings .................................
Limits for IBM Workplace Messaging............................................................................
Link to Notes doc does not open in Messaging perspective .........................................
Lowest ranking search results appear at the top ..........................................................
Mail, Address Book, and Calendar limits ......................................................................
Managed Client does not support Tivoli Access Manager (TAM) .................................
MIME messages with GIFs generate errors in client messaging ..................................
Modifications to rich client policies aren’t immediately applied .....................................
Notes documents (\views) open in Messaging perspective ..........................................
Outlook mail background color not displaying in client messaging ...............................
Rich-client Search does not support use of wild-card characters .................................
Rich client fails to check if an account has been deleted ..............................................
Search of multilingual documents might fail..................................................................
Search rounds some documents score to zero ............................................................
User cannot cancel a search once it begins .................................................................
Using Documents over a dial-up connection ................................................................
"Export" command is not working .................................................................................
IBM Workplace Messaging issues.......................................................................................
Database table partitioning not supported on i5/OS .....................................................
Drag and drop is not supported with mail .....................................................................
Instant Contacts - Dragging to resize truncates ............................................................
Instant Messaging - Linux issues ..................................................................................
Maximum Send Size limit is not enforced .....................................................................
Migrating Domino accounts to IBM Workplace Messaging ...........................................
Migrating Exchange 5.5 accounts to IBM Workplace Messaging .................................
Updating mail forwarding address not immediately effective ........................................
IBM Workplace Team Collaboration issues .........................................................................
Cannot create team spaces, libraries, or Web conferences .........................................
HTTP tunnel cluster base URL is hardcoded ................................................................
Limitations for Web Conference templates and applications ........................................
Meetings cannot be deleted when Messaging is not installed ......................................
Search for Discussion Topic in Subject fails .................................................................
IBM Workplace Forms issues..............................................................................................
Do not add the Form Template Library portlet to a page ..............................................
No way to recover deleted form templates ...................................................................
IBM Workplace Templates and Applications issues ............................................................
Cannot delete a template if its title has an equal sign ...................................................
Do not use Portal Administration to maintain applications ............................................
No Template information if user has no access to the Template ..................................
Templates imported from previous release are not upgraded ......................................
IBM Workplace Web Conferences issues ...........................................................................
Web conferences - Animations displaying out of sync..................................................
Web conferences - Can’t access Web conference .......................................................
86
86
86
86
86
87
87
87
87
88
88
88
88
88
89
89
89
89
89
89
89
90
90
90
90
90
90
90
91
91
91
91
92
92
92
92
92
92
93
93
93
93
93
93
94
94
95
95
95
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Web conferences - Screen share browser/VM requirements .......................................
Web conferencing - Can’t install Web conference tools on Mozilla ..............................
Web conferencing - Deleting currently presented agenda ............................................
Web conferencing - Workplace window pops up ..........................................................
People components issues..................................................................................................
Cannot save contact information if server shuts down .................................................
Security issues ....................................................................................................................
Certificates in the admin console are improperly formatted ..........................................
Creation of separate credentials not supported ............................................................
Importing of some PKCS12 files is not supported ........................................................
Performance issues with very large i5/OS LDAP directories ........................................
Reverse proxy server testing and limitations for WCS..................................................
Reverse Proxy Support .................................................................................................
Browser issues ....................................................................................................................
Directory Search Help problem with Lotus Notes client settings ..................................
Mozilla and Firefox browser limitations .........................................................................
Pages hang if Microsoft VM in Internet Explorer 6.0 is set ...........................................
Use Ctrl+W shortcut to close Help opened from the toolbar .........................................
What the Search Center can and cannot process ........................................................
Portlet issues .......................................................................................................................
Accessibility and Content Palette ..................................................................................
Instant Contacts - Back button behavior .......................................................................
Instant Contacts - Can’t add contacts without email addresses ...................................
Instant Contacts - Chatting with multiple people limit ...................................................
Instant Contacts - New contact always added to address book ...................................
Instant Messaging - Chat window pops up ...................................................................
Instant Messaging - Chatting with multiple people and DND status .............................
Instant Messaging - Performance when searching .......................................................
Option to overwrite template is given when not applicable ...........................................
Portlets available for selection do not always work .......................................................
Web conference tools - Warning message when installing ..........................................
Web conferences - Removed participant still a participant ...........................................
Web conferences - Removed presenter can still present .............................................
WebSphere Portal issues ....................................................................................................
Content palette is inaccessible using keyboard shortcuts ............................................
Pages are invisible after editing if left in inactive state..................................................
IBM Data Access Tool issues..............................................................................................
Database application names are limited to 50 or fewer characters ..............................
Error message when pressing a control character in Name field .................................
Filter is removed after records are added or deleted ....................................................
Fonts appear differently when previewing a print .........................................................
Foreign key violation error explanation .........................................................................
Image file names with special characters cannot be imported .....................................
Input mode values cannot be changed for certain data types ......................................
Maximum length of table name is 128 characters ........................................................
Printing limitations .........................................................................................................
Right-to-Left format is not supported in this release .....................................................
Time picker uses period separator in Swedish translations ..........................................
Using unicode characters in name fields ......................................................................
95
96
96
96
96
96
97
97
97
97
97
98
99
99
99
99
99
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
101
101
101
101
101
102
102
102
103
103
103
103
103
103
104
104
104
104
104
104
104
105
105
105
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Working with default values in columns ........................................................................
Activity Explorer issues........................................................................................................
Cannot add groups to the membership list of a shared object ......................................
Cannot open activity explorer by dragging file to a contact ..........................................
Cannot print directly from shared objects .....................................................................
Cannot search across shared objects...........................................................................
No detailed activity logs ................................................................................................
No round-trip editing for shared files .............................................................................
No support for off-line use or archiving .........................................................................
No versioning or real-time editing of shared notes .......................................................
Not all chats are persistent ...........................................................................................
Technical preview issues.....................................................................................................
Can’t log in to Mobile client if server uses CUR registry ...............................................
Cancel synch for mobile client may not take effect immediately...................................
Mobile client limitation on group synchronization..........................................................
Mobile client: Issues using special characters in a group name ...................................
Mobile client: Issues with long addresses in Contacts ..................................................
Notes Mail - Junk Mail feature is not fully implemented ................................................
NotesMail - Configuration Options which are not implemented ....................................
NotesMail - Confirm Delivery feature does not work.....................................................
NotesMail - Preference Options which are not implemented ........................................
Objects in e-mail message not displayed on wireless device .......................................
Restored Mail folder is not implemented in Notes Mail .................................................
Search feature is not implemented ...............................................................................
Usage quota is not implemented ..................................................................................
Known problems and workarounds ............................................................................................
Installation issues ................................................................................................................
Creation of applications can take longer than expected ...............................................
High contrast mode may cause installers to mis-render ...............................................
i5/OS - Canceling an installation ...................................................................................
i5/OS - Remote silent config needs added property .....................................................
Importing users from LDAP using Tivoli Access Manager ............................................
Install Java core dump on AIX 5.3 ................................................................................
Provisioning component uninstall leaves log files .........................................................
Provisioning URL wrong for IEOP installation...............................................................
Configuration issues ............................................................................................................
Additional steps to set correct heap size of JVM ..........................................................
Administrative Console field validation is not working correctly ....................................
Application group membership can block individual access .........................................
Attachment viewer may require additional software installation ...................................
Cannot log into IBM Workplace if LDAP server is restarted .........................................
Corrupted block characters display in the Config Wizard UI .........................................
Domain Name appended twice in LWPHostname after install on Linux .......................
HTTP transports are missing in cluster configurations .................................................
Incorrect default theme .................................................................................................
Increasing the stack size for DB2 .................................................................................
Instant messaging does not work in a horizontal cluster ..............................................
LMS uses the uid attribute to authenticate user in LDAP .............................................
Non-Workplace theme gives JavaScript errors & missing GIFs ...................................
105
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
106
107
107
107
107
107
107
107
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
109
109
109
109
109
109
109
110
110
110
110
111
111
111
111
112
112
112
112
113
113
113
115
115
115
116
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Problems accessing IBM Workplace through a remote HTTP server...........................
Remote i5/OS database grant failure............................................................................
User Policy setting and new categories for catalogs ....................................................
WCS install on the Deployment Manager with MS SqlServer database .......................
Web Server setting needed to support Managed Client downloads .............................
"Too many open files" exception ...................................................................................
Administration issues...........................................................................................................
Workplaces configuration Help displays incorrect topic ................................................
Wpcpaudit.log not found in log directory .......................................................................
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning issues ....................................................................
Course deployment failures when using FTP ...............................................................
Course management: Problems with using Turkish and MS SQL ................................
Courses need to be added twice while creating a certificate ........................................
E-mail notifications may fail when using WCS SMTP server ........................................
i5/OS - Using i5/OS as an FTP server for CLIMP may not work. .................................
i5/OS Authorization issue if DB Admin and DB App users different .............................
Import error 500 when importing a course in Authoring Tool ........................................
Java folder missing for Solaris install of Learning Client CD ........................................
Limitation of JReport Server Engine for Bi-di characters display ..................................
Not all Reports run on Cloudscape database ...............................................................
Offline issues ................................................................................................................
Progress data for completed certificate not displaying .................................................
Selected skills from current page only added to Skill Management..............................
Steps to enable Logging for Learning tools running outside WAS ................................
Students can not view Learning Plan from Career Development .................................
Synchronization issues .................................................................................................
"Unable to Create Collaboration Space" error in LMS (Oracle DB) ..............................
"Value must be a double" message when viewing course results ................................
IBM Workplace Documents issues......................................................................................
Applications containing Team Tasks limit names to 100 characters ............................
Cannot create a document in new folder ......................................................................
Cannot create ten or more document libraries concurrently .........................................
Charts in .123 documents with "by row" are set to "by column"....................................
i5/OS: Cannot create a new version of a document .....................................................
IBM productivity tools cannot launch with a remote HTTP server ................................
Linux issues ..................................................................................................................
Productivity tools: General issues .................................................................................
Productivity tools: Presentation editor issues ...............................................................
Productivity tools: Project planner issues .....................................................................
Productivity tools: Spreadsheet editor issues ...............................................................
Unable to synchronize large files in Documents ...........................................................
IBM Workplace Rich Client issues.......................................................................................
’Reply To All’ & ’New Message To All’ inserts extra addressee....................................
Accessibility issues .......................................................................................................
Activating URL links will not launch Firefox on Linux ....................................................
Address book entry issues ............................................................................................
Applications do not get moved into new category.........................................................
Attempt update of most features/plugins; problem w/Linux client .................................
Calendar and calendar entry issues .............................................................................
116
117
117
118
118
118
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
120
120
120
124
124
124
124
124
124
125
125
125
125
126
126
126
126
126
127
127
127
128
128
128
129
130
130
130
130
130
131
131
131
132
132
132
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Calendar Docs incorrectly read by screen reader.........................................................
Calendar Document ’Subject’ limited to 765 characters ...............................................
Calendar documents: Multiple select and open, only opens one doc ...........................
Calendar globalization issues .......................................................................................
Can’t cancel Setup when provisioning operation is in progress....................................
Client shortcut replaced on second install to new location ...........................................
Context Menu in Monthly Tabbed Calendar .................................................................
Context menu incorrect when multiple mixed entries are selected ...............................
Cursor not displaying after tabbing to the body of mail message .................................
Custom install summary information incorrect on i5/OS ...............................................
Date picker is not handling dates prior to 1926 correctly ..............................................
Differences in rich client Change Password functionality .............................................
Disappearance of the Messages navigator section ......................................................
Document editors and document library issues ............................................................
Downloading appears to hang for shared applications .................................................
Enabling accessibility features for the document editors ..............................................
Error messages send users to error logs without location ............................................
Feature Filtering not working with Eclipse update manager .........................................
File - Open on Calendar documents causes an error ...................................................
Files remain in user home directory after client uninstallation ......................................
Globalization issues ......................................................................................................
How to make a shared application available offline ......................................................
IBM Workplace appears unresponsive and CPU usage spikes....................................
IBM Workplace becomes unresponsive after the server goes down ............................
If Network outage may need to remove workspace to provision ..................................
If problem provisioning may need to restart several times............................................
Instant Contacts -- reaching maximum number of contacts ..........................................
Instant Contacts - Adding contacts and address book..................................................
Instant Contacts - Selected group not displayed ..........................................................
Instant contacts - Two groups created ..........................................................................
Instant Contacts - "Work" group displays without creating it .........................................
Instant Contacts list - How search works ......................................................................
Instant Messaging - Chat Messages Preferences text truncated .................................
Instant messaging - Reconnecting if network goes down .............................................
Instant Messaging - Status remains "available" ............................................................
License agreement is truncated for some non-English languages ...............................
Links does not function in Help .....................................................................................
Linux - Can’t download client from provisioning server.................................................
Linux - People Finder/Links may not work in Rich client ...............................................
Linux - WEDM update; occasional problem restarting workbench ...............................
Linux issues ..................................................................................................................
Logoff/logon required after restarting stopped SSO service .........................................
Mail issues ....................................................................................................................
Meeting issues ..............................................................................................................
Must use standard /lwp context root on server for provisioning ....................................
Navigating with the keyboard Linux issues ...................................................................
Need to click twice after correcting invalid provisioning URL........................................
Network outage during provisioning - recovery workaround .........................................
No error message if no certificates are imported ..........................................................
132
132
133
133
133
133
133
133
133
134
134
134
134
134
135
136
136
136
136
137
137
137
137
137
137
138
138
138
138
138
138
139
139
139
139
139
139
140
140
140
140
140
141
144
144
144
144
144
144
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
No feedback given by the Troubleshooting Search Index Feature ...............................
No feedback to user during search when index is not created .....................................
No warning when downloading critical updates ............................................................
Occasional crash when closing WEDM client; restart client .........................................
Occasional display of blank Preference panes .............................................................
Occasional initial problem updating features in the WEDM client .................................
Offline Draft meetings need to be saved with out addresses........................................
Page not found / no response from rich client download link........................................
PC clocks must have same times before synchronization ............................................
Performance problems sending very large messages ..................................................
Pop-up date Picker - Month/Year Navigation not working right ....................................
Print Preview limitation with Web browser on Linux .....................................................
Print queue does not show title of printed Calendar document ....................................
Problems getting WEDM updates because of unresolved PREREQS .........................
Provision applications can fail if insufficient space or rights .........................................
Provisioning can fail without error due to disk space ....................................................
Remove Invitee from Meeting; Cancellation address wrong .........................................
Repeating Doc can be modified if only saved ...............................................................
Reply using chat not available in saved chat transcript ................................................
Rich client install problems when path contains Unicode .............................................
RTL layout not rendered despite locale setting .............................................................
Search field won’t take Unicode keyboard combination ...............................................
Shared applications unexpectedly become local only ..................................................
Side bar will not work after maximizing the current tab.................................................
Silent install may fail on i5/OS ......................................................................................
Sorting in Preferences different in non-English version ................................................
Spell checker issues .....................................................................................................
Spell checker languages ...............................................................................................
System Admin account has ’Manager’ access by default .............................................
Tab name is the same for Learning and Web conferences ..........................................
Temporary files can be deleted after installing rich client .............................................
Transition EUM provisioned client to WEDM with updates ...........................................
Update from 2.01 to 2.5 on Linux creates empty directory ...........................................
Update silently installs unsigned features without warning ...........................................
Update wizard screens are not translated into Hebrew ................................................
Upgrade issue: People Finder preference needs to be reset .......................................
Use fully qualified server name for provisioning URL ...................................................
User cannot simultaneously change the local and update features..............................
User must login in online mode in order to upgrade .....................................................
User not warned during install of an unsigned nested feature ......................................
Web conferences - Screen share problems..................................................................
Web conferences and Learning - Launching from Switcher bar ...................................
WEDM provisioning will not work in an SSL environment ............................................
IBM Workplace Messaging issues.......................................................................................
’Forward’ message option incorrectly populates To field ..............................................
Address book cache issues ..........................................................................................
Bad mail address produces ’Person exists outside search bases’ ...............................
Calendar issues ............................................................................................................
ConnectionIOTimeout may need to be tuned for the network ......................................
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
145
146
146
146
146
146
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
148
148
148
148
148
148
149
149
149
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
151
151
151
151
151
151
152
152
152
152
152
153
153
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
End Date/Time fields not always reset properly ............................................................
Extraneous "?" displayed at the end of some messages ..............................................
Folder created on back end won’t show up immediately in UI ......................................
Hit ’F5’ to refresh whenever you delete a Calendar Event............................................
How to correct a ’bad mail domain’ error ......................................................................
Import of some calendar entries causes parser exception ...........................................
Incorrect message when removing a contact from the address book...........................
Log messages may be in mixed languages ..................................................................
Mail issues ....................................................................................................................
Managed Client status displayed using Sametime in Notes plugin ..............................
Managing the user preference cache for the mail portlet ..............................................
Maximum SMTP connections is off by -1 ......................................................................
Meeting issues ..............................................................................................................
Message attachment issues .........................................................................................
Messages not relayed to list members if members not in LDAP ..................................
Messaging may fail if additional Mail Cells are created ................................................
Migrating Domino accounts to IBM Workplace Messaging ...........................................
Migrating legacy mail accounts to IBM Workplace Messaging .....................................
Mobile client: seems like e-mail is deleted randomly ....................................................
No localization support for Lmadmin commands ..........................................................
NotesMail - Config info not defaulted into Mail Preferences .........................................
Provisioning a user when sending a mail message ......................................................
Restricting users from sending mail to groups does not work ......................................
Rich client does not handle signed and encrypted messages ......................................
Same mail address for a person and a group ...............................................................
Searching indexing lag time and troubleshooting .........................................................
Some Lmadmin commands do not work with Cloudscape and port 8882 ....................
Spell checker issues .....................................................................................................
Suspending a rich client mail account does not work ...................................................
Toggling Hide Folders/Show Folders may alter folder expand state ............................
Treated as Managed Client user when using IM in Notes plugin..................................
Using Mailing Lists with installs that generate WMM external IDs ................................
IBM Workplace Team Collaboration issues .........................................................................
Adding a team task causes team calendar to disappear ..............................................
Alert window persistently occurs when viewing archives ..............................................
Archive appears multiple times in Chat Room search result ........................................
Assign task or change owner to explicit member only ..................................................
Assignment issues for team tasks ................................................................................
Chat feature generates error messages .......................................................................
Chat Room archive fails ................................................................................................
Contributor has moderator access if a member of moderator group ............................
Deadlock when users simultaneously create team spaces ..........................................
Directory search of a team space not returning results ................................................
Domino Applications configured with remote HTTP do not open .................................
Error inviting groups to a team space ...........................................................................
Extended Search config form cannot handle carriage returns ......................................
In Discussion, no visual indicator for more than 30 results ...........................................
Instant Messaging - Livenames and presence indicators .............................................
Instant Messaging - On-line tag may show disconnected.............................................
154
154
154
154
155
155
155
155
155
156
156
156
156
157
157
157
158
159
159
159
159
159
159
160
160
160
160
160
161
161
161
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
163
163
163
163
163
164
164
164
164
164
164
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Link does not appear after archiving in Chat Room ......................................................
Newly invited group member cannot access an application .........................................
Systemout.log reports SIP connection fails on node ....................................................
Team Space Search index gets deleted on first restart of server .................................
UNIX - PowerPoint files not displaying in Documents ..................................................
Web conference should not be in catalog .....................................................................
Weekdays appear in a daily archive schedule of Chat Room.......................................
IBM Workplace Forms issues..............................................................................................
Back button fails from text attachment ..........................................................................
Blank description field can result in data loss in form template ....................................
Chart design problem on Solaris ...................................................................................
Considerations for access to form templates ................................................................
Deleting field from a template makes form portlet unavailable .....................................
Do not use design fields in form portlet views...............................................................
Edits to a form template title creates a new form portlet ...............................................
Field displays "changed" after selecting name in people selector ................................
Intermittent problem with date picker ............................................................................
Launching a URL link from a form portlet loses Workplace window .............................
Lock conflicts for form templates ..................................................................................
Moderator & Contributor roles portlet in application not working ..................................
No notification if form portlet is uninstalled ...................................................................
Only first name selected displays in form portlet view ..................................................
Renaming a form template does not remove old name ................................................
Requiring value for some selection fields can cause form to fail ..................................
Rich text field problems with Mozilla browser ...............................................................
Save As for Forms not working as expected ................................................................
Searching a form’s Author field may fail to return results .............................................
Some form icons do not display in high contrast ..........................................................
IBM Workplace Templates and Applications issues ............................................................
Adding 100 users to a template role can destabilize browser.......................................
Application parameters display at instantiation .............................................................
Changing template or application owner requires updating roles .................................
Default editor/user policy cannot be re-added ..............................................................
Deleting from one template role removes from all ........................................................
Do not use special characters in template name or category name .............................
Edited component properties are not immediately refreshed .......................................
Misleading error message when importing a template .................................................
Server failover cancels application creation..................................................................
Team Task component properties are not updated immediately ..................................
Template on Oracle db: Default description shows as "null" .........................................
Values specified for application parameters are not validated ......................................
When you create a custom category you must edit the user policy ..............................
IBM Workplace Web Conferences issues ...........................................................................
Issues with installing Web Conference tools on Linux systems ....................................
Red X displays instead of PowerPoint presentation .....................................................
Web Conference Tools download affects multiple monitor display...............................
Web conferences - Can’t maximize projector appshare on Mozilla ..............................
Web conferences - Repaint problems on RedHat Linux ...............................................
Web conferences - Screen sharing problems ...............................................................
165
165
165
165
165
166
166
166
166
166
166
166
166
167
167
167
167
167
167
167
167
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
169
169
169
169
169
169
169
170
170
170
170
170
170
171
171
171
171
172
173
173
173
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Web conferences will complete as soon as "End" time passes ....................................
Web conferencing - Don’t receive e-mail notifications ..................................................
Web Conferencing - International issues ......................................................................
Web conferencing - Using the Firefox browser .............................................................
Web Conferencing performance issue in AIX, Linux, Solaris .......................................
People components issues..................................................................................................
Adding a third column to Directory Search results ........................................................
Directory Search results not displaying a user’s title ....................................................
Extending popup contact information on person links ..................................................
Person tag links not updated when user information changes .....................................
Pop-up windows can trigger login screen .....................................................................
Workaround for using People Finder "Show Details" on Linux .....................................
Security issues ....................................................................................................................
Clear or encode passwords written at config steps ......................................................
Domino CA occasionally refuses to certify Workplace certificates ...............................
HTTP/HTTPS on a non-standard port ..........................................................................
If the HTTP session times out, you may lose unsaved work ........................................
Incorrect error message importing an invalid PKCS12 objects .....................................
Logout/login required to see newly added certificates ..................................................
Mail encryption fails for contacts newly added to PAB .................................................
Multiple certificates may be marked as default for signing ...........................................
Portlets require HTTP server’s certificate CN to match DNS name..............................
Repeating error message: "Authentication failed for <null>".........................................
Security implications with WMM ...................................................................................
Security issue when IBM Workplace has write access to LDAP...................................
Some Verisign CA cert attributes are not supported.....................................................
Special characters could prevent wpsadmin from authenticating .................................
User is prompted to trust their own S/MIME certificate .................................................
You may be prompted twice to trust same certificate ...................................................
International language support issues.................................................................................
Active Content Filtering on non Latin-1(ISO-8859-1) documents .................................
Browser issues ....................................................................................................................
Back button shows information after logout ..................................................................
Chat may not work using Mozilla browser ....................................................................
Documents with language set to Other cause poor-quality search...............................
JavaScript error when performing certain tasks ............................................................
Problems with SCORM courses not working on Linux/Mozilla .....................................
Rich Text Editor Spell Check w/ tables in doc concatenates text .................................
Search for Russian and Polish languages ....................................................................
Some Learning functionality not supported in Mozilla browser .....................................
Spell Check corrupts tables in Rich Text Editor ............................................................
Text indentation not visible in HTML view in Presentation editor..................................
Portlet issues .......................................................................................................................
Content palette Remove action does not confirm or cancel .........................................
Entries are deleted after logging out .............................................................................
Instant Contacts - Corrupted contact removal message ...............................................
Instant Contacts - Lose changes ..................................................................................
Instant Messaging - Chat window doesn’t open ...........................................................
Instant Messaging - Chat window loses focus ..............................................................
173
173
174
174
175
175
175
176
176
177
177
177
178
178
178
178
179
179
179
179
179
180
180
181
181
181
181
181
182
182
182
182
182
183
183
183
183
183
183
184
184
184
184
184
184
185
185
185
185
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Instant Messaging - Customized status message lost ..................................................
Instant Messaging - On-line status indicator my become unstable...............................
Instant Messaging - Session timed out .........................................................................
Instant messaging if SIP server fails .............................................................................
Instant Messaging portlet Help issues ..........................................................................
Issues with empty categories in the content palette .....................................................
JavaScript Errors With Content Palette in IE ................................................................
No ’Show All’ option after search in Manage Document Libraries ................................
No confirmation box when removing portlets from Content Palette ..............................
Unable to cancel deletion of categories in content palette............................................
User is logged out if working in open document over two hours...................................
Using vertical scroll bar in IE closes Content Palette ....................................................
Web conference projector controls and large fonts ......................................................
Web conferences - Mozilla 1.4 sizing issue ..................................................................
Web conferencing PowerPoint slide display problems .................................................
Windows may flicker and disappear .............................................................................
WebSphere Portal issues ....................................................................................................
Content palette paging controls do not work as expected ............................................
WebSphere portal indexes required .............................................................................
IBM Data Access Tool issues..............................................................................................
Arabic and Hebrew translations ....................................................................................
Button label font style does not automatically refresh ...................................................
Cannot import or export applications without the data definition ..................................
Changing image in image control does not save immediately ......................................
Combination box with filtering enabled not working correctly .......................................
Compression cannot be turned off during export ..........................................................
Cut, copy, paste of multiple controls not working as expected .....................................
DateTime data type not working correctly when output in grids ...................................
Default location of cursor in form is in last field .............................................................
Delete button for deleting custom values in a list does not work ..................................
Descriptions not copied during Duplicate, Share, and Import .......................................
Disabled radio buttons appear to be enabled ...............................................................
Error message 23502: columns cannot accept Null value ............................................
Events/Actions that are not working for grids and reports ............................................
Floating point numbers are not handled correctly .........................................................
Font style changes on printout ......................................................................................
Form closes without warning after deleting last record .................................................
Images don’t appear on buttons if width of button is too small .....................................
Images on buttons do not appear when previewing forms ...........................................
Looping occurs in grids when using the duplicate record action...................................
Missing records in grid after filtering and hiding ............................................................
Navigating a new form with keyboard on Linux ............................................................
New table column/table not appearing in Data binding field .........................................
No confirmation when saving form in data access viewer ............................................
Non-nullable table columns in grids, forms cause error on save ..................................
On Save/On Save Error issues with forms, grids..........................................................
Printing a grid or report .................................................................................................
Problems when using multiple-value design controls ...................................................
Records do not sort correctly in data access viewer.....................................................
185
185
185
186
186
186
186
186
187
187
187
187
187
187
188
188
188
188
188
189
189
189
189
190
190
190
190
190
190
190
191
191
191
191
192
192
192
192
192
192
193
193
193
193
193
193
193
194
194
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Red cross appears instead of error message ...............................................................
Renamed columns do not appear in data binding drop-down list .................................
Rename/Save As not supported for more than one design element ............................
Renaming a table ..........................................................................................................
Replace/Find not working for some data types in forms, grids .....................................
Reports without data do not display group report column labels ..................................
Select correct computed expression for summaries to work ........................................
Sharing a database application when data definition is open .......................................
Simple combination boxes do not display correctly ......................................................
Some border styles appear incorrectly in data access designer...................................
Strikeout and Underline font effects not working ..........................................................
Triggering an On Hint event on a control ......................................................................
Using the Set Value simple action ................................................................................
XPath id() function not working as expected .................................................................
Activity Explorer issues........................................................................................................
’Esc’ key does not dismiss the create shared object dialog ..........................................
Cannot create a shared file on server behind a firewall ................................................
Cannot use paste on Linux client to create shared file responses ................................
Create shared file dialog appears behind the desktop..................................................
File-->Preferences... does not show Activity Explorer settings .....................................
Help graphics do not display in some topics .................................................................
In ND environment previewed objects retain active (green) status...............................
Modification data for some objects is not updated properly ..........................................
Persistent chat window opens behind desktop on Linux client .....................................
Remove yourself as last member of a shared object ....................................................
Shared object does not disappear after removing yourself...........................................
Technical preview issues.....................................................................................................
Admin mail preference values are default for new portlet users ...................................
All sent messages are saved in the sent folder ............................................................
Bad email addresses may not return delivery failures ..................................................
Caveats using the ’Move to Folder’ button to move messages ....................................
Delete Folder from Notes Mail does not work ...............................................................
Delete policy for mobile client contacts is that latest wins ............................................
Errors occur when deleting documents or folders.........................................................
If Soft delete is disabled, you cannot empty the trash folder ........................................
If Soft Delete is enabled, Messages in Trash lose field values .....................................
Issues with documents saved as drafts ........................................................................
Junk Mail dialog can’t be reinvoked after checkbox is checked....................................
Mark Read / Unread function may not work in mobile client .........................................
Messages are lost after renaming a user’s folder .........................................................
Misleading wireless message if Notes mail source not configured ...............................
Mobile client allows saving a group to an existing group ..............................................
Mobile client does not support changing a user password ...........................................
Mobile client may crash if operations performed quickly together ................................
Mobile client may need two synchs to get full folder structure ......................................
Mobile client: IM status icon may not respond ..............................................................
Mobile client: IM status icon may require time to be updated .......................................
Must re-install Mobile if Workplace password changes ................................................
NotesMail - Changing portlet’s mail source ..................................................................
194
194
194
194
195
195
195
195
195
195
196
196
196
196
196
196
196
197
197
197
198
198
198
198
198
199
199
199
199
199
199
199
199
200
200
200
200
200
201
201
201
201
201
201
201
202
202
202
202
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
NotesMail - Do not change Mail server type/protocol ...................................................
NotesMail - Syntax Error when clicking Edit Mail Source button ..................................
NotesMail - Username/Password fields in Mail Preferences ........................................
Sending mail addressed to Notes name causes Domino to crash ...............................
Special characters display incorrectly in subject, body of email ...................................
Tabbing and focus issue in a Mail message .................................................................
Unread marks not working for new messages ..............................................................
When reading a rich text message, text colors are not displayed .................................
When reading rich text messages, inline images are not displayed .............................
Wireless: Body text lost using address lookup on forwarded mail ................................
Wireless: Error when opening/restoring message in Trash folder ................................
Wireless: Invalid addresses deleted without error message .........................................
Wireless: Navigation of Folders w/ Pocket PC IE skips messages...............................
202
202
202
202
203
203
203
203
203
203
204
204
204
Documentation updates .......................................................................................
205
IBM Workplace Information Center ............................................................................................
Configuring the IMAP service ..............................................................................................
Help incorrectly references mobile client in user policies ....................................................
HTML table of contents cannot be collapsed in Mozilla ......................................................
People Finder c2A methods do not support Person menu actions .....................................
Servers can have Mail services or SIP services, but not both.............................................
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning ...............................................................................
i5/OS - Verify FTP attributes before using i5/OS as FTP server...................................
Internal HTTP server for Offline Learning Client is incorrect ........................................
Workplace skills are different from WCL instructor skills ..............................................
IBM Workplace Rich Client ..................................................................................................
Plug-in Help not provided for some client plug-ins ........................................................
Preparing for rich client setup (i5/OS) ...........................................................................
Security................................................................................................................................
Configuring SSL for IBM Workplace Collaboration Services ........................................
Configuring SSL for Workplace login only ....................................................................
Digest authentication does not work for Instant Messaging ..........................................
Enabling non-wpsadmins to manage client certificates ................................................
Updates to "Importing a certificate into the WAS trust stores" ......................................
"Securing passwords" topic is no longer valid...............................................................
IBM Workplace Portlet Help .......................................................................................................
Application Membership help refers to team spaces...........................................................
Mail and rich text editor keystrokes .....................................................................................
Web conference templates are not customizable ................................................................
Wildcard (*) character in People Finder and Directory Search ............................................
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning ...............................................................................
Approval process for an Approver ................................................................................
My Learning Interests only includes recommended jobs ..............................................
IBM Workplace Documents .................................................................................................
Document libraries and group access...........................................................................
IBM Workplace Team Collaboration ....................................................................................
Team spaces group access ..........................................................................................
IBM Workplace Forms .........................................................................................................
Delete form document behavior described incorrectly ..................................................
IBM Workplace Web Conferences ......................................................................................
205
205
205
205
205
205
206
206
207
207
207
207
208
208
208
208
208
209
209
209
209
209
210
210
210
210
210
210
210
210
211
211
211
211
211
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Web conferencing Help issues .....................................................................................
Administration......................................................................................................................
Workplace Task Scheduler Help correction ..................................................................
IBM Workplace Rich Client Help ................................................................................................
IBM Workplace Documents .................................................................................................
Duplicate Help pages....................................................................................................
Extended tips cannot display in "Preference" dialog.....................................................
Failure to locate help page in ’Create -> Graphics’ dialog ............................................
IBM Workplace Documents Help issues .......................................................................
Incorrect Help title for chart object bar ..........................................................................
No general introduction page for IBM productivity tools Help .......................................
Stand-alone document editor file commands ................................................................
The content on the Help page "Change" is incorrect ....................................................
IBM Workplace Rich Client ..................................................................................................
Accessibility, Keyboard commands - Help update ........................................................
Activity Explorer: Adding members to a shared object .................................................
Calendar Help correction ..............................................................................................
Incorrect description of Team Spaces being available offline .......................................
Instant messaging rich client Help issues .....................................................................
Lotus Notes, document libraries, and the IBM editors ..................................................
Mail and offline rich client help corrections ...................................................................
Mail Help issues ............................................................................................................
Switcher bar graphic in Help not current .......................................................................
"Creating a form" Help correction..................................................................................
"Working with bookmarks" Help correction ...................................................................
IBM Workplace Web Conferences ......................................................................................
Launching of Web Conferences and Learning in 2.5 ....................................................
IBM Data Access Tool .........................................................................................................
Access control list for shared database applications Help update ................................
Default value needed for primary keys when using auto-save .....................................
Disable/Enable setting on a control ..............................................................................
Hiding action bars and element navigator .....................................................................
Keyboard command for accessing a date picker ..........................................................
Keyboard commands for moving between tabs in attributes editor ..............................
List box, combination box, radio button group Help correction .....................................
New custom XPath functions ........................................................................................
On Focus event documentation update ........................................................................
Right-arrow and left-arrow icon references in Help .......................................................
Save is automatic in data definitions.............................................................................
Shift+F1 brings up Help for a control ............................................................................
Updated description of icons in Application catalog......................................................
Using computed fields Help correction .........................................................................
Using relationships - Help correction ............................................................................
Using values defined from table columns - Help correction ..........................................
"Changing group settings for a report" Help correction.................................................
"Changing summaries for a report" Help correction......................................................
"Changing your primary key" Help update ....................................................................
"Creating group settings for a report" Help correction...................................................
"Deleting table data" Help update .................................................................................
211
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
212
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
214
214
214
215
215
215
216
216
216
217
217
217
217
217
217
217
217
218
218
218
218
219
219
219
219
219
219
220
220
220
220
220
220
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace WebSphere Administrative Console Help ........................................................
IBM Workplace Rich Client ..................................................................................................
Menu sequence error....................................................................................................
Administration......................................................................................................................
Allow import or export of files for rich client users only .................................................
SIP Container Router classname setting is incorrect in help ........................................
221
221
221
221
221
221
Notices and Trademarks ......................................................................................
223
Notices .......................................................................................................................................
Copyright notices and information regarding non-IBM software..........................................
JReport - license information...............................................................................................
Trademarks ................................................................................................................................
Trademark list......................................................................................................................
223
223
235
237
237
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
About this release
New in this release
IBM Workplace Managed Client/Rich Client references do not apply
The IBM Workplace Managed Client (Rich Client) is an optional product that provides a "rich client"-style set of
features to users of IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5. IBM has decided to extend the Beta period of this
client offering, to allow more time and additional feedback from its Beta customers, before the client becomes
generally available.
As a result, any references to the IBM Workplace Managed Client (Rich Client) product in the IBM Workplace
Collaboration Services 2.5 Information Center and related Help files, or in the release notes, do not apply. For more
information regarding the availability date of this product offering, please contact your Lotus Sales and Support
representative.
IBM data access tool
The IBM data access tool is part of the IBM Workplace rich client. This tool allows users to create, design, modify, and
run database applications that are used to access, share, and organize data. The data access tool is powerful enough
for expert designers, yet easy enough for novice users who are just getting started.
The data access tool is made up of two parts: data access designer and data access viewer. Data access designer
allows users define the type of data used in the database application and add design elements (forms, grids, and
reports) for creating and displaying the data. Data access viewer allows users to run the database applications on a
local database and work with data in real time.
The data access tool provides templates that are complete with design elements and sample data for building and
designing customized database applications. Users have the option to delete the sample data and use only the design
elements that are provided with the template.
IBM Workplace API Toolkit
The IBM Workplace Collaboration Services API Toolkit allows developers to extend the IBM Workplace platform with
new business components, portlets, and other components using the J2EE programming model. The toolkit provides
public APIs (Application Programming Interfaces) and SPIs (Service Provider Interfaces) that customer applications
can use. The IBM Workplace public APIs also supplement the public APIs provided by the underlying WebSphere and
Portal platforms (not included in this toolkit). The toolkit is available at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/lwpapi.
Installation and configuration improvements made
In IBM Workplace 2.5, the deployment time for a WorkPlace Server has been significantly decreased by including an
Archive Installer, as well as Configuration Wizards.
The Archive Installer copies a pre-configured Workplace server image to your system. Once this image is copied to the
server, it takes only minutes to install by changing the settings to match what is needed specifically for your machine
and environment.
The Configuration Wizards will take you through an automated process of setting up a specific database server.
Wizard technology is also being used to help set up your in-house LDAP directory; we are supporting IDS, Lotus
Domino directory, plus additional options.
1
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Notes Application plug-in for IBM Workplace rich client
The Notes Application Plug-in is included as part of the Notes / Domino 7.0 beta release, and is designed to work in
conjunction with the IBM Workplace rich client. The IBM Workplace rich client is a new offering that utilizes IBM
Workplace Managed Client. For purposes of these Release Notes, IBM Workplace rich client will be referred to simply
as the "rich client" below.
This plug-in is being delivered as part of Notes / Domino 7.0 beta and, as such, we welcome feedback on the usage of
this capability as we continue our development activities in this area.
At this time we are continuing to verify the functionality provided with all out-of-the-box Notes 7 templates. In the sections below you will find details on how to work with these applications and any current limitations. We are very interested to hear your experiences with running other (custom) Notes Domino applications.
System Requirements
In addition to having the IBM Workplace rich client 2.5 installed, the following are required:
�
IBM Lotus Notes Client 7.0 Beta 3 for Windows, installed on the same machine as the rich client
�
Minimum System Memory 512 MB (recommended 1 GB)
�
Diskspace of 275MB
Configuration Instructions
�
Install IBM Workplace rich client 2.5.
�
Install IBM Lotus Notes 7 Client Beta 3 from this web site http://www-10.lotus.com/ldd/beta/nd7pubbeta.nsf
Operating Instructions
�
The Notes applications are accessed via the rich client by selecting from the Switcher Bar and selecting the Notes
Applications icon.
�
The Notes Application component provides access to your Notes Applications which can be selected through the
Notes Application navigator. Initially the application displayed will be the default page configured for the Notes
client.
�
Once the Notes Application is active the menus available to the Notes Client will also be available from within the
rich client while the Tabbed Pages are showing Notes content.
Known Limitations and Problems
1. Any settings you have set in Notes will also be set in the rich client. So, for instance, if you have Single Sign On turned on in Notes, you will not be prompted for a login to Notes when switching to the Notes Application component. However, if you have it turned off, you will be asked to sign into Notes. This holds true for the Sametime client as well.
2. In general preference settings can be modified from within Notes Plugin, however some items such as Toolbar
modifications will not have any effect until the Notes Client is utilized as the toolbars are not available within the
rich client.
3. Notes Auto Logout is not putting up the Logout screen in the rich client. The databases are locked and cannot be
edited without a password, but the top database is visible.
4. If a database is open in Notes, and you try to open the same one in the rich client, it will not open. However, if
you open it first in the rich client and then try to open the same db in Notes, Notes will bring the rich client to the
foreground to display the database.
5. If you have Designer opened and you open a database in the rich client, you cannot close Designer until the Workplace client has been closed. 6. If you have the rich client open, as well as Notes and Designer, selecting to close Designer will actually close the
Notes client. Designer will remain open until the rich client is closed.
7. The Startup folder bookmarks are not available from the Notes Application navigator.
2
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
8. Some Accelerator keys that move the main window are not available when accessing Notes applications in the rich client. 9. When clicking on the 'X' to close a document, if the document needs to be saved, the tab disappears and then you
are prompted to save your document. If you are closing several documents, you will not be able to tell which
document is prompting you to be saved. If you click Cancel, the tab will be restored and will allow you to close it
again.
10. Hitting the F10 key with a Notes database open and then clicking on the top-level menu will cause the rich client
to hang. You must restart the rich client to recover.
11. Clicking on a database bookmark will sometimes bring up the "Search for Database" dialog. However, if you
right-click on the bookmark, select "Open Replica," and choose your database from there, it will open correctly.
12. If the rich client crashes while you are working on an autosave-enabled document, you will be prompted to recover
the document when the Client is restarted. Even though the document does not display when you click on it and
select Recover, it is there in the autosave database. You can check this by opening the autosave database.
13. Double-clicking on an attachment from a document that is in the Autosave directory will display the error
message "Note item not found" and the rich client will hang.
14. When working with an outside application, such as IE, if you give focus back to the rich client by clicking on the
File menu in the Notes Application view, your application could hang. When giving focus to the rich client, we
recommend you click on the title bar or within a view and then select the menu.
15. When using the IBM Workplace and the rich client with Calendaring & Scheduling Alarms enabled, opening a
calendar entry from the Alarm dialog may result in the dialog having incorrect focus. In some situations, the
dialog will have focus instead of the entry. You may also encounter the Alarm dialog disappearing behind the
Workplace application after editing the entry without first dismissing the dialog.
16. When using IBM Workplace and the rich client with Calendaring & Scheduling Alarms enabled, you may encounter
the error "entry not found in index" or "The document specified by the link cannot be located within the linked-to
database" if you open the Calendar from the Workplace - Today Welcome page prior to receiving the Alarm.
17. When using IBM Workplace and the rich client with Calendaring & Scheduling, if the meeting chair reschedules a
meeting using the drag and drop method, the meeting will not appear on the calendar at the new day/time until
the view is manually refreshed with F9.
18. When using the rich client, and you have Lotus Notes installed with the Calendaring & Scheduling Alarms
enabled, you may see a situation when the perspective is set to another IBM Workplace application (like
Messaging) and the Lotus Notes Alarms dialog displays. Opening the C&S entry from the Alarm dialog will
display the entry in the preview frame of the Messaging perspective.
19. When using IBM Workplace and the rich client with Calendaring & Scheduling Alarms enabled, the IBM Workplace
application is not restored from the minimized state when you receive an Alarm dialog and attempt to open the
calendar entry from the dialog.
20. If you cancel out of the password prompt while opening Notes from within the rich client, you must restart the
rich client in order to be able to reopen Notes.
21. If you cancel out of the password prompt while opening Notes from within the rich client and then select File Database - Open, Notes crashes and you must restart the rich client.
22. If Notes or the rich client crashes or hangs and you need to shut down the rich client, when you restart and try to
open Notes you may get a message stating that Notes cannot be displayed because it is not installed. If this
occurs, shut down the rich client and restart it again. Most times Notes will open.
23. In Beta 3, under the File menu, you will see two Preferences items. The first is for rich client preferences and the
second is for Notes preferences. In future beta releases, the Notes preferences menu will be identified as Lotus
Notes - Preferences.
24. There is an accelerator conflict when using Notes within the rich client. In the Notes client, pressing Alt+E+D
deselects any selected files in a view. However, when using Notes within the rich client, pressing Alt+E+D
(+ENTER) deletes any selected files in a view. To deselect selected files while using Notes within the rich client,
press Alt+E+D, and then press D again, followed by ENTER.
3
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
i5/OS now supported
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services is now available on the IBM i5/OS platform. i5/OS users can take advantage of
the integrated database, LDAP and HTTP functions of the IBM eServer i5 server to deploy and manage Workplace
Collaboration Services on an enterprise scale.
In addition, IBM Web Administration for i5/OS provides a single Web-based wizard to configure a Workplace
Collaboration Services environment after installation. The Create IBM Workplace Collaboration Services wizard
simplifies configuration by automatically detecting system settings, providing useful default values, and reducing the
number of steps that have to be performed manually. The Create IBM Workplace Collaboration Services wizard creates
a production-ready environment using IBM DB2 Universal Database, IBM HTTP Server, and optional LDAP
authentication.
See the following release notes for more information about Workplace Collaboration Services on the i5/OS platform:
�
�
"Network Deployment not supported on i5/OS"
"i5/OS users: Use the Create IBM Workplace wizard"
Getting started with LDAP on i5/OS
If you haven’t used LDAP on IBM i5/OS before, the IBM eServer iSeries Information Center is a great resource for finding more information. Visit the Information Center on the Web at:
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/iseries/v5r3/ic2924/index.htm
The following sections may be of interest:
e-business and Web Serving -> Security and Directory Server -> Directory Server (LDAP) -> Concepts
If you are not familiar with LDAP as a technology, you should start here. Pay particular attention to the topics "Directories", "Distinguished Names (DNs)", and "Suffix (naming context)".
e-business and Web Serving -> Security and Directory Server -> Directory Server (LDAP) -> Get Started -> Plan
This section has information on how to plan your directory.
e-business and Web Serving -> Security and Directory Server -> Directory Server (LDAP) -> Get Started -> Configure
The Directory Server is installed with a default configuration. This topic gives instructions on how to reconfigure the
directory using iSeries Navigator. It also gives instructions on how to use iSeries Navigator to configure the IP address
and port the directory will listen on.
e-business and Web Serving -> Security and Directory Server -> Directory Server (LDAP) -> Administer Server
This topic has lots of good information like how to start and stop the directory server, how to add and remove
Directory Server suffixes, import entries from an LDIF file, etc. It also has links to information on how to add entries to
the directory and work with them, but you’ll want to check out the next topic first to learn how to set up the Web
Administration tool before trying these steps.
e-business and Web Serving -> Security and Directory Server -> Directory Server (LDAP) -> Get Started -> Web Administration
One tool that can be used to work with the entries in your directory is the Web Administration tool that is available starting with V5R3. In order to use the Directory Server Web administration tool, the following products must be installed on the IBM eServer i5 server:
�
�
IBM® HTTP Server for iSeries (5722-DG1)
IBM WebSphere® Application Server - Express (5722-IWE Base and Option 2)
4
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Networking -> TCP/IP applications, protocols, and services -> Email -> Manage e-mail -> Host Domino LDAP and Directory Services on the same iSeries
The Directory Server is not the only LDAP directory that can run on i5/OS. Domino LDAP on i5/OS is also an option. Both types of LDAP directories can be run at the same time in the same partition, but there is the possibility of port conflicts. Read this topic for instructions on how to resolve these issues.
If you select to allow write access to the LDAP directory, the IBM Web Administration for i5/OS - Create Workplace Collaboration Services wizard will help you create the proper container objects for users and groups and the Workplace administrator user if they don’t exist. To select this option you will have to supply the DN and password of a user that has the proper write authority to the directory. The LDAP administrator DN and password are recommended, so you’ll want to make sure you know what those are before running the wizard. The LDAP administrator’s DN can be found in the Directory Server properties interface accessed with iSeries Navigator. The administrator’s password can also be changed through that interface.
Finally, you will also want to review the following release notes related to Directory Server on i5/OS:
�
�
"ibm-entryUUID attribute missing in older i5/OS LDAP entries"
"Performance issues with very large i5/OS LDAP directories"
Release note information for WebSphere Portal available online
The WebSphere Portal 5.0.2.2 release notes include up-to-date information about product usage, installation, administration, and troubleshooting, and are available online at:
http://www.ibm.com/websphere/portal/library
Technical preview
Tech Preview features are not supported by Customer Support
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5 ships with some components or features that are "tech preview" items. Technical previews are provided so that you can read about and try features that may be included in a future release. Because these features are still under development, they are not fully tested, are unsupported, and may produce unexpected results.
These features are not supported by IBM Customer Support, and should not be implemented or enabled in a production environment.
For details about which features are offered as a "tech preview" only, please refer to technote #1168533.
Technical preview features
There are four technical previews in IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5, bundled into two packages. Technical previews are provided so that you can read about and try features that may be included in a future release. Because these features are still under development, they are not fully tested, are unsupported, and may produce unexpected results.
The IBM Workplace 2.5 technical previews can be downloaded from the same Web site from which you download the IBM Workplace server. They are bundled in two packages:
�
�
IBM Workplace Managed Client Technical Preview - Other
IBM Workplace Managed Client Technical Preview - Mobile
5
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace Managed Client Technical Preview - Other contains the following:
Web Services for Remote Portlets
The Web Services for Remote Portlets (WSRP) Technology Preview for IBM Workplace rich client 2.5
enables server-managed deployment and client-side aggregation of WSRP applications. This Technology
Preview is the initial IBM Workplace offering of technology based on the WSRP standard. For all documentation, see
the "Technical Preview of Web Services for Remote Portlets" PDF that comes packaged with the feature.
Lotus 1-2-3 Filter
Lotus 1-2-3 Filter is a feature for IBM Workplace rich client that allows users to work with Lotus 1-2-3 documents
(.123). For installation and user documentation, see the ReadMe.txt file that comes packaged with the feature.
VoiceChat
Voice Chat is a feature for the IBM Workplace rich client that allows users to speak to each other using their
computers' microphone and speakers. For installation and user documentation, see the ReadMe.txt file that comes
packaged with the feature.
IBM Workplace Managed Client Technical Preview - Mobile contains the following:
IBM Workplace Mobile Client
The IBM Workplace mobile client is a micro edition of the IBM Workplace rich client for users who want the Workplace
experience on their mobile device. The IBM Workplace mobile client offers mail, calendar, contacts, and chat. Users
can choose to work online or off-line, and they can synchronize their application information between the server and
their mobile device. For all documentation, see the IBM Workplace Mobile Client Guide on the Web at
http://www.lotus.com/doc
Product compatibility
Composing rich text e-mail messages using a screen reader
If the policy for rich text editing permits it, users can elect to create the body of an e-mail message using plain text or
rich text; the rich text editor component is based on an underlying editing component, provided by the browser. Until
recently, this editor component did not work properly with screen reader software.
GW Micro has now released a version of its Window-Eyes screen reader software that does work with the rich text
editor. Window-Eyes 4.5 SP2 is free for download from GW Micro if you already have Window-Eyes 4.5 or 4.5 SP1.
Interacting with the rich text editor is similar to interacting with a text area field on the page. A user may enter text,
hear existing text spoken, and select and modify text. The keystrokes used to interact with and modify the text in the
editor are listed below. Select the text to be modified before invoking these commands:
control-shift-m will invoke a toolbar in a separate window. The user can interact with the toolbar to apply formatting
(bold, italics, alignment, fonts) to selected text in the editor.
control-shift-g will invoke a color picker dialog where the user can select a foreground color to apply to selected text
in the editor.
control-shift-j will invoke a color picker dialog where the user can select a background color to apply to selected text
in the editor.
control-shift-t will invoke a dialog to insert a table at the current cursor position in the editor.
Some of these keystrokes are already mapped by Window-Eyes (control-shift-m and control-shift-t); in order to use
these commands within Window-Eyes, you must first issue the Window-Eyes bypass key sequence, ins-b, before
invoking the editor command.
6
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Instant messaging interoperability with Sametime
IBM has developed the "IBM Lotus Instant Messaging Gateway" to enable users in an IBM Lotus Instant Messaging and
Web Conferencing (Sametime) environment and users in an IBM Workplace environment to communicate using online
presence and instant messaging.
The IBM Lotus Instant Messaging Gateway can be downloaded from the IBM Lotus Developer Domain Web site
(www.lotus.com/ldd/down.nsf).
This gateway operates as an intermediary, or translator, between the Sametime and IBM Workplace instant messaging
platforms and performs operations that enable users connected to these two disparate platforms to communicate
through presence and instant messaging.
The IBM Lotus Instant Messaging Gateway is designed primarily for an organization that uses both Sametime and IBM
Workplace servers. For example, if your organization deploys IBM Workplace servers in a test or pilot environment, but
uses Sametime servers in its production environment, you can deploy the gateway to enable users in these two
environments to communicate through presence and instant messaging.
Network Deployment not supported on i5/OS
Network Deployment is not supported on IBM i5/OS for this release. i5/OS users must deploy the IBM Workplace
Collaboration Services code on a single server. The database, LDAP server, and HTTP server used by Workplace
Collaboration Services may exist on remote servers.
Support for Network Deployment on i5/OS is planned for future releases of Workplace Collaboration Services.
PKI functionality is not working in the current release
The Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) functionality is not available in this release of IBM Workplace 2.5. Domino
Certificate Requests will not be processed.
This issue is occurring after a Certificate is created for the Domino Adapter; the Submit request fails.
7
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
8
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Installation, migration, upgrade, and configuration information
Prerequisite installation information
All IBM Workplace Collaboration Services customers should visit the website below to secure the latest information
about installation, fixes, technical bulletins, and enhancements prior to installing. Fixes/enhancements will be
regularly posted to this website; you are invited to check here often:
http://www-306.ibm.com/software/lotus/support/workplace/support.html
Hardware requirements
Hardware requirements for AIX, Linux, Solaris, Windows
®
®
®
This topic describes hardware requirements for running IBM Workplace Collaboration Services on IBM AIX , Linux ,
®
®
Sun Solaris, and Microsoft Windows servers and Windows and Linux clients.
Unless specified otherwise, the requirements in this topic also apply to the individual IBM Workplace collaboration
products, including IBM Workplace Messaging, IBM Workplace Team Collaboration, IBM Workplace Documents, and
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning. Also note:
�
Any information that specifically addresses the messaging capabilities of IBM Workplace Collaboration
Services also applies to IBM Workplace Messaging.
�
Any information that specifically addresses the collaborative learning capabilities of IBM Workplace Collaboration Services also applies to IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning. �
Any information that specifically addresses the web content management capabilities of IBM Workplace
Collaboration Services also applies to IBM Workplace Web Content Management.
This requirements information may be updated periodically on the Web. For the latest information, see the Release
Notes for Workplace Collaboration Services at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf. For system requirements for
the web content management capabilities of IBM Workplace Collaboration Services, see "System Requirements: IBM
Workplace Web Content Management" at:
http://www.lotus.com/products/product5.nsf/wdocs/lwwcmsysreq
Installation program requirements
(AIX and Solaris) The Workplace Collaboration Services installation program uses the GNU tar archiver to extract files
during installation. Before running the installation program on AIX or Solaris, you must install GNU tar, version 1.14
or later. The GNU tar can be downloaded from the Free Software Directory on www.gnu.org. It must be installed as the
default tar utility on the path (the default install location for GNU tar is /usr/local/bin). To verify the version number
of the default tar utility, use the command "tar --version" (typed with two hyphens, not a dash). If the default tar utility
is not the latest version, upgrade to version 1.14 or later.
Server hardware requirements
Server processor and memory requirements
The following table lists the minimum server processor and memory requirements. The requirements provided are for
the default configuration where no external LDAP directories and databases are being used. Contact your IBM
representative to determine capacity requirements for your organization's deployment.
Server platform
Minimum processor
IBM AIX
1.2 GHz IBM POWER4+ or higher processor
®
Minimum RAM
®
4 GB
Linux
2.0 GHz Intel Pentium 4 or equivalent processor
4 GB
Solaris
1.28 GHz UltraSparc IIIi or equivalent processor
4 GB
Microsoft Windows
2.0 GHz Intel Pentium 4 or equivalent processor
4 GB
Using the NTFS file system is recommended for Windows systems.
9
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Server disk space requirements
Installing Workplace Collaboration Services requires a minimum of 10 GB of free disk space. This amount does not
include the disk space required to install database software if you use an external database server. Installation of the
rich client provisioning server requires an additional 1.5 GB.
If you use a two-server deployment or a multiple-server Network Deployment, the Workplace server requires a
minimum of 17 GB of free disk space. If you also install the rich client provisioning server on the same machine, the
server needs 18.5 GB of free disk space.
Note: For AIX installations, the /usr directory and /tmp directory each require a minimum of 2 GB of free disk space.
For Linux or Solaris installation, the /opt directory and /tmp directory each require a minimum of 2 GB of free disk
space.
Estimating disk space requirements for the messaging capabilities of Workplace Collaboration Services
Before you install the messaging capabilities of Workplace Collaboration Services, refer to the following table to
estimate the disk space needed for the mail data. For example, if you have 1000 users and each user uses the default
disk space of 60 MB, you need approximately 73 GB of disk space. The numbers in the table are based on an average
message size of 50 KB and 90 day message stub retention. It is also important to note that these estimates are for
messaging only. Additional database storage is required for archiving, if you implement an archiving solution.
Maximum storage per user (MB)
Number
of Users
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
10
0.49
0.51
0.53
0.55
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.67
0.69
0.71
0.73
50
2.44
2.55
2.66
2.77
2.89
3.00
3.11
3.22
3.34
3.45
3.56
3.67
100
4.87
5.1
5.32
5.55
5.77
6.00
6.22
6.45
6.67
6.90
7.12
7.35
500
24.3
7
25.4
9
26.6
2
27.7
4
28.8
7
30.0
0
31.1
2
32.2
4
33.3
7
34.5
0
35.6
2
36.7
5
100
0
48.7
3
50.9
8
53.2
3
55.4
8
57.7
4
60.0
0
62.2
4
64.4
9
66.7
4
68.9
9
71.2
4
73.4
9
500
0
243.
66
254.
91
266.
17
277.
42
288.
68
30.0
0
311.
19
322.
44
333.
70
344.
95
356.
21
367.
46
100
00
487.
32
509.
83
532.
34
554.
85
577.
35
600.
00
Estimating disk space requirements for the collaborative learning capabilities of Workplace Collaboration Services
Before you install the collaborative learning capabilities of Workplace Collaboration Services, refer to the following
information to estimate the amount of disk space required for the learning data and indexes. The amount depends on
the following factors:
�
�
�
�
Number of courses
Number of registered users
Average courses per user
Average nodes (course elements) per course
Use the following formulas to estimate the size of the learning data and indexes:
To estimate the data size (in kilobytes), use this formula:
number_of_courses *(57 + average_nodes_per_course * 30.4) + number_of_users *(10 + average_courses_per_user * (3.8 + average_nodes_per_course * 1.1))
10
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
To estimate the index size (in kilobytes), use this formula:
number_of_courses * (12.3 + average_nodes_per_course * 1.4) +
number_of_users * (1.5 + average_courses_per_user *(1.6 + average_nodes_per_course * 0.14))
To calculate the required disk space, add the data size to the index size. Multiply the result of this calculation by 2 to
determine the required disk space.
Network connectivity requirements
The network connectivity requirements for a Workplace server are as follows:
�
�
�
Network adapter and connection to a physical network that can carry IP packets. For example, Ethernet,
token ring, ATM, and so on.
Static IP address with an entry in DNS.
Configured fully qualified host name. Workplace Collaboration Services must be able to resolve an IP address
from its fully qualified host name.
To ensure that the host name is correctly configured in DNS, type one of these commands at the command line of
another server on the network:
�
�
�
ping hostname.yourco.com
(Windows) nslookup hostname.yourco.com
(Linux) dig hostname.yourco.com
Rich client hardware requirements
The minimum rich client processor and memory requirements are as follows:
�
�
Intel Pentium 3 processor, 800 MHz
512 MB RAM
To reduce client startup time, you can use an Intel Pentium 4 processor and increase the amount of memory to, for
example, 1 GB. This increase in processor speed and memory does not provide significant performance gains after
startup.
Disk space recommendations for the rich client are described in the following table.
Installation scenario
Recommended disk space
IBM productivity tools not installed
350 MB
IBM productivity tools installed without language pack
600 MB
IBM productivity tools installed with language pack
700 MB
Hardware requirements for i5/OS
®
TM
This topic describes hardware requirements for running IBM Workplace
TM
Collaboration Services on IBM i5/OS .
Unless specified otherwise, the requirements in this topic also apply to the individual IBM Workplace collaboration
TM
products, including IBM Workplace Messaging , IBM Workplace Team Collaboration, IBM Workplace Documents, and
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning. Also note:
�
Any information that specifically addresses the messaging capabilities of IBM Workplace Collaboration
Services also applies to IBM Workplace Messaging.
�
Any information that specifically addresses the collaborative learning capabilities of IBM Workplace Collaboration Services also applies to IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning. �
Any information that specifically addresses the web content management capabilities of IBM Workplace
Collaboration Services also applies to IBM Workplace Web Content Management.
11
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
This requirements information may be updated periodically on the Web. For the latest information see the Workplace
Collaboration Services Release Notes at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf.
Note: For the system requirements for the web content management capabilities of IBM Workplace Collaboration
Services, see http://www.lotus.com/products/product5.nsf/wdocs/lwwcmsysreq.
Server hardware
TM
TM
The following are the minimum server processor and memory requirements for new IBM eServer i5 systems. For
existing systems, contact your IBM representative to determine capacity requirements for your organization's
deployment.
�
�
�
�
TM
TM
IBM eServer i5 520 1-way (2400 CPW)
4 GB main storage
®
15 GB of disk space for installation of Workplace Collaboration Services and WebSphere Application Server
V5.0.2 Enterprise Enablement
4 GB of disk space for each WebSphere Application Server instance configured for use with Workplace
Collaboration Services
Estimating disk space requirements for the messaging capabilities of Workplace Collaboration Services
Before you install the messaging capabilities of Workplace Collaboration Services, refer to the following table to
estimate the disk space needed for the mail data. For example, if you have 1000 users and each user uses the default
disk space of 60 MB, you need approximately 73 GB of disk space. The numbers in the table are based on an average
message size of 50 KB and 90 day message stub retention. It is also important to note that these estimates are for
Messaging only. Additional database storage is required for archiving, if you implement an archiving solution.
Maximum storage per user (MB)
Number
of Users
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
10
0.49
0.51
0.53
0.55
0.58
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.67
0.69
0.71
0.73
50
2.44
2.55
2.66
2.77
2.89
3.00
3.11
3.22
3.34
3.45
3.56
3.67
100
4.87
5.1
5.32
5.55
5.77
6.00
6.22
6.45
6.67
6.90
7.12
7.35
500
24.3
7
25.4
9
26.6
2
27.7
4
28.8
7
30.0
0
31.1
2
32.2
4
33.3
7
34.5
0
35.6
2
36.7
5
100
0
48.7
3
50.9
8
53.2
3
55.4
8
57.7
4
60.0
0
62.2
4
64.4
9
66.7
4
68.9
9
71.2
4
73.4
9
500
0
243.
66
254.
91
266.
17
277.
42
288.
68
30.0
0
311.
19
322.
44
333.
70
344.
95
356.
21
367.
46
100
00
487.
32
509.
83
532.
34
554.
85
577.
35
600.
00
TM
Note: IBM DB2 Universal Database
for iSeries has a size limit of 1.7 TB per table.
Network connectivity requirements
The network connectivity requirements for a Workplace server are as follows:
�
�
�
Network adapter and connection to a physical network that can carry IP packets. For example, Ethernet,
token ring, ATM, and so on.
Static IP address with an entry in DNS.
Configured fully qualified host name. Workplace Collaboration Services must be able to resolve an IP address
from its fully qualified host name.
To ensure that the host name is correctly configured in DNS, enter the following command at the command line of
another server on the network:
ping hostname.yourco.com
12
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
i5/OS user profiles
To install and configure Workplace Collaboration Services on i5/OS, you must have a user profile with the following
special authorities:
�
�
�
*ALLOBJ
*IOSYSCFG
*JOBCTL
Setting the time on i5/OS
Before installing the IBM Workplace Collaboration Services software, ensure that the UTC offset system value is set
correctly by running the following command from an i5/OS command line (example below is for Central Standard
Time):
CHGSYSVAL SYSVAL(QTIMZON) VALUE(QN0600CST)
Workstation requirements for remote installation
In order to install the IBM Workplace Collaboration Services software using the graphical interface, you must be
connected to your i5 server from a remote workstation. The requirements for that workstation are as follows:
®
�
Windows 2000 or Windows XP
�
DVD-ROM drive
The minimum rich client processor and memory requirements are as follows:
®
®
�
Intel Pentium 3 processor, 800 MHz
�
512 MB RAM
To reduce client startup time, you can use an Intel Pentium 4 processor and increase the amount of memory to, for
example, 1 GB. This increase in processor speed and memory does not provide significant performance gains after
startup.
Disk space recommendations for the rich client are described in the following table.
Installation scenario
Recommended disk space
IBM productivity tools not installed
350 MB
IBM productivity tools installed without language pack
600 MB
IBM productivity tools installed with language pack
700 MB
Software requirements
Software requirements for AIX, Linux, Solaris, Windows
®
TM
®
®
This section describes software requirements for running IBM Workplace Collaboration Services on IBM AIX , Linux ,
®
®
Sun Solaris, and Microsoft Windows servers and Windows and Linux clients. Unless specified otherwise, the requirements in this topic also apply to the individual IBM Workplace collaboration TM
products, including IBM Workplace Messaging , IBM Workplace Team Collaboration, IBM Workplace Documents, and
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning. Also note:
�
Any information that specifically addresses the messaging capabilities of IBM Workplace Collaboration
Services also applies to IBM Workplace Messaging.
�
Any information that specifically addresses the collaborative learning capabilities of IBM Workplace Collaboration Services also applies to IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning. �
Any information that specifically addresses the web content management capabilities of IBM Workplace
Collaboration Services also applies to IBM Workplace Web Content Management.
13
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
This requirements information may be updated periodically on the Web. For the latest information, see the Release
Notes for Workplace Collaboration Services at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf.
Note: For the system requirements for the web content management capabilities of IBM Workplace Collaboration
Services, see http://www.lotus.com/products/product5.nsf/wdocs/lwwcmsysreq.
Supported server operating systems
One of the following operating systems is required on the server where Workplace Collaboration Services will be
installed:
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
IBM AIX 5.2 with Maintenance Level 4
IBM AIX 5.3
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server with Service Pack 4
Microsoft Windows 2000 Advanced Server with Service Pack 4
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition
Red Hat Enterprise AS for Linuz (x89) 2.1 (both clustered and non-clustered configurations), 3.0 (non-clustered configurations only) SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8, 2.4 Kernel for Intel x86
Sun Solaris 9 Fix Level 12-2002; Fix Level 112951-08
Components of WebSphere Application Server Enterprise 5.0.2.6 and WebSphere Portal Enable for Multiplatforms
5.0.2.2 are installed automatically with Workplace Collaboration Services. It is not possible to install Workplace
Collaboration Services on top of an existing WebSphere Application Server or WebSphere Portal installation.
Supported databases
Workplace Collaboration Services installs Cloudscape by default; any of the supported databases can then be
substituted to Cloudscape. The following databases are supported:
�
�
TM
+IBM Cloudscape 5.1
TM
+IBM DB2 Universal Database Enterprise Server Edition 8.1 (all platforms)
FixPak 4a and the hot fix for FixPak 7a are included for Windows servers.
�
�
�
FixPak 7a is available from http://www-306.ibm.com/software/data/db2/udb/support/downloadv8.html
IBM DB2 Universal Database Workgroup Server Edition 8.1 with FixPak 7a
Microsoft SQL Server 2000 with Service Pack 3 and Service Pack 3a
Oracle Enterprise Edition 9i Release 2 (9.2.0.4)
+Software marked with a plus sign (+) is shipped with Workplace Collaboration Services and is only licensed for use
with Workplace Collaboration Services.
Supported HTTP servers
Workplace Collaboration Services comes with an internal HTTP server provided with WebSphere Application Server,
but using an optional separate HTTP server can improve performance. An external HTTP server is also required for the
rich client provisioning server. Workplace Collaboration Services does not include an external HTTP server, but the
following HTTP servers are supported:
�
�
�
�
�
�
Apache HTTP Server 1.3.26 and 1.3.28
IBM HTTP Server 1.3.26.1 and 1.3.26.2
IBM HTTP Server 2.0.42.1 and 2.0.42.2
®
®
IBM Lotus Domino Enterprise Server (as Web server) 5.0.9a
Microsoft IIS 5.0
Sun ONE Web Server (formerly iPlanet), Enterprise Edition 6.0 with Service Pack 4
14
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Supported LDAP directory servers
Workplace Collaboration Services installs with a default WebSphere Member Manager user directory, but can be
configured to run with the following LDAP directory servers:
�
�
�
�
�
�
+IBM Tivoli Directory Server 5.2
IBM Lotus Domino Enterprise Server (as LDAP server) 6.5.1
Microsoft Active Directory 2000
Microsoft Active Directory 2003
Novell eDirectory 8.7
TM
Sun Java System Directory Server 5.2 with Fix Pack 3
Note: If the LDAP server is Lotus Domino 6.5.1, Workplace Collaboration Services supports searches of secondary
Domino directories that are designated as "Domain type: Notes" in a directory assistance database on the server.
+Software marked with a plus sign (+) is shipped with Workplace Collaboration Services and is only licensed for use
with Workplace Collaboration Services.
Supported directory integration product
The following application supports the import of users from other mail systems and provides directory integration for
Workplace Collaboration Services:
�
®
+IBM Tivoli Directory Integrator 5.2
+Software marked with a plus sign (+) is shipped with Workplace Collaboration Services and is only licensed for use
with Workplace Collaboration Services.
Supported server Java Development Kits
�
JDK 1.3.1
�
JDK 1.4.2 (non-programmable embedded components)
Supported third-party single sign-on (SSO) products for the browser client
�
�
�
IBM Tivoli Access Manager 4.1
IBM Tivoli Access Manager 5.1
Netegrity Policy Server 5.5
Attention: The rich client and provisioning server cannot be used in an environment that uses Netegrity
Policy Server because of limitations with Netegrity Policy Server authentication protocols. However, Netegrity
Policy Server can be used by browser clients who use Workplace Collaboration Services.
Supported public key infrastructure (PKI) products
�
�
�
IBM Lotus Domino 6.5.2
Microsoft Certificate Services provided with Windows 2000 server
VeriSign 6.0
Supported proxy servers
�
IBM WebSphere Edge Server 2.0.2 with eFix 49, PTF-1
�
Sun One Portal Server 6.2 (Reverse proxy not supported. Regular proxy is supported.)
�
Tivoli Access Manager 5.1
Additional requirements for the collaborative learning capabilities of Workplace Collaboration Services
To support complete functionality for live classroom sessions, you need to install IBM Lotus Virtual Classroom 1.1.1
or later.
15
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Supported client operating systems
The following operating systems are supported for the rich client:
�
�
�
�
Microsoft Windows Mobile 2003
Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional with Service Pack 2
Microsoft Windows XP with Service Pack 1
Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3.0 with Update 3; Kernel: 2.4.2.21-27.0.2"; Compiler: gcc 3.2, glibc 2.3.2;
desktop environment: GNOME
The following operating systems are supported for browser clients:
�
�
�
�
�
Mac 8.0 (to access the collaborative learning capabilities only through the non-Portal-based interface)
Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional with Service Pack 2
Microsoft Windows XP with Service Pack 1
Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3.0 with Update 3
SuSE Linux Desktop 1.0
Note: The Learning Authoring Tool and Offline Learning client support Windows 2000 and Windows XP only.
Supported browsers for the browser client
The following browsers are supported:
�
�
�
�
�
�
Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 with Service Pack 1 on Windows 2000 and Windows XP with the Sun Java
Runtime Environment (JRE) 1.4.2 or with Microsoft Java Virtual Machine (JVM) 1.1
Mozilla 1.4 on Linux with Sun Java Runtime Environment (JRE) 1.4.2
Mozilla 1.4 on Windows with Sun Java Runtime Environment (JRE) 1.4.2
Mozilla Firefox 1.0 on Windows with Sun Java Runtime Environment (JRE) 1.4.2
Mozilla Firefox 1.0 on Linux with Sun Java Runtime Environment (JRE) 1.4.2
Netscape 6.2 (collaborative learning only)
Supported mail clients
In addition to the browser client and rich client, the messaging capabilities of Workplace Collaboration Services
support the following mail clients.
POP3 clients on Microsoft Windows 2000 and Microsoft Windows XP
The messaging capabilities of Workplace Collaboration Services support the following POP3 clients:
�
�
�
�
IBM Lotus Notes 6.5
Microsoft Outlook Express 6
Microsoft Outlook for Windows XP and Windows 2003
WebSphere Portal Internet Mailbox 5.0
IMAP clients on Microsoft Windows 2000 and Microsoft Windows XP
The messaging capabilities of Workplace Collaboration Services support the following IMAP clients:
�
�
�
IBM Lotus Notes 6.5
Microsoft Outlook Express 6
Microsoft Outlook on Windows XP and Windows 2003
Supported client Java Development Kit (JDK)
�
JDK 1.4.2
Software requirements for i5/OS
®
TM
This topic describes software requirements for running IBM Workplace
TM
Collaboration Services on IBM i5/OS .
Unless specified otherwise, the requirements in this topic also apply to the individual IBM Workplace collaboration
TM
products, including IBM Workplace Messaging , IBM Workplace Team Collaboration, IBM Workplace Documents, and
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning. Also note:
�
Any information that specifically addresses the messaging capabilities of IBM Workplace Collaboration
Services also applies to IBM Workplace Messaging.
16
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
�
Any information that specifically addresses the collaborative learning capabilities of IBM Workplace Collaboration Services also applies to IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning. �
Any information that specifically addresses the web content management capabilities of IBM Workplace
Collaboration Services also applies to IBM Workplace Web Content Management.
This requirements information may be updated periodically on the Web. For the latest information see the Workplace
Collaboration Services Release Notes at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf.
Note: For the system requirements for the web content management capabilities of IBM Workplace Collaboration
Services, see http://www.lotus.com/products/product5.nsf/wdocs/lwwcmsysreq.
Required i5/OS software products
The following software products are required for Workplace Collaboration Services on i5/OS:
Program
Option
5722SS1
Description
i5/OS V5R3
5722SS1
12
Host Servers
5722SS1
30
QShell Interpreter
5722SS1
33
Portable Application Solution Environment (PASE)
5722AC3
Crypto Access Provider 128-bit
5722DG1
IBM HTTP Server
TM
5722JV1
*BASE
IBM Developer Kit for Java
5722JV1
5
Dev Toolkit for Java (Version 1.3)
5722JV1
6
Dev Toolkit for Java (Version 1.4)
5722TC1
TCP/IP Utilities
5733WS5
*BASE
WebSphere Application Server V5.0
5733WS5
1
WAS V5.0 Client development and runtime
5733WS5
2
WAS V5.0 Application server runtime
5733WS5
10
WAS V5.0 Enterprise Enablement
5799PTL
1
iSeries Tools for Developers PRPQ
1
For information on installing WebSphere Application Server V5.0 Enterprise Enablement, see "Installing WebSphere
Application Server V5.0 Enterprise Enablement (i5/OS only)" in the IBM Workplace Collaboration Services Information
Center.
To determine which software is installed on your system, enter DSPSFWRSC on an i5/OS command line. The Display
Software Resources screen shows all installed software.
Required i5/OS PTFs
This section describes the group and individual program temporary fixes (PTFs) that must be installed on your system
prior to Workplace Collaboration Services installation. For instructions on ordering PTFs, go to
http://www-912.ibm.com/supporthome.nsf/document/10000069.
17
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Group PTFs
Ensure that the following group PTFs are installed. Apply these PTFs after installing all required software, and before
applying the individual PTFs.
Group Number
Description
Minimum Level
SF99530
Cumulative PTF package
5102
SF99503
DB2 UDB for iSeries
4
SF99287
WebSphere App Server V5.0 (Base Edition)
7
SF99269
Java
5
SF99099
IBM HTTP Server
5
SF99282
WebSphere Portal Express/Express Plus Service Pack
3
Verifying which group PTFs are installed
To determine if the correct group PTF packages are installed, perform the following steps:
1.
Sign on to your server.
2. Enter the Work with PTF Groups command on an i5/OS command line:
WRKPTFGRP
The Work with PTF Groups status screen lists the PTF group level and what group PTFs have been applied to
your server.
Individual PTFs
After installing all required group PTFs, ensure that the following individual PTFs are installed:
PTF Number
Product
Description
SI09622
5799PTL
OSP-INCORROUT vnc does not start
SI17277
5722SS1
OSP-DB-MSGSQL0514 PREPARED STMT NOT USED FOR 2ND OPEN
SI17314
5722SS1
OSP-DB-MSGSQL0501 switching between NTS transactions
SI17480
5722SS1
OSP-DB msgCPD0013 f/QCANPARS t/QDBOPEN per msgCPF32A4
SI17274
5722SS1
OSP-DB-MSGSQL0514 PREPARED STMT NOT USED FOR 2ND OPEN
SI17551
5722SS1
Database fix
Verifying which individual PTFs are installed
To determine whether the correct individual PTF packages are installed, perform the following steps:
1.
Sign on to your server.
2. Enter the Display PTF Status command on an i5/OS command line. DSPPTF LICPGM(product)
The Display PTF Status screen is displayed. This screen lists the PTFs that have been applied to your server.
Supported databases
Workplace Collaboration Services runs on i5/OS with the following DBMS server:
�
TM
IBM DB2 Universal Database
for iSeries V5R3
18
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Supported HTTP servers
A separate, external HTTP server is required for instant messaging, presence, and Web conferencing activities and for
the rich client provisioning server. Workplace Collaboration Services comes with an internal HTTP server provided with
WebSphere Application Server, but using an external HTTP server can improve performance.
Workplace Collaboration Services runs on i5/OS with the following local or remote HTTP servers:
�
�
IBM HTTP Server for iSeries 2.0.49
®
®
IBM Lotus Domino Server for iSeries Release 5.0.12 or later
Workplace Collaboration Services also runs with the following remote HTTP servers:
�
�
�
�
�
�
Apache HTTP Server 1.3.26 and 1.3.28
IBM HTTP Server 1.3.26.1 and 1.3.26.2
IBM HTTP Server 2.0.42.1 and 2.0.42.2
IBM Lotus Domino Enterprise Server (as Web server) 5.0.9a
®
Microsoft IIS 5.0
Sun ONE Web Server (formerly iPlanet), Enterprise Edition 6.0 with Service Pack 4
Supported LDAP directory servers
Workplace Collaboration Services installs with a default WebSphere Member Manager user directory, but can be
configured to run with the following LDAP directory servers:
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
IBM Tivoli Directory Server for iSeries 5.1 (with i5/OS V5R3)
IBM Tivoli Directory Server 5.2
IBM Lotus Domino Enterprise Server (as LDAP server) 6.5.1
Microsoft Active Directory 2000
Microsoft Active Directory 2003
Novell eDirectory 8.7
Sun Java System Directory Server 5.2 with Fix Pack 3
Supported directory integration product
The following application supports the import of users from other mail systems and provides directory integration for
Workplace Collaboration Services:
�
®
®
+IBM Tivoli Directory Integrator 5.2
+Software marked with a plus sign (+) is shipped with Workplace Collaboration Services and is only licensed for use
with Workplace Collaboration Services.
Supported third-party single sign-on products for the browser client
�
�
�
IBM Tivoli Access Manager 4.1
IBM Tivoli Access Manager 5.1
Netegrity Policy Server 5.5
Supported third-party public key infrastructure products
�
VeriSign 6.0
Supported proxy servers
�
IBM WebSphere Application Server 6.0, Edge Components (awaiting confirmation at publication time)
�
IBM WebSphere Edge Server 2.0.2 with eFix 49, PTF-1
�
Sun One Portal Server 6.2 (Reverse proxy not supported. Regular proxy is supported.)
�
Tivoli Access Manager 5.1
19
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Supported client operating systems
The following operating systems are supported for the rich client:
�
�
�
�
Microsoft Windows Mobile 2003
Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional with Service Pack 2
Microsoft Windows XP with Service Pack 1
®
Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3.0 with Update 3; Kernel: 2.4.2.21-27.0.2"; Compiler: gcc 3.2, glibc 2.3.2;
desktop environment: GNOME
The following operating systems are supported for browser clients:
�
Mac 8.0 ((to access the collaborative learning capabilities only through the non-Portal-based interface)
�
Microsoft Windows 2000 Professional with Service Pack 2
�
Microsoft Windows XP with Service Pack 1
�
Red Hat Enterprise Linux WS 3.0 with Update 3
�
SuSE Linux Desktop 1.0
Note: The Learning Authoring Tool and Offline Learning client support Windows 2000 and Windows XP only.
Supported browsers
The following browsers are supported:
�
�
�
�
�
�
Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 with Service Pack 1 on Windows 2000 and Windows XP with the Sun Java
Runtime Environment (JRE) 1.4.2 or with Microsoft Java Virtual Machine (JVM) 1.1
Mozilla 1.4 on Linux with Sun Java Runtime Environment (JRE) 1.4.2
Mozilla 1.4 on Windows with Sun Java Runtime Environment (JRE) 1.4.2
Mozilla Firefox 1.0 on Windows with Sun Java Runtime Environment (JRE) 1.4.2
Mozilla Firefox 1.0 on Linux with Sun Java Runtime Environment (JRE) 1.4.2
Netscape 6.2 (Collaborative Learning only)
Supported mail clients
In addition to the browser client and rich client, the messaging capabilities of Workplace Collaboration Services
support the following mail clients.
POP3 clients on Microsoft Windows 2000 and Microsoft Windows XP
The messaging capabilities of Workplace Collaboration Services support the following POP3 clients:
�
�
�
�
®
IBM Lotus Notes 6.5
Microsoft Outlook Express 6
Microsoft Outlook for Windows XP and Windows 2003
WebSphere Portal Internet Mailbox 5.0
IMAP clients on Microsoft Windows 2000 and Microsoft Windows XP
The messaging capabilities of Workplace Collaboration Services support the following IMAP clients:
�
�
�
IBM Lotus Notes 6.5
Microsoft Outlook Express 6
Microsoft Outlook on Windows XP and Windows 2003
Supported client Java Development Kit (JDK)
�
JDK 1.4.2
Browser requirements
Windows XP SP2 users must enable ActiveX scripting
If you're using Windows XP Service Pack 2, make sure that ActiveX scripting is enabled in your browser. Otherwise,
display problems occur in the Mail and Calendar portlets.
20
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Installation notes
Installing Workplace Collaboration Services from CD-ROM
This topic provides a CD-based alternative to the recommended DVD installation of Workplace Collaboration Services.
For more information about installation or about installing from a DVD, see the latest Workplace Collaboration
Services Information Center at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace.
Follow the platform-specific instructions below.
IBM AIX
1. (Optional) To use an external DBMS server, do the following, as described in Phase 2 of the Installation
section of the Information Center. Otherwise, proceed to the next step.
a. Install the DBMS server (IBM DB2, SQL, or Oracle).
b. Install the DBMS client.
2. Prepare to run the installation program.
a. The installation program uses the GNU tar archiver to extract files during installation. Before running the
installation program on AIX or Solaris, you must install GNU tar, version 1.14 or later. The GNU tar can
be downloaded from the Free Software Directory on www.gnu.org. It must be installed as the default tar
utility on the path. (The default install location for GNU tar is /usr/local/bin.) To verify the version
number of the default tar utility, use the command "tar --version" (typed with two hyphens, not a dash). If
the default tar utility is not the latest version, upgrade to version 1.14 or later.
b. Increase the ulimit to a number larger than the size of LWP_WPS_Common1.tar.gz with the following
command:
ULIMIT 99999999999999999; export ULIMIT
c.
If you expect to set up an HTTP server on a separate machine, ensure that the Workplace server and the
planned HTTP server are in the same Internet DNS domain.
d. Deactivate any screen savers, because they may interfere with the operation of the installation program.
e. Disable all firewalls until Workplace Collaboration Services is installed and configured because they may
interfere with the operation of the installation program and Configuration Wizard.
f. (Network Deployment) If you are installing on a Deployment Manager in a Network Deployment, the
Deployment Manager software must already be installed, as described in Phase 2 of the Workplace
Collaboration Services Information Center at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace.
3. Log in to the server as a user with administrative privileges.
4. Gather the following CDs:
�
Server Install and Migration Tools
�
Learning Client Tools
�
Server Archive Install 1 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 2 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 3 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 4 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 5 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 6 of 6
5. Create a downloads directory on your hard drive, for example, /opt/downloads.
6. Copy the contents of all CDs except the Server Archive Install 6 CD into the downloads directory.
7. Copy the following files from the Server Archive Install 6 CD into the downloads directory. /LWPArchives/WAS_Archive_AIX.tar.gz
/LWPArchives/WPS_Archive_AIX.tar.gz
8. Verify that you have the following directory structure on your hard drive. <download_directory>/LMSClient
<download_directory>/LWPArchives
<download_directory>/LWPServer
<download_directory>/LWPUserMigration
21
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
9. Change to the local LWPServer directory.
10. Enter the command to start installation. ./install.sh
Linux
1. (Optional) To use an external DBMS server, do the following, as described in Phase 2 of the Installation
section of the Information Center. Otherwise, proceed to the next step.
a. Install the DBMS server (IBM DB2, SQL, or Oracle).
b. Install the DBMS client.
2. Prepare to run the installation program.
a. If you expect to set up an HTTP server on a separate machine, ensure that the Workplace server and the
planned HTTP server are in the same Internet DNS domain.
b. Deactivate any screen savers, because they may interfere with the operation of the installation program.
c. Disable all firewalls until Workplace Collaboration Services is installed and configured because they may
interfere with the operation of the installation program and Configuration Wizard.
d. (Network Deployment) If you are installing on a Deployment Manager in a Network Deployment, the
Deployment Manager software must already be installed, as described in Phase 2 of the Workplace
Collaboration Services Information Center at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace.
3. Log in to the server as a user with administrative privileges.
4. Gather the following CDs:
�
Server Install and Migration Tools
�
Learning Client Tools
�
Server Archive Install 1 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 2 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 3 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 4 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 5 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 6 of 6
5. Create a downloads directory on your hard drive, for example, /opt/downloads.
6. Copy the contents of all CDs except the Server Archive Install 6 CD into the downloads directory.
7. Copy the following files from the Server Archive Install 6 CD into the downloads directory. /LWPArchives/WAS_Archive_Linux.tar.gz
/LWPArchives/WPS_Archive_Linux.tar.gz
8. Verify that you have the following directory structure on your hard drive. <download_directory>/LMSClient
<download_directory>/LWPArchives
<download_directory>/LWPServer
<download_directory>/LWPUserMigration
9. Change to the local LWPServer directory.
10. Enter the command to start installation. ./install.sh
Sun Solaris
1.
(Optional) To use an external DBMS server, do the following, as described in Phase 2 of the Installation
section of the Information Center. Otherwise, proceed to the next step.
a. Install the DBMS server (IBM DB2, SQL, or Oracle).
b. Install the DBMS client.
22
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
2. Prepare to run the installation program.
a. The installation program uses the GNU tar archiver to extract files during installation. Before running the
installation program on AIX or Solaris, you must install GNU tar, version 1.14 or later. The GNU tar can
be downloaded from the Free Software Directory on www.gnu.org. It must be installed as the default tar
utility on the path. (The default install location for GNU tar is /usr/local/bin.) To verify the version
number of the default tar utility, use the command "tar --version" (typed with two hyphens, not a dash). If
the default tar utility is not the latest version, upgrade to version 1.14 or later.
b. If you expect to set up an HTTP server on a separate machine, ensure that the Workplace server and the
planned HTTP server are in the same Internet DNS domain.
c. Deactivate any screen savers, because they may interfere with the operation of the installation program.
d. Disable all firewalls until Workplace Collaboration Services is installed and configured because they may
interfere with the operation of the installation program and Configuration Wizard.
e. (Network Deployment) If you are installing on a Deployment Manager in a Network Deployment, the
Deployment Manager software must already be installed, as described in Phase 2 of the Workplace
Collaboration Services Information Center at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace.
3. Log in to the server as a user with administrative privileges.
4. Gather the following CDs:
�
Server Install and Migration Tools
�
Learning Client Tools
�
Server Archive Install 1 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 2 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 3 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 4 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 5 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 6 of 6
5. Create a downloads directory on your hard drive, for example, /opt/downloads.
6. Copy the contents of all CDs except the Server Archive Install 6 CD into the downloads directory.
7. Copy the following files from the Server Archive Install 6 CD into the downloads directory. /LWPArchives/WAS_Archive_Solaris.tar.gz
/LWPArchives/WPS_Archive_Solaris.tar.gz
8. Verify that you have the following directory structure on your hard drive. <download_directory>/LMSClient
<download_directory>/LWPArchives
<download_directory>/LWPServer
<download_directory>/LWPUserMigration
9. Change to the local LWPServer directory.
10. Enter the command to start installation. ./install.sh
Microsoft Windows
1. (Optional) To use an external DBMS server, do the following, as described in Phase 2 of the Installation
section of the Information Center. Otherwise, proceed to the next step.
a. Install the DBMS server (IBM DB2, SQL, or Oracle).
b. Install the DBMS client.
2. Prepare to run the installation program.
a. If you expect to set up an HTTP server on a separate machine, ensure that the Workplace server and the
planned HTTP server are in the same Internet DNS domain.
b. Deactivate any screen savers, because they may interfere with the operation of the installation program.
c. Disable all firewalls until Workplace Collaboration Services is installed and configured because they may
interfere with the operation of the installation program and Configuration Wizard.
d. (Network Deployment) If you are installing on a Deployment Manager in a Network Deployment, the
Deployment Manager software must already be installed, as described in Phase 2 of the Workplace
Collaboration Services Information Center at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace.
23
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
3. Log in to the server as a user with administrative privileges.
4. Gather the following CDs:
�
Server Install and Migration Tools
�
Learning Client Tools
�
Server Archive Install 1 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 2 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 3 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 4 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 5 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 6 of 6
5. Create a downloads directory on your hard drive, for example, D:\downloads.
6. Copy the contents of all CDs except the Server Archive Install 6 CD into the downloads directory.
7. Copy the following files from the Server Archive Install 6 CD into the downloads directory. \LWPArchives\WAS_Archive_Windows.tar.gz
\LWPArchives\WPS_Archive_Windows.tar.gz
8. Verify that you have the following directory structure on your hard drive. <download_directory>\LMSClient
<download_directory>\LWPArchives
<download_directory>\LWPServer
<download_directory>\LWPUserMigration
9. Change to the local LWPServer directory.
10. Enter the command to start installation. install.bat
IBM i5/OS
These instructions are for installing Workplace Collaboration Services remotely from a workstation connected to
your server.
Note: For local installation, copy the install files directly to your server and install using the install.sh command
from a QShell session. This will launch the installation program in console mode.
1. Prepare to run the installation program
a. Install WebSphere Application Server V5.0 Enterprise Enablement as described in Phase 2 of the
Workplace Collaboration Services Information Center at
http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace.
b. Prepare for rich client setup as described in Phase 2 of the Workplace Collaboration Services
Information Center at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace
c. If host servers are not started on your server, start them by entering the following on an i5/OS command
line: STRHOSTSVR SERVER(*ALL)
Starting host servers also requires the QUSRWRK, QSYSWRK, and QSERVER subsystems to be running.
To start a subsystem, enter the following on an i5/OS command line:
STRSBS SBSD(<SUBSYSTEM>)
d. If you expect to set up an HTTP server on a separate machine, ensure that the Workplace server and the
planned HTTP server are in the same Internet DNS domain.
e. Deactivate any screen savers, because they may interfere with the operation of the installation program.
f. Disable all firewalls until Workplace Collaboration Services is installed and configured because they may
interfere with the operation of the installation program and Configuration Wizard.
2. Log in to the server as a user with administrative privileges.
24
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
3. Gather the following CDs:
�
Server Install and Migration Tools
�
Learning Client Tools
�
Server Archive Install 1 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 2 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 3 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 4 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 5 of 6
�
Server Archive Install 6 of 6
4. Create a downloads directory on your hard drive, for example:
Remote Windows workstation:
D:\downloads
5. Copy the contents of all CDs except the Server Archive Install 6 CD into the downloads directory.
6. Copy the following files from the Server Archive Install 6 CD into the downloads directory. /LWPArchives/WAS_Archive_i5OS.tar.gz
/LWPArchives/WPS_Archive_i5OS.tar.gz
7. Verify that you have the following directory structure on your hard drive. <download_directory>/LMSClient
<download_directory>/LWPArchives
<download_directory>/LWPServer
<download_directory>/LWPUserMigration
8. From a command prompt, change to the local LWPServer directory.
9. Start the installation program by entering the following:
Remote Windows workstation:
install400.bat
10. Sign on to your server with a user profile that has *ALLOBJ, *IOSYSCFG, and *JOBCTL authorities.
Installing Workplace Collaboration Services from an e-image
This topic provides an e-image alternative to the recommended DVD installation of Workplace Collaboration Services.
To download from the Web, go to http://www-306.ibm.com/software/howtobuy/passportadvantage/.
For more information aboout installation or about installing from a DVD, see the latest Workplace Collaboration
Services Information Center at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace.
Follow the platform-specific instructions below.
AIX
1. (Optional) To use an external DBMS server, do the following, as described in Phase 2 of the Installation
section of the Information Center. Otherwise, proceed to the next step.
a.
b.
Install the DBMS server (IBM DB2, SQL, or Oracle).
Install the DBMS client.
2. Log in to the server as a user with administrative privileges.
25
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
3. Prepare to run the installation program.
a.
b.
The installation program uses the GNU tar archiver to extract files during installation. Before running the
installation program on AIX or Solaris, you must install GNU tar, version 1.14 or later. The GNU tar can
be downloaded from the Free Software Directory on www.gnu.org. It must be installed as the default tar
utility on the path. (The default install location for GNU tar is /usr/local/bin.) To verify the version
number of the default tar utility, use the command "tar --version" (typed with two hyphens, not a dash). If
the default tar utility is not the latest version, upgrade to version 1.14 or later.
Increase the ulimit to a number larger than the size of LWP_WPS_Common1.tar.gz with the following
command:
ULIMIT 99999999999999999; export ULIMIT
c.
If you expect to set up an HTTP server on a separate machine, ensure that the Workplace server and the
planned HTTP server are in the same Internet DNS domain.
d. Deactivate any screen savers, because they may interfere with the operation of the installation program.
e. Disable all firewalls until Workplace Collaboration Services is installed and configured because they may
interfere with the operation of the installation program and Configuration Wizard.
f. (Network Deployment) If you are installing on a Deployment Manager in a Network Deployment, the
Deployment Manager software must already be installed, as described in Phase 2 of the Workplace
Collaboration Services Information Center at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace.
4. Create directories on your hard drive.
a. Create a downloads directory, for example, /opt/downloads.
b. Create an install directory, for example, /opt/install.
c. Create a directory called LWPArchives under the install directory, for example, /opt/install/LWPArchives.
5. Download the following files to the downloads directory:
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
C82MDML.tar
C82MEML.tar
C82MFML.tar.gz
C82MGML.tar.gz
C82MHML.tar.gz
C82MIML.tar.gz
C82MJML.tar.gz
C83CCML.tar.gz
C82MNML.tar.gz
C83XQML.tar.gz
C83XTML.tar.gz
6. Move or copy the files from the downloads directory to the LWPArchives directory.
7. Rename the files in the LWPArchives directory as shown in the following table. The images can be renamed
without making separate copies of the files.
Download image
Renamed file
C82MFML.tar.gz
LWP_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MGML.tar.gz
LWP_WAS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MHML.tar.gz
LWP_WAS_Archive_Common2.tar.gz
C82MIML.tar.gz
LWP_WPS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MJML.tar.gz
WAS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MNML.tar.gz
WAS_Archive_AIX.tar.gz
C83CCML.tar.gz
LWP_Upgrade_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C83XQML.tar.gz
WPS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C83XTML.tar.gz
WPS_Archive_AIX.tar.gz
26
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
8. Extract the following files to the install directory, preserving the directory structure.
�
�
C82MDML.tar
C82MEML.tar
9. Verify that you have the following directory structure on your hard drive.
<download_directory>/LMSClient
<download_directory>/LWPArchives
<download_directory>/LWPServer
<download_directory>/LWPUserMigration
<download_directory>/DB2/PMR36414
10. Change to the local LWPServer directory.
11. Enter the command to start installation. ./install.sh
Linux
1. (Optional) To use an external DBMS server, do the following, as described in Phase 2 of the Installation
section of the Information Center. Otherwise, proceed to the next step.
a.
b.
Install the DBMS server (IBM DB2, SQL, or Oracle).
Install the DBMS client.
2. Prepare to run the installation program.
a.
If you expect to set up an HTTP server on a separate machine, ensure that the Workplace server and the
planned HTTP server are in the same Internet DNS domain.
b. Deactivate any screen savers, because they may interfere with the operation of the installation program.
c. Disable all firewalls until Workplace Collaboration Services is installed and configured because they may
interfere with the operation of the installation program and Configuration Wizard.
d. (Network Deployment) If you are installing on a Deployment Manager in a Network Deployment, the
Deployment Manager software must already be installed, as described in Phase 2 of the Workplace
Collaboration Services Information Center at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace.
3. Log in to the server as a user with administrative privileges.
4. Create directories on your hard drive.
a.
b.
c.
Create a downloads directory, for example, /opt/downloads.
Create an install directory, for example, /opt/install.
Create a directory called LWPArchives under the install directory, for example, /opt/install/LWPArchives.
5. Download the following files to the downloads directory:
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
C82MDML.tar
C82MEML.tar
C82MFML.tar.gz
C82MGML.tar.gz
C82MHML.tar.gz
C82MIML.tar.gz
C82MJML.tar.gz
C82MLML.tar.gz
C83CCML.tar.gz
C83XQML.tar.gz
C83XRML.tar.gz
6. Move or copy the files from the downloads directory to the LWPArchives directory.
27
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
7. Rename the files in the LWPArchives directory as shown in the following table. The images can be renamed
without making separate copies of the files.
Download image
Renamed file
C82MFML.tar.gz
LWP_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MGML.tar.gz
LWP_WAS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MHML.tar.gz
LWP_WAS_Archive_Common2.tar.gz
C82MIML.tar.gz
LWP_WPS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MJML.tar.gz
WAS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MLML.tar.gz
WAS_Archive_Linux.tar.gz
C83CCML.tar.gz
LWP_Upgrade_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C83XQML.tar.gz
WPS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C83XRML.tar.gz
WPS_Archive_Linux.tar.gz
8. Extract the following files to the install directory, preserving the directory structure.
�
�
C82MDML.tar
C82MEML.tar
9. Verify that you have the following directory structure on your hard drive.
<download_directory>/LMSClient
<download_directory>/LWPArchives
<download_directory>/LWPServer
<download_directory>/LWPUserMigration
<download_directory>/DB2/PMR36414
10. Change to the local LWPServer directory.
11. Enter the command to start installation. ./install.sh
Solaris
1. (Optional) To use an external DBMS server, do the following, as described in Phase 2 of the Installation
section of the Information Center. Otherwise, proceed to the next step.
a.
b.
Install the DBMS server (IBM DB2, SQL, or Oracle).
Install the DBMS client.
2. Prepare to run the installation program.
a.
The installation program uses the GNU tar archiver to extract files during installation. Before running the
installation program, you must install GNU tar, version 1.14 or later. The GNU tar can be downloaded
from the Free Software Directory on www.gnu.org. It must be installed as the default tar utility on the
path. (The default install location for GNU tar is /usr/local/bin.) To verify the version number of the
default tar utility, use the command "tar --version" (typed with two hyphens, not a dash). If the default tar
utility is not the latest version, upgrade to version 1.14 or later.
b. If you expect to set up an HTTP server on a separate machine, ensure that the Workplace server and the
planned HTTP server are in the same Internet DNS domain.
c. Deactivate any screen savers, because they may interfere with the operation of the installation program.
d. Disable all firewalls until Workplace Collaboration Services is installed and configured because they may
interfere with the operation of the installation program and Configuration Wizard.
e. (Network Deployment) If you are installing on a Deployment Manager in a Network Deployment, the
Deployment Manager software must already be installed, as described in Phase 2 of the Workplace
Collaboration Services Information Center at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace.
28
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
3. Log in to the server as a user with administrative privileges.
4. Create directories on your hard drive.
a.
b.
c.
Create a downloads directory, for example, /opt/downloads.
Create an install directory, for example, /opt/install.
Create a directory called LWPArchives under the install directory, for example, /opt/install/LWPArchives.
5. Download the following files to the downloads directory:
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
C82MDML.tar
C82MEML.tar
C82MFML.tar.gz
C82MGML.tar.gz
C82MHML.tar.gz
C82MIML.tar.gz
C82MJML.tar.gz
C82MMML.tar.gz
C83CCML.tar.gz
C83XQML.tar.gz
C83XSML.tar.gz
6. Move or copy the files from the downloads directory to the LWPArchives directory.
7. Rename the files in the LWPArchives directory as shown in the following table. The images can be renamed
without making separate copies of the files.
Download image
Renamed file
C82MFML.tar.gz
LWP_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MGML.tar.gz
LWP_WAS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MHML.tar.gz
LWP_WAS_Archive_Common2.tar.gz
C82MIML.tar.gz
LWP_WPS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MJML.tar.gz
WAS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MMML.tar.gz
WAS_Archive_Solaris.tar.gz
C83CCML.tar.gz
LWP_Upgrade_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C83XQML.tar.gz
WPS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C83XSML.tar.gz
WPS_Archive_Solaris.tar.gz
8. Extract the following files to the install directory, preserving the directory structure.
�
�
C82MDML.tar
C82MEML.tar
9. Verify that you have the following directory structure on your hard drive.
<download_directory>/LMSClient
<download_directory>/LWPArchives
<download_directory>/LWPServer
<download_directory>/LWPUserMigration
<download_directory>/DB2/PMR36414
10. Change to the local LWPServer directory.
11. Enter the command to start installation.
./install.sh
29
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Windows
1.
(Optional) To use an external DBMS server, do the following, as described in Phase 2 of the Installation
section of the Information Center. Otherwise, proceed to the next step.
a.
b.
Install the DBMS server (IBM DB2, SQL, or Oracle).
Install the DBMS client.
2. Prepare to run the installation program.
a.
If you expect to set up an HTTP server on a separate machine, ensure that the Workplace server and the
planned HTTP server are in the same Internet DNS domain.
b. Deactivate any screen savers, because they may interfere with the operation of the installation program.
c. Disable all firewalls until Workplace Collaboration Services is installed and configured because they may
interfere with the operation of the installation program and Configuration Wizard.
d. (Network Deployment) If you are installing on a Deployment Manager in a Network Deployment, the
Deployment Manager software must already be installed, as described in Phase 2 of the Workplace
Collaboration Services Information Center at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace.
3. Log in to the server as a user with administrative privileges.
4. Create directories on your hard drive.
a.
b.
c.
Create a downloads directory, for example, D:\downloads.
Create an install directory, for example, D:\install.
Create a directory called LWPArchives under the install directory, for example, D:\install\LWPArchives.
5. Download the following tar.gz images to the downloads directory:
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
C82MFML.tar.gz
C82MGML.tar.gz
C82MHML.tar.gz
C82MIML.tar.gz
C82MJML.tar.gz
C82MKML.tar.gz
C83CCML.tar.gz
C83XQML.tar.gz
C83XUML.tar.gz
C83CAML.exe
C83CBML.exe
6. Move or copy the files from the downloads directory to the LWPArchives directory.
7. Rename the files in the LWPArchives directory as shown in the following table. The images can be renamed
without making separate copies of the files.
Download image
Renamed file
C82MFML.tar.gz
LWP_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MGML.tar.gz
LWP_WAS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MHML.tar.gz
LWP_WAS_Archive_Common2.tar.gz
C82MIML.tar.gz
LWP_WPS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MJML.tar.gz
WAS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C83XQML.tar.gz
WPS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C83CCML.tar.gz
LWP_Upgrade_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MKML.tar.gz
WAS_Archive_Windows.tar.gz
C83XUML.tar.gz
WPS_Archive_Windows.tar.gz
30
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
8. Extract the following files to the install directory, preserving the directory structure.
�
�
C83CAML.exe
C83CBML.exe
9. Verify that you have the following directory structure on your hard drive.
<download_directory>\LMSClient
<download_directory>\LWPArchives
<download_directory>\LWPServer
<download_directory>\LWPUserMigration
<download_directory>\DB2\PMR36414
10. Change to the local LWPServer directory.
11. Enter the command to start installation. install.bat
i5/OS
These instructions are for installing Workplace Collaboration Services remotely from a workstation connected to
your server.
Note: For local installation, copy the install files directly to your server and install using the install.sh command
from a QShell session. This will launch the installation program in console mode.
1. Prepare to run the installation program.
a.
b.
c.
Install WebSphere Application Server V5.0 Enterprise Enablement as described in Phase 2 of the
Workplace Collaboration Services Information Center at
http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace.
Prepare for rich client setup as described in Phase 2 of the Workplace Collaboration Services
Information Center at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace.
If host servers are not started on your server, start them by entering the following on an i5/OS command
line:
STRHOSTSVR SERVER(*ALL)
Starting host servers also requires the QUSRWRK, QSYSWRK, and QSERVER subsystems to be running.
To start a subsystem, enter the following on an i5/OS command line:
STRSBS SBSD(<SUBSYSTEM>)
d. If you expect to set up an HTTP server on a separate machine, ensure that the Workplace server and the
planned HTTP server are in the same Internet DNS domain.
e. Deactivate any screen savers, because they may interfere with the operation of the installation program.
f. Disable all firewalls until Workplace Collaboration Services is installed and configured because they may
interfere with the operation of the installation program and Configuration Wizard.
2. Create directories on your hard drive. Running from Windows:
a.
b.
c.
Create a downloads directory, for example, D:\downloads.
Create an install directory, for example, D:\install.
Create a directory called LWPArchives under the install directory, for example, D:\install\LWPArchives.
3. Download the following files to the downloads directory:
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
C82MDML.tar
C82MEML.tar
C82MPML.tar
C82MQML.tar
C82MFML.tar.gz
C82MGML.tar.gz
C82MHML.tar.gz
C82MIML.tar.gz
C82MJML.tar.gz
C83CCML.tar.gz
C83XQML.tar.gz
31
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
4. Move or copy the files from the downloads directory to the LWPArchives directory.
5. Rename the following tar.gz images in the LWPArchives directory as shown in the table. The images can be
renamed without making separate copies of the files.
Download image
Renamed file
C82MFML.tar.gz
LWP_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MGML.tar.gz
LWP_WAS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MHML.tar.gz
LWP_WAS_Archive_Common2.tar.gz
C82MIML.tar.gz
LWP_WPS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C82MJML.tar.gz
WAS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C83CCML.tar.gz
LWP_Upgrade_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
C83XQML.tar.gz
WPS_Archive_Common1.tar.gz
6. Extract the following files to the install directory, preserving the directory structure.
�
�
�
�
C82MDML.tar
C82MEML.tar
C82MPML.tar
C82MQML.tar
7. Verify that you have the following directory structure on your hard drive.
<download_directory>/LMSClient
<download_directory>/LWPArchives
<download_directory>/LWPServer
<download_directory>/LWPUserMigration
<download_directory>/DB2/PMR36414
8. From a command prompt, change to the local LWPServer directory.
9. Start the installation program by entering the following:
install400.bat if running from Windows
10. Sign on to your server with a user profile that has *ALLOBJ, *IOSYSCFG, and *JOBCTL authorities.
Enterprise Edition v5.0 for Network Deployment may fail on Linux
The installation of WebSphere Application Server Enterprise Edition v5.0 for Network Deployment may fail on Linux
platforms. This is a limitation in the WebSphere Application Server installation.
A workaround is available on the IBM Support site. For more information, go to:
http://www-1.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?rs=180&context=SSEQTP&uid=swg21173121
32
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Additional installation steps for DB2 on Windows
Install DB2 Universal Database 8.1 and FixPak 7a as explained in the IBM Workplace Collaboration Services
Installation Guide.
Before you begin using Workplace Collaboration Services, you must complete these additional installation steps,
which are explained in this document:
1. Run the specified bind commands on the DB2 server.
2. Run the bind commands on every DB2 client.
3. Install the DB2 7a HotFix on the DB2 server.
Running bind commands on the DB2 server
Notes:
- These instructions, including running bind commands on both clients and server, are taken from the official DB2
8.1 fp7a release notes:
ftp://ftp.software.ibm.com/ps/products/db2/fixes/english-us/db2winIA32v8/fixpak/FP7a_WR21342/FixPackRea
dme.txt
- Replace <dbname> with the database name.
- When you see
db2 in a command, type it yourself as part of the command.
1. Stop all WebSphere servers that connect to the DB2 database server.
2. On the DB2 server, close all DB2 windows except the Database Manager.
3. Log in to the DB2 server as the DB2 admin (for example, db2admin).
4. If you had an existing database before applying DB2 FixPak7a, your LOGFILSZ (indicates the number of 4K pages
in the logfile) may have been set back to 250, so correct that now:
db2 terminate
db2 CONNECT TO <dbname> user <db2admin> using <db2admin_password>
update db cfg for <dbname> using logfilsz 10000
db2 terminate
db2stop force
db2start
5. Now run the bind commands below for the Workplace Collaboration Services database plus any other database
hosted on the same DB2 server:
db2 terminate
db2 CONNECT TO <dbname> user <db2admin> using <db2admin_password>
db2 BIND %DB2TEMPDIR%\BND\@db2ubind.lst GRANT PUBLIC
db2 BIND %DB2TEMPDIR%\BND\@db2cli.lst GRANT PUBLIC
db2 terminate
db2 CONNECT TO <dbname> user <db2admin> using <db2admin_password>
db2 BIND %DB2TEMPDIR%\BND\db2schema.bnd BLOCKING ALL GRANT PUBLIC sqlerror continue
db2 terminate
db2 reorgchk update statistics on table all
db2 terminate
db2rbind <dbname> -l db2rbind.out -u <db2admin> -p <db2admin_password>
db2stop force
db2start
33
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Running bind commands on a DB2 client
Run the bind commands on all clients connecting to the DB2 8.1.7a server (for all databases hosted on that server).
Notes:
- Replace <dbname> with the database name.
- When you see
db2 in a command, type it yourself as part of the command.
1.
Log in to the DB2 client using the DB2 administrator account (for example, db2admin).
2.
Run the bind commands below
db2
db2
db2
db2
db2
terminate
CONNECT TO <dbname> user <db2admin> using <db2admin_password>
BIND %DB2TEMPDIR%\BND\@db2ubind.lst GRANT PUBLIC
BIND %DB2TEMPDIR%\BND\@db2cli.lst GRANT PUBLIC
terminate
Installing the DB2 7a HotFix
1.
Locate the DB2 8.1 The 7a HotFix for Windows:
edownload: IBM WORKPLACE COLLABORATION PRODUCTS 2.5 SERVER INSTALL AND MIGRATION TOOLS
CD: IBM Workplace Collaboration Products 2.5, Server Install and Migration Tools
2.
Installation instructions are included with the HotFix.
Note
If you experience memory-related problems while using DB2 8.1.7a, you may want to increase the DB2 stack
size as described in the release note, "Increasing the stack size for DB2."
Additional installation steps for DB2 on AIX, Linux, Solaris
Install DB2 Universal Database 8.1 and FixPak 7a as explained in the IBM Workplace Collaboration ServicesInstallation
Guide.
Before you begin using Workplace Collaboration Services, you must complete these additional installation steps,
which are explained in detail below:
1.
Run the specified bind commands on the DB2 server.
2.
Run the bind commands on every DB2 client.
Running bind commands on the DB2 server
Notes:
- These instructions, including running bind commands on both clients and server, are taken from the official DB2
8.1 fp7a release notes:
ftp://ftp.software.ibm.com/ps/products/db2/fixes/english-us/db2winIA32v8/fixpak/FP7a_WR21342/FixPackRea
dme.txt
- Replace <dbname> with the database name.
- When you see
db2 in a command, type it yourself as part of the command.
1.
Stop all WebSphere servers that connect to the DB2 database server.
2.
On the DB2 server, close all DB2 windows except the Database Manager.
34
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
3. Log in to the DB2 server using the DB2 instance owner ID (for example, db2inst1).
4. If you had an existing database before applying DB2 FixPak7a, your LOGFILSZ (indicates the number of 4K pages
in the logfile) may have been set back to 250, so correct that now:
db2 terminate
db2 CONNECT TO <dbname> user <db2admin> using <db2admin_password>
update db cfg for <dbname> using logfilsz 10000
db2 terminate
db2stop force
db2start
5. Now run the bind commands below for the Workplace Collaboration Services database plus any other database
hosted on the same DB2 server:
db2 terminate
db2 CONNECT TO <dbname> user <db2admin> using <your db2admin password>
db2 BIND $DB2DIR/BND/@db2ubind.lst GRANT PUBLIC
db2 BIND $DB2DIR/BND/@db2cli.lst GRANT PUBLIC
db2 terminate
db2 CONNECT TO <dbname> user <db2admin> using <your db2admin password>
db2 BIND $DB2DIR/BND/db2schema.bnd BLOCKING ALL GRANT PUBLIC sqlerror continue
db2 terminate
db2 reorgchk update statistics on table all
db2 terminate
db2rbind <dbname> -l db2rbind.out -u <db2admin> -p <your db2admin password>
db2stop force
db2start
Running bind commands on a DB2 client
Run the bind commands on all clients connecting to the DB2 8.1.7a server (for all databases hosted on that server).
Notes:
- Replace <dbname> with the database name.
- When you see
db2 in a command, type it yourself as part of the command.
1. Log in to the DB2 client using the DB2 instance owner ID (for example, db2inst1).
2. Run the bind commands below
db2
db2
db2
db2
db2
terminate
CONNECT TO <dbname> user <db2admin> using <db2admin_password>
BIND $DB2DIR/BND/@db2ubind.lst GRANT PUBLIC
BIND $DB2DIR/BND/@db2cli.lst GRANT PUBLIC
terminate
35
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Workaround for installing DB2 on Red Hat 3.0
This information is excerpted from the "Frequently Asked Questions for IBM Db2 Universal Database Version 8.1 on
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 (RHEL 3)" at http://www-306.ibm.com/software/data/db2/linux/validate/rhel3faq.html.
How do I install DB2 UDB on RHEL 3?
RHEL 3 has known issues with the Java runtime environment currently shipped with DB2 UDB V8.1.
You should use the command line utility db2_install instead of the graphical db2setup. Note that
db2_install only lays down the DB2 product filesets. It does not create DB2 instances, users, groups,
or setup communications, etc. You will need to perform these steps manually or use the db2isetup
utility after the product has been installed. Please refer to the RedBook Up and Running with DB2 for
Linux or the appropriate Quick Beginnings product manual for details on how to install and setup
using the db2_install utility.
You can locate the documention mentioned above at the following Web addresses:
�
�
RedBook Up and Running with DB2 for Linux http://publib-b.boulder.ibm.com/Redbooks.nsf
Quick Beginnings http://www-306.ibm.com/software/data/db2/udb/support/manualsv8.html
Linking to a JDK that was not installed by DB2
On AIX and Linux, DB2 does not install its own version of the JDK on client machines; however you need the JDK on
the client if you want to develop stored procedures or use the GUI interface. After you install the JDK, you may find
that it resides in a different location than required by DB2. You can correct this problem by creating a symbolic link
that points DB2 to the installed JDK.
To create the pointer, execute the following command as the root user on the AIX or Linux machine:
cd /<path_expected_by_DB2>; ln -s <actual_path>/<actual_JDK_directory> ./<expected_JDK_directory>
For example, suppose you have a version of the JDK installed in /usr/lib/IBMJava2-1.3.1 but your installed DB2
expects it to reside in /opt. You can create a pointer that enables DB2 to access the JDK from its current location via
the /opt directory:
cd /opt; ln -s /usr/lib/IBMJava2-1.3.1 ./IBMJava2-131
For more information, see the TechNote "Configuring the Development Center to use JDKs that are not installed or
configured by DB2" at: http://www-1.ibm.com/support (locate the TechNote by searching for the title shown above).
i5/OS: Use the Create IBM Workplace wizard
If you are installing IBM Workplace Collaboration Services on IBM i5/OS, it is strongly recommended that you use IBM
Web Administration for i5/OS to set up your environment. IBM Web Administration for i5/OS includes a Create IBM
Workplace Collaboration Services wizard to help you configure all the components of a production-ready environment.
To use the Create IBM Workplace Collaboration Services wizard, make sure you select the IBM Workplace setup
wizard for i5/OS option when installing the software. If you select this option, the last screen of the installation
program will provide a link to the wizard.
Custom configuration is also available for advanced users. If you will be performing custom configuration, select the
Custom configuration option in the installation program. After installation, you will need to configure each component
of your environment individually following the product documentation. This includes configuring Virtual Network
Computing, setting up database and LDAP using the Configuration Wizard, and manually configuring an external
HTTP server.
36
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
i5/OS: EXTMEDFMT flag must be set to *YES for DVD install
If you are installing on i5/OS from a DVD, the Support extended media formats (EXTMEDFMT) flag must be set to
*YES on your server. To set this flag, enter the following on an i5/OS command line:
CHGOPTA EXTMEDFMT(*YES)
Edge components required for instant messaging and conferences
In a Network Deployment environment, you must install WebSphere Application Server Edge components to set up
load balancing for instant messaging and Web conferences. For more information, see the topic "Installing WebSphere
Application Server Edge components" in the latest posted version of the Workplace Collaboration Services Information
Center.
Cannot create a shared file on server behind a firewall
Users who connect to a Workplace server that is located behind a firewall are unable to create shared files
When a user attempts to create a shared file, the status bar displays the following message:
Creating Shared File Failed. In some cases the shared file object appears in the user's Activity List, but when the user cannot display a preview of it
or open the object.
Activity Explorer uses the WebSphere Portal Content Publisher (WPCP) document library to store shared files. By
default, the Workplace server is configured to receive messages for WPCP on port 9081. If the firewall blocks
communications that are destined for port 9081, Activity Explorer cannot create shared files.
Workaround
Remove the port value from the wpcp.serverUrl property in the Activity Explorer properties file.
Activity Explorer stores information about the location of the document library in the wpcp.serverUrl property in the
lwpae.properties properties file. The default value for this property specifies port 9081. However, this port
specification is not needed, because when the Workplace server receives a request on port 80, the web server plugin
on the server automatically handles the request and internally re-routes it to port 9081.
To remove the port value complete the following tasks:
1.
Open the Activity Explorer properties file in the following location:
<iwp_root>/properties/lwpae.properties
Where <iwp_root> is the directory in which you installed IBM Workplace. For example, on a Windows server, if you
installed Workplace in the default location, the Activity Explorer properties file is located in
c:\WebSphere\WorkplaceServer\properties.
2.
Locate the property wpcp.serverUrl, and delete the port number from the value.
For example change:
wpcp.serverUrl=http://server.yourco.com:9081/lwp/wcp to
wpcp.serverUrl=http://server.yourco.com/lwp/wcp
37
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Collab. Ctr. People Finder portlet not compatible with 2.5
Do not install the WebSphere Portal Collaboration Center People Finder portlet after installing IBM Workplace
Collaboration Services 2.5. The Collaboration Center version of the People Finder portlet will not function in
Workplace Collaboration Services.
You can do a manual installation of the Lotus Collaborative Components and the Collaboration Center portlets after
installing Workplace Collaboration Services, but do not install the People Finder portlet when you do so.
Copyright on Install/Uninstall panels have incorrect year
Install and uninstall copyright dates show the years as "2003, 2005"; the Copyright should be "2004, 2005".
Installer reports that RedHat 3.x is not supported
The installer may report a warning that the operating system prerequisite check failed on some versions of RedHat
3.x; it is just a warning, and you are allowed to continue with the install.
The particular error in the install log is:
Red Hat Enterprise AS for Linux (x89) 3.0 is a supported operating system for non-clustered configurations.
This is a benign error and can be ignored.
Use English install path for Chinese installation
The install program does not read Chinese native characters in install directories correctly. You may use a simple
Chinese locale and an English install path to install Workplace Collaboration Services.
User login problem when names contain special characters
Some LDAP users whose distinguished name contains special characters -- for example, slashes or non-ASCII
characters -- may be unable to log on to Workplace Collaboration Services.
WmmDbPassword when disabling/enabling security in console mode
If you use the Configuration Wizard in console mode to disable or enable security with Cloudscape, the
WmmDBPassword value in the wizard is blank by default. Disabling or enabling security will fail if the
WmmDBPassword value is left blank. Type the WebSphere Portal administrator password as the WmmDBPassword
value to ensure that disabling or enabling security is successful.
Workaround for installing with Self-Voicing Runtime Environment
To run the install program with Self-Voicing Runtime Environment (SVRE), perform the following steps:
1. Set up your own Java environment setup.
2. Copy the jars and .properties file from the CD (..\cdinstall\dist) and copy them to local directories with the
same name.
3. Run java -jar lwpinstall.jar from the dist directory.
38
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning
Permissions on LWPLDS.LRNPARTITION set incorrectly
Permissions on the LWPLDS.LRNPARTITION table may not be set correctly in deployments using a MS SQL Server
database. The following permissions should be explicitly granted to the LWPCOMM Role: SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE,
DELETE.
To resolve the problem:
�
�
�
Open SQL Server Enterprise Manager.
Select the Workplace database from the list of databases on your server.
Select the Tables view.
In the list of tables, right click on the table with Name LRNPARTITION and Owner LWPLDS
�
�
�
Click Permissions
Grant SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE permissions for the LWPCOMM role.
Click OK to close the properties windows.
Unable to enter international group names for Learning
Whether running on English operating system with language locale set or running on pure language operating system,
users cannot enter international LDAP group name in Administrator Settings. This is a third party InstallShield issue.
Workaround 1
If the problem is only related to the admin group option of the admin settings, then one way around this is to enter a
valid admin user LDAP ID in English, install and start Workplace Collaborative Learning, access the system as that
user and then use the user interface to set the admin group privileges you originally wanted. Otherwise, if you must
enter DBCS characters into Installer screens, follow the workaround steps below.
Workaround 2
Set default to the desired language.
1. Open Control Panel -> Regional Options and set the default system locale to the one you want (Chinese, Korean,
etc.).
2. Restart your machine.
3. Run the Installer.
4. Enter the DBCS strings you need into a compatible editor such as WordPad.
5. Copy and paste the strings into the Installer text fields.
Workaround 3
Required to manually set HKEY_USERS value to reflect PRC locale for China in order that cut & paste of Chinese text
works in English Win 2K environment with system & user locale set to PRC.
The workaround steps are:
(1) Export international setting for HKEY_CURRENT_USER first, save as 1.reg.
(2) Then export International setting for HKEY_USERS, save as 2.reg
(3) Copy those strings that are inside [] mark.
(4) Then edit 1.reg
(5) Replace strings inside [] mark by pasting.
(6) Then import 1.reg by running it
You can see both HKEY_USERS and HKEY_CURRENT_USER international settings are the same now. However, input of
DBCS and international characters are still not possible either in pure language Win 2K OS or with English Win2K
(system & user locale set to PRC).
39
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace Rich Client
Installing the rich client provisioning server from CD-ROM
This topic provides a CD-based alternative to the recommended DVD installation of the rich client provisioning server.
Provisioning server installation is dependent on other installation and configuration procedures. Before initiating the
steps described on this page, read "Installing and configuring the provisioning server" in the Installation section of the
latest Workplace Collaboration Services Information Center at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace.
Instructions for installing from a DVD can also be found in the Information Center.
You can either install directly from the CD or download the contents of the CDs to your hard drive and run the
installation program from your hard drive. Follow the platform-specific instructions below.
IBM AIX
To install Workplace Client Technology from the CD, insert CD 1 and run the following platform-specific installation
program.
/opt/<mount point>/setupAix.bin
Note: The installation program requires that you use both CDs. Run the installation program, resident on CD 1,
one level higher than the mount point. For example, if the mount point is /install, run the installation program
from /opt/install/setupAix.bin.
To install Workplace Client Technology by downloading from the CD and installing from the hard drive, complete the
following steps:
1. Create a downloads directory on your hard drive for both of the CDs, for example, /opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI1 and /opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI2. 2. Insert CD 1 in the CD-ROM drive.
3. Copy the contents of CD1 to the downloads directory created in step 1 on your hard drive. /opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI1
4. Insert CD 2 in the CD-ROM drive.
5. Copy the contents of CD 2 to the downloads directory created in step 1 on your hard drive. /opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI2
6. Run the platform-specific installation program. /opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI1/setupAix.bin Linux
To install Workplace Client Technology from the CD, insert CD 1 and run the following platform-specific installation
program.
/opt/<mount point>/setupLinux.bin
Note: The installation program requires that you use both CDs. Run the installation program, resident on CD 1,
one level higher than the mount point. For example, if the mount point is /install, run the installation program
from /opt/install/setupLinux.bin.
To install Workplace Client Technology by downloading from the CD and installing from the hard drive, complete the
following steps:
1. Create a downloads directory on your hard drive for both of the CDs, for example, opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI1 and /opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI2. 2. Insert CD 1 in the CD-ROM drive.
3. Copy the contents of CD1 to the downloads directory created in step 1 on your hard drive. /opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI1
4. Insert CD 2 in the CD-ROM drive.
5. Copy the contents of CD 2 to the downloads directory created in step 1 on your hard drive. /opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI2
6. Run the platform-specific installation program. /opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI1/setupLinux.bin 40
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Sun Solaris
To install Workplace Client Technology from the CD, insert CD 1 and run the following platform-specific installation
program.
/opt/<mount point>/setupSolaris.bin
Note: The installation program requires that you use both CDs. Run the installation program, resident on CD 1,
one level higher than the mount point. For example, if the mount point is /install, run the installation program
from /opt/install/setupSolaris.bin.
To install Workplace Client Technology by downloading from the CD and installing from the hard drive, complete the
following steps:
1. Create a downloads directory on your hard drive for both of the CDs, for example, opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI1 and /opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI2. 2. Insert CD 1 in the CD-ROM drive.
3. Copy the contents of CD1 to the downloads directory created in step 1 on your hard drive. /opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI1
4. Insert CD 2 in the CD-ROM drive.
5. Copy the contents of CD 2 to the downloads directory created in step 1 on your hard drive. /opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI2
6. Run the platform-specific installation program. /opt/downloads/v/setupSolaris.bin Microsoft Windows
To install Workplace Client Technology from the CD, insert CD 1 and run the following platform-specific installation program. <CD_drive>:\setupWin32.exe Note: The installation program requires that you use both CDs.
To install Workplace Client Technology by downloading from the CD and installing from the hard drive, complete the
following steps:
1. Create a downloads directory on your hard drive for both of the CDs, for example, D:\downloads\WorkplaceSCI1 and D:\downloads\WorkplaceSCI2. 2. Insert CD 1 in the CD-ROM drive.
3. Copy the contents of CD1 to the downloads directory created in step 1 on your hard drive. D:\downloads\WorkplaceSCI1
4. Insert CD 2 in the CD-ROM drive.
5. Copy the contents of CD 2 to the downloads directory created in step 1 on your hard drive. D:\downloads\WorkplaceSCI2
6. Run the platform-specific installation program. D:\downloads\WorkplaceSCI1\setupWin32.exe i5/OS
To install Workplace Client Technology from the CD, insert CD 1 and run the following platform-specific installation
program.
/opt/<mount point>/setupi5OS.sh if running from Linux
<CD_drive>:\setupi5OS.bat if running from Windows
Note: The installation program requires that you use both CDs.
To install Workplace Client Technology by downloading from the CD and installing from the hard drive, complete the
following steps:
1. Create a downloads directory on your hard drive for both of the CDs, for example, opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI1 and /opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI2 if running from Linux or D:\downloads\WorkplaceSCI1 and D:\downloads\WorkplaceSCI if running from Windows.
2. Insert CD 1 in the CD-ROM drive.
3. Copy the contents of CD1 to the downloads directory created in step 1 on your hard drive.
4. Insert CD 2 in the CD-ROM drive.
5. Copy the contents of CD 2 to the downloads directory created in step 1 on your hard drive.
6. Run the platform-specific installation program. /opt/downloads/WorkplaceSCI1/setupi5OS.sh if running from Linux
D:\downloads\WorkplaceSCI1\setupi5OS.bat if running from Windows
41
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Installing the rich client provisioning server from an e-image
This topic provides an e-image alternative to the recommended DVD installation of the rich client provisioning server.
To download from the Web, go to http://www-306.ibm.com/software/howtobuy/passportadvantage/.
Provisioning server installation is dependent on other installation and configuration procedures. Before initiating the
steps described on this page, read "Installing and configuring the provisioning server" in the Installation section of the
latest Workplace Collaboration Services Information Center at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/notesua.nsf/find/workplace.
Instructions for installing from a DVD can also be found in the Information Center.
Follow the platform-specific instructions below.
IBM AIX
1. Create a downloads directory and an install directory on your hard drive.
a.
b.
Create a downloads directory under /opt or /tmp, for example, /opt/downloads or
/tmp/downloads.
Create an install directory under /opt or /tmp, for example, /opt/install or /tmp/install.
2. Copy the e-image contents to the downloads directory created in step 1 using the following platform-specific
procedure.
a.
b.
Download the C82MBML.tar and C82MCML.tar images to the downloads directory created in step
1.
Preserving the folder structure, extract the tar images to the install directory created in step 1.
The following directory structure should now exist in the install directory on your hard drive:
/opt/install/WorkplaceSCI1
/opt/install/WorkplaceSCI2
3. Run the installation program. /opt/install/WorkplaceSCI1/setupAix.bin Linux
1. Create a downloads directory and an install directory on your hard drive.
a.
b.
Create a downloads directory under /opt or /tmp, for example, /opt/downloads or
/tmp/downloads.
Create an install directory under /opt or /tmp, for example, /opt/install or /tmp/install.
2. Copy the e-image contents to the downloads directory created in step 1 using the following platform-specific
procedure.
a.
b.
Download the C82MBML.tar and C82MCML.tar images to the downloads directory created in step
1.
Preserving the folder structure, extract the tar images to the install directory created in step 1.
The following directory structure should now exist in the install directory on your hard drive:
/opt/install/WorkplaceSCI1
/opt/install/WorkplaceSCI2
3. Run the installation program. /opt/install/WorkplaceSCI1/setupLinux.bin Sun Solaris
1. Create a downloads directory and an install directory on your hard drive.
a.
Create a downloads directory under /opt or /tmp, for example /opt/downloads or /tmp/downloads.
b.
Create an install directory under /opt or /tmp, for example /opt/install or /tmp/install.
42
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
2. Copy the e-image contents to the downloads directory created in step 1 using the following platform-specific
procedure.
a.
b.
Download the C82MBML.tar and C82MCML.tar images to the downloads directory created in step
1.
Preserving the folder structure, extract the tar images to the install directory created in step 1.
The following directory structure should now exist in the install directory on your hard drive:
/opt/install/WorkplaceSCI1
/opt/install/WorkplaceSCI2
3. Run the installation program. /opt/install/WorkplaceSCI1/setupSolaris.bin Microsoft Windows
1.
Create a downloads directory and an install directory on your hard drive.
a.
b.
Create a downloads directory, for example D:\downloads.
Create an install directory in which to extract the download images, for example D:\install.
2. Copy the e-image contents to the downloads directory created in step 1 using the following platform-specific
procedure.
a.
b.
Download the abx001.exe and abx002.exe self-extracting images to the downloads directory created
in step 1.
Preserving the folder structure, extract the .exe images to the install directory created in step 1.
The following directory structure should now exist in the install directory on your hard drive:
D:\install\WorkplaceSCI1
D:\install\WorkplaceSCI2
3. Run the installation program. D:\install\WorkplaceSCI1\setupWin32.exe i5/OS
1. Create a downloads directory and an install directory on your hard drive. If running from Linux:
a. Create a downloads directory under /opt or /tmp, for example /opt/downloads or /tmp/downloads.
b.
Create an install directory under /opt or /tmp, for example /opt/install or /tmp/install.
If running from Windows:
a. Create a downloads directory, for example D:\downloads.
b. Create an install directory in which to extract the download images, for example D:\install.
2. Copy the e-image contents to the downloads directory created in step 1 using the following platform-specific
procedure.
If running from Linux:
a. Download the C82MBML.tar and C82MCML.tar images to the downloads directory created in step
1.
b. Preserving the folder structure, extract the tar images to the install directory created in step 1.
The following directory structure should now exist in the install directory on your hard drive:
/opt/install/WorkplaceSCI1
/opt/install/WorkplaceSCI2
If running from Windows:
a. Download the abx001.exe and abx002.exe self-extracting images to the downloads directory created
in step 1.
b. Preserving the folder structure, extract the .exe images to the install directory created in step 1.
The following directory structure should now exist in the install directory on your hard drive:
D:\install\WorkplaceSCI1
D:\install\WorkplaceSCI2
3. Run the installation program. /opt/install/WorkplaceSCI1/setupi5OS.sh if running from Linux
D:\install\WorkplaceSCI1\setupi5OS.bat if running from Windows 43
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Applet not able to detect exiting running instance of download
When downloading the Workplace rich client applet from an HTTP server, the applet is not able to detect an existing,
running instance of the download. If users click more than once on the 'Start download' button, multiple executables
will be saved into wctpinstall.temp, wctpinstall.tem1, etc. On systems with low memory, it will cause the downloads to
be extremely slow.
Can't install rich client with IIS HTTP server
Using a Web server with MS IIS 5.0, in the following procedure the rich client installation program may not actually start..
1. Login to IBM Workplace as a non-administrative user.
2. Click on the Rich Client tab.
3. Click the "Download IBM Workplace rich client software" link.
If the rich client software installation program does not start, perform the following steps :
1. Change your HTTP server to IIS using the link below:
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/wasinfo/topic/com.ibm.websphere.base.doc/info/aes/ae/tins_manualWeb
Server.html#configIIS
2. After you configure the HTTP server to IIS, copy the following two folders to your IIS root directory (
C:\Inetpub\wwwroot):
�
C:\IBMHttpServer\htdocs\en_US\lwpinstall
�
C:\IBMHttpServer\htdocs\en_US\lwpupdate
The rich client software installation program will now start when you click the "Download IBM Workplace rich client software" link.
Console install from CD not supported on i5/OS
Installing the rich client provisioning server from the installation CD in console mode is not supported on i5/OS for this release. Users should install the rich client provisioning server on i5/OS in one of the following ways:
�
�
�
Using the Create IBM Workplace Collaboration Services wizard
Using the graphical installation program from a remote Windows-based workstation
Using the console installation program from files copied to the IBM eServer i5 server
Copying installation files to your server for console installation
To copy installation files to your server in preparation for console mode installation, follow these steps:
1. Start the QShell Interpreter by entering the following:
STRQSH
2. Create a directory to hold rich client setup files by entering the following:
mkdir -p /QIBM/ProdData/Workplace/WCT25/
3. Insert the first rich client CD into your system's optical drive.
4. Change to the root directory of the optical drive by entering the following:
cd /qopt
5. Copy the first installation directory from the CD to your system by entering the following:
cp -R WorkplaceSCI1 /QIBM/ProdData/Workplace/WCT25
44
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
6. Enter the following:
cd /qopt
7. Insert the second rich client CD into your system's optical drive.
8. Change to the root directory of the optical drive by entering the following:
cd /qopt
9. Copy the second installation directory from the CD to your system by entering the following:
cp -R WorkplaceSCI2 /QIBM/ProdData/Workplace/WCT25
10. Change to the Workplace Collaboration Services product directory by entering the following:
cd /QIBM/ProdData/Workplace
11. Enter the following command:
chown -R QSYS /QIBM/ProdData/Workplace/WCT25
12. To launch installation in console mode, enter the following:
/QIBM/ProdData/Workplace/WCT25/WorkplaceSCI1/setupi5OS.sh
Download link will not auto install if JRE is not installed
If the IBM JRE 1.4.1 or the SUN JRE 1.4.2 are not installed in Linux and/or Java is not enabled in Mozilla 1.4.3 then
the IBM Workplace Managed Client install will not be able to run automatically from the download link.
Instead of the install running automatically as a java applet the install will give you an option to save the
setup_wct_platform.bin file into your home directory. While this file is downloaded Mozilla will change the file
attribute to read only. Before you can "execute" this bin file to begin install you will need to change the attributes on
this file.
1. You can do this via the GUI by right clicking on the file and selecting properties, then select the Permission's tab
and select execute for the owner, then select close.
Or you can do this via a command prompt in the terminal window.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Login as root
Open a terminal window
Change to the directory that contains the file, setup_wct_platform.bin
Type the following: CHMOD 777 setup_wct_platform.bin
The permission on the file have now been changed. You should be able to install the client by
executing the setup_wct_platform.bin file.
Note: If you double click on the .bin file before changing the file attributes you will get this error: Nautilus has no
installed viewer capable of displaying /yourdir/setup_wct_platform.bin. If you try to launch the bin file via command
line ./setup_wct_platform.bin, you will get an error message in the console indicating Permission Denied.
2. After running the platform install, the rich client automatically launches for setup. The first dialog asks for
username, password, servername, and port number. Because this process was not started from the server applet, the
servername field is not pre-set to the server name (the default is "workplace"). This is also true for the lookaside
installer. The user must know the full name of the server (machine.domain.com) and enter it here.
3. Continuing with the setup process, at the provisioning URL dialog, the URL is also not pre-set to the correct string
(the default is "http://workplace"). This is also true for the lookaside installer. The user must know the correct URL (
http://machine.domain.com/lwp/myworkplace) and enter it here. Note that this URL is case-sensitive.
45
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Errors when using provisioning server install Custom option
Installing the rich client provisioning server on Windows, using the Custom option, and deselecting the IBM
Components option, may yield the following two error messages:
Cannot find log file C:\Program Files\IBM\WorkplaceRichClientProvisioning\Logs\add_app_pagesLog.xml
Cannot find log file C:\Program Files\IBM\WorkplaceRichClientProvisioning\Logs\add_app_portletsLog.xml
HTTP server directories for rich client read and execute access
In order for the rich client download program to run in an environment where server file permissions have been
secured, the HTTP server's document root directories lwpupdate and lwpinstall and their contents must be set to
allow read and execute access for all users. Do not remove these permissions or the rich client download program will
not be successful.
i5/OS users must run lwpGenPluginCfg.sh script before install
If you are installing the rich client on an i5/OS server using the rich client installation program, run the
lwpGenPluginCfg.sh script to ensure the correct default information is displayed on the installation panels.
Note: You do not need to follow these steps if you are using IBM Web Administration for i5/OS to set up the rich
client.
To run the script, follow these steps:
1. Start the QShell Interpreter by entering the following on an i5/OS command line:
STRQSH
2. Change to the Workplace Collaboration Services bin directory by entering the following:
cd /QIBM/UserData/WebAS5/Base/<instance>/workplaceserver/bin
where instance is the name of your Workplace Collaboration Services instance.
3. Enter the following command:
lwpGenPluginCfg.sh
Incorrect Custom install summary message
When installing the provisioning server and selecting to use the Custom install method, a summary screen may
display incorrect information.
1. Start the provisioning server installation program.
2. When prompted, select a Custom install.
3. Only select the installation options that go on the external HTTP server.
Just before installation starts, a screen appears stating that the installer is going to install all the pieces (not just those that go on the HTTP server).
However, the installer will install only those pieces that you selected on the Custom screen.
46
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Installing provisioning server on UNIX
When installing the IBM Workplace client provisioning components on a UNIX server, if the administrator launches
with "./setupLinux.bin" or "./setupAix.bin," the CD-ROM drive will not open after the installer prompts for a second disk.
Attempting to unmount the drive returns an Unmount error, "unmount: /mnt/cdrom: device is busy." This is because
the shell that was used to launch the installer still has /mnt/cdrom as its current working directory, and the shell has
thus locked that directory.
To run the installer, cd to /mnt instead of /mnt/cdrom and use the command "cdrom/setupLinux.bin" or
"cdrom/setupAix.bin." Alternatively, launch the installer by double-clicking it in a graphical explorer window.
If the installer has already partially completed, reboot the system to unlock the drive, use rpm -e <package> to
remove the packages it installed (all beginning with IBM_LWP_S_MC), then re-launch the install as described.
Installing provisioning server using a response file
There is no message from the provisioning server installation program after you run the command line option to either
create a response file or to install the provisioning server using the earlier-generated response file. A success
indicator does not appear.
For information about installing the provisioning server using a response file, see the Information Center topic:
http://workplaceid.notesdev.ibm.com/lwp25_infocenter/lwpdoc/infocenter/i_inst_t_silentinstw32_rich_client.html.
Interrupting the installation/provisioning of the Rich client
You can run into unusual behavior if you interrupt the installation or provisioning of the Rich client.
If you install Rich client applications from the Rich client tab of the IBM Workplace server and successfully complete
the install, then begin the provisioning of the rich client applications by supplying the provisioning URL and clicking
Next, then Cancel the provisioning process, the product is partially provisioned to the user's machine. If the user
launches a client application shortcut from the desktop, a blank window displays. To prevent this from happening, you
must delete the user's workspace from the machine's directory and begin the provisioning procedure again.
If you install Rich client applications by running the cdWCT lookaside installer and in the middle of the installation,
click Cancel, the installation does stop, but an incorrect wizard window displays that states, "InstallShield has
successfully installed IBM Workplace products rich client."
Linux - Mozilla bean not showing up in client installer
When installing the Workplace Rich Client on a Linux workstation, the error "Cannot validate Mozilla version"
indicates that version 1.4 of Mozilla with GTK2 binding is not installed on the workstation, or it is not installed in the
expected location.
The file "/etc/gre.conf" contains information on the Mozilla version and the variable "GRE_PATH" whose value should
point to the directory location where the appropriate Mozilla version has been installed. In a default RedHat
installation this file contains the following information:
[1.4]
GRE_PATH=/usr/lib/mozilla-1.4
To fix this error do the following:
1. Download Mozilla 1.4 for RedHat from the followin ftp URL "
http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/mozilla/releases/mozilla1.4.1/contrib/mozilla-1.4.1-gtk2-xft-svg-calendar
-suse82.tar.bz2" .
2. Extract the contents of this file to /usr/lib/mozilla-1.4 directory.
3. Create or update "/etc/gre.conf" to have the first two lines as below
[1.4]
GRE_PATH=/usr/lib/mozilla-1.4
4. Reinstall Workplace Managed Client platform.
47
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Logging in to rich client as Offline causes errors
Once you have completed downloading the appropriate rich client application software from the server, the rich client
launches itself automatically and prompts you to log in. At this point, the rich client initializes local data storage and
downloads your mail and calendar information.
If you select to work offline in the login dialog that you are prompted with during initialization, you will see empty
views -- no folders, messages, links, instant messaging, or calendar events appear when the rich client starts up in
offline mode. If you restart the rich client and select to work online after this occurs, the rich client will still not work
correctly. You should not choose to work offline during initialization.
If you did choose to work offline, exit the rich client, delete all directories except the applications directory from your
workspace, and set up IBM Workplace rich client again. Select to work online when you log in.
Missing Accelerator keys in provisioning components install
In some panels of the rich client provisioning installer, administrators will not be provided with accelerator keys
(underlined letters for shortcut keys) for Browse buttons, captions, fields, or checkboxes.
In these panels, use the <Tab> key to change the input focus, and use the spacebar to activate buttons or checkboxes.
Multiple RCPINSTALL.Properties created changing install paths
When users install IBM Workplace rich client, the file rcpinstall.properties gets created. If a user clicks on
'Next' after specifying the inital install directory, and then clicks on 'Back' and changes the destination directory, the
first rcpinstall.properties file in the first destination remains; it is not removed when the user changes the
destination drive. Users will need to go back to the initial directory specified and delete it after the installation is
completed.
No status message after cancelling provisioning server install
If you cancel provisioning server installation from the screen that prompts you to insert Disk 2, messages may indicate
a successful installation. Even though the installer reports that it has finished successfully, nothing has been
installed. The system will be in a stable state, as all installed files are backed out as though a provisioning server
uninstall had been run.
Outline appears when using non-default theme on Linux
Field outlines will appear on Linux if a user changes the default theme on the desktop.
Providing a trusted root certificate to users
One of the windows in the Rich client installation wizard asks you to specify a root certificate to install into the rich
client. This page of the wizard is currently not functional. It does not provide a trusted root certificate to users. In
order to provide a trusted root certificate in the rich client, perform the following steps on the server where the client
components have been made available:
1. Copy the certificate file you wish to provide to all users, and paste it into the http server at <hypertext
document root>/lwpinstall/wct. This will make the file available to browser clients through HTTP.
48
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
2. Navigate to the WebSphere Application Server's installableApps directory, open
<servername>/wctInstall.ear/wctInstall.war/fileList.props in a text editor, and append a comma, followed
by the name of the trusted root certificate file, to the end of the following properties:
win32.ie.downloads.files
win32.mozilla.downloads.files
linux.mozilla.downloads.files
This causes the trusted root certificate file to automatically be downloaded to users' workstations when they
download the client installer.
When users launch the installer, the installer detects the certificate that has been downloaded to the same directory
as the installer, and adds the certificate to the HTTP stack in the client.
Provisioning server install panel display in Romanian locale
With the Romanian locale, there are display problems on one or more of the provisioning server installation panels.
Widening the panels improves display clarity. The WebSphere Application Server panel fields remain somewhat
illegible. See the provisioning server installation documentation in the Information Center to guide you through the
provisioning server installation process.
Provisioning server installation filepath cannot contain spaces
When specifying a directory name in which to install the rich client provisioning components during provisioning
server installation, do not use spaces or special characters in the path name. Certain platforms cannot process
provisioning server calls if the path contains spaces or any of the following characters: '"^()\{}[]<>
Provisioning server installation UNIX screen display settings
When installing the provisioning server on a UNIX system, logged in as root, the following errors may appear:
Xlib: connection to ":0.0" refused by server Xlib: No protocol specified
This is an XWindows configuration issue that can be solved by opening up permissions for all users (including root) to
bind to the desktop.
1. As a normal user, issue xhost + to allow anyone to connect to the local display.
2. Become root using su - syntax.
3. Issue an export DISPLAY=:0.0.
4. Run the installation.
Provisioning server response file syntax errrors
The provisioning server's generated response file contains the syntax of the string resolvers seen in the provisioing
server GUI installation program's User Input fields. Users expect the resolved strings to be resident in the response
file. The response file should have the same values that are shown in the User Input panels when using the
provisioning server installation GUI. The response file can't be played back in silent mode without editing it. This
affects the User Input panel fields. See these related topics in the Information Center:
http://workplaceid.notesdev.ibm.com/lwp25_infocenter/lwpdoc/infocenter/i_inst_t_install_prov_server.html and
http://workplaceid.notesdev.ibm.com/lwp25_infocenter/lwpdoc/infocenter/i_inst_t_silentinstw32_rich_client.html.
49
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Salvaging a user's workspace after an uninstall
If you uninstall the IBM Workplace rich client from a workstation, the user data is not automatically removed. As a result, you can install a copy of the IBM Workplace rich client that "adopts" that orphaned data directory, otherwise known as a user workspace, as its own.
Gather the following information first:
�
�
�
What Windows / Linux user was signed in when the orphaned workspace was created? This is referred to as the
<username>.
What folders exist in that username's home directory (On Windows: c:\documents and
settings\<username>\ibm\rcp, on RedHat: /home/<username>)? Which of those folders has a creation date
that matches the creation date of the data the user wants to recover? This directory is the orphaned workspace,
and its numerical name (e.g., 1287133565) is the orphaned workspace name, which is referred to as the
<installation instance ID>.
What path will you install the rich client to? This is referred to as <rcp_home>. It is easiest to accept the default,
which is c:\program files\ibm\lotus workplace client for Windows, and /opt/ibm/lotus workplace client for
RedHat.
To re-link IBM Workplace data that is left behind when the rich client is uninstalled from a user workstation:
1. Gather the information above, then copy the installation instance ID (e.g., 1287133565) to the clipboard.
2. Follow the instructions in the IBM Workplace InfoCenter to uninstall all existing instances of the IBM Workplace rich client (in Windows, use Add / Remove Programs, on Linux, run the uninstall executable).
3. Create, or verify the existence of, the rcp_home directory. Under the rcp_home directory, create, or verify the existence of, a folder called rcp. In that folder, create a file called rcpinstall.properties.
4. Edit that file and paste the following content into it:
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
rcp.installId=%WORKSPACE%
rcp.install.id=%WORKSPACE%
rcp.product.installId=IBM_LWP_C%WORKSPACE%
rcp.product.name=IBM Lotus Workplace products rich client 2.0%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanBootstrapInstaller_bean66.name=beanBootstrapInstaller_component3%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanBootstrapInstaller_bean31.name=beanBootstrapInstaller_component2%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanJavaSecurityFilesInstaller_beanJavaSecurityFiles2.name=beanJavaSecurityFilesInstaller_co
mponent3%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanBootstrapInstaller_bean66.installId=IBM_LWP_C_WCTbootsc%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanJavaSecurityFilesInstaller_beanProductJavaSecurityFiles.installId=IBM_LWP_C_RCPmjre%
WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanBootstrapInstaller_bean31.installId=IBM_LWP_C_WCTbootcf%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanRCPClientInstaller_rcpComponent.installId=IBM_LWP_C_RCP_RCPa%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanRCPClientInstaller_rcpWin32Component.name=beanRCPClientInstaller_rcpWin32Compone
nt%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanRCPClientInstaller_RCP-Linux-MozillaFileDelete.installId=38ef825dfb3f3fb60252500b7526
1e5f%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanBootstrapInstaller_bean16.installId=IBM_LWP_C_WCTboot%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanApplicationInstaller_ProductAppsInstaller.installId=IBM_LWP_C_WCTapps%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanRCPClientInstaller_rcpComponent.name=beanRCPClientInstaller_rpcComponent%WORKSP
ACE%
rcp.beanRCPClientInstaller_rcpInstall.name=beanRCPClientInstaller_rcpInstall%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanJavaSecurityFilesInstaller_productWindowsThemeSupport.installId=IBM_LWP_C_RCPmjrewi
nXP%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanBootstrapInstaller_bean16.name=beanBootstrapInstaller_IBM Workplace Client Technology
- Install Bootstrap%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanRCPClientInstaller_rcpInstall.installId=IBM_LWP_C_RCP%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanRCPClientInstaller_RCP-Linux-MozillaFileDelete.name=beanRCPClientInstaller_MozillaFileD
elete%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanBootstrapInstaller_LicenseFilesCompBean.installId=IBM_LWP_C_WCTbootlf%WORKSPACE
%
rcp.beanJavaSecurityFilesInstaller_beanJavaSecurityFiles.name=beanJavaSecurityFilesInstaller_com
ponent2%WORKSPACE%
rcp.beanJavaSecurityFilesInstaller_beanJavaSecurityFiles.installId=IBM_LWP_C_RCPmjresf%WORKS
PACE%
rcp.beanJavaSecurityFilesInstaller_beanJavaSecurityFiles2.installId=IBM_LWP_C_RCPmjresf2%WOR
KSPACE%
50
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
rcp.beanJavaSecurityFilesInstaller_productWindowsThemeSupport.name=beanJavaSecurityFilesInst
aller_component10%WORKSPACE%
�
rcp.beanJavaSecurityFilesInstaller_beanProductJavaSecurityFiles.name=beanJavaSecurityFilesInstal
ler_IBM Workplace Client Technology - Security%WORKSPACE%
�
rcp.beanApplicationInstaller_ProductAppsInstaller.name=beanApplicationInstaller_IBM Workplace
Client Technology - Install Applications%WORKSPACE%
�
rcp.beanRCPClientInstaller_rcpWin32Component.installId=IBM_LWP_C_RCPw32%WORKSPACE%
�
rcp.beanBootstrapInstaller_LicenseFilesCompBean.name=beanBootstrapInstaller_LicenseFilesComp
onent%WORKSPACE%
Replace all instances of the token %WORKSPACE% with the installation instance ID (e.g., 1287133565)
Save the rcpinstall.properties file and exit.
In a browser, sign on to IBM Workplace, then navigate to the Rich Client page and click the Download... link.
Accept any security warnings. The installer launches.
When prompted for an installation location, browse to the rcp_home directory, and continue to progress through
the installer.
At the end of the install, the rich client launches; the data it launches with should be that of the orphaned
workspace, which is now linked to the rich client that has just been installed.
Wait for the rich client to perform an update check and download any additional components it may need.
�
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Spaces are not allowed in Workplace Rich Client install
When a user installs the rich client, the default path is c:\Program Files\IBM Workplace rich client. Users are not able
to change the path to a new directory name that contains spaces such as "c:\ \IBM Workplace rich client".
Specifying an install location for the Rich client
If a user without administrative rights to install programs on the workstation or who does not have write access to the
default Rich client install location tries to install the IBM Workplace Rich client, when she clicks "Next" in the install
location panel of the Installation wizard, the installer returns an error similar to the following:
"C:\Program Files\IBM\Lotus Workplace Client is not writable."
Either a user with administrative rights to the workstation should perform the installation on behalf of the user or the
user can use the Browse button to select their own Documents and Settings directory or another directory the user
has write access to, and specify it as the install location for the Rich client.
User access rights required for rich client installation
In order to install the rich client, you must have write access to the parent directory into which it is being installed.
You can specify an installation directory during rich client installation.
Once the rich client is installed, you no longer need write access to that directory. If there are multiple users of the installation, it is strongly recommended that only the administrator have write access to that directory.
In order to first run the client and subsequently update or otherwise provision applications onto the base configuration, you must have write access to your workspace. The default workspace location is shown below:
C:\Documents and Settings\<username>\IBM\RCP\<install id>\<username>
Windows)
/home/<username>/IBM/RCP/<install id>/<username>
This directory is changeable by using the -data switch at startup.
51
(on Linux)
(on IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace Messaging
Enabling security may cause incorrect postmaster e-mail address
After enabling security the default postmaster e-mail address may contain duplicate text. For example, if the mail
attribute value for the WebSphere Portal account in the LDAP directory is [email protected], after
enabling security the postmaster e-mail address may become [email protected]
To correct this problem, click Lotus Workplace > Mail Cell-Wide Settings in the WebSphere Administrative Console
and edit the Postmaster mail address field.
Technical preview
Mobile client cannot be reinstalled w/o uninstalling
The mobile client cannot be reinstalled without having first uninstalled the previous client.
Workaround
Uninstall the existing client before attempting to reinstall. Users will need to allow synchronization to complete for
data to be brought down again.
Migration notes
IBM Workplace Team Collaboration
Migrated links do not work in Team Task List portlet
If you migrate Team Task Lists from IBM Workplace 2.01 to 2.5 and you no longer have an HTTP server as part of the
configuration, document links that are included as part of a task mail notification will not work. The mail notification is
sent correctly, but clicking the link results in an error. Note that creating new tasks in the migrated portlet does not
produce this behavior; mail notification and document links work as expected.
IBM Workplace Templates and Applications
Portlets can be deleted from migrated application templates
In the 2.5 release of IBM Collaboration Services, and administrator does not have access to delete a portlet from an
application template. However, if a template is migrated from an earlier release, the delete icon is available on the
portlet toolbar and the administrator can delete the portlet from the template.
52
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Template role groups change to All Authenticated Users
In the application template library, the softgroups listed in Template Roles in 2.01 will be maintained, but will be
displayed as "All Authenticated Users" after migration to 2.5. All templates migrated from 2.01 will have the Editor and
User Template role set to All Authenticated users. After upgrade when a new template is created the default Editor and
User Role setting will be empty. To allow a user to edit or create applications from a newly created template you will
need to explicitly add them to the Template Roles.
Upgrade notes
IBM Workplace Rich Client
Instant Messaging - Emoticons in saved chats don't display
After upgrading from release 2.01 to 2.5, emoticons in chat transcripts saved prior to 2.5 don't display. Instead, you'll
see an "x" enclosed in a box for each emoticon that was inserted in the chat. Emoticons display correctly in chat
transcripts saved in 2.5.
Logging in to client as Online facilitates upgrade provisioning
When upgrading your rich client from 2.01 to 2.5, you must log in to the rich client in Online mode to provision your
desktop with the 2.5 upgrade capabilities.
When upgrading a rich client from 2.01 to 2.5, if the user logs into the Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5 server for
the first time in Offline mode, the initial provisioning of the platform bundles is fine, but on restart, the login status
remains in Offline mode. Unless you switch to Online mode, provisioning is skipped and the client user interface is
opened with a blank perspective (no applications). This is a recoverable state; exiting the client and logging back in as
Online mode will allow the upgrade to provision new or upgraded capabilities, migrate databases, and so on.
Must start server1 for 2.01 Rich Client to upgrade to 2.5
In order for 2.01 Rich Client installs to connect and properly upgrade to 2.5 Rich Client, server1 must be started. The
2.01 client installer was, by default, deployed on server1, so when these clients connect to the 2.5 upgraded server,
they try to authenticate through server1.
To start server1:
From /WebSphere/AppServer>/bin type startserver server1
53
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace Templates and Applications
2.0.1 templates do not migrate correctly to 2.5 under Oracle
In order to allow Workplace 2.0.1 templates in an Oracle deployment to migrate when you upgrade to IBM Workplace Collaboration Services, run the following SQL commands before starting the upgrade:
ALTER TABLE LWPCOMM.CDO_CDO ADD TEMPLATEDATA2 CLOB;
UPDATE LWPCOMM.CDO_CDO SET TEMPLATEDATA2=TO_CLOB(TEMPLATEDATA) WHERE TEMPLATEDATA IS NOT NULL;
ALTER TABLE LWPCOMM.CDO_CDO DROP COLUMN TEMPLATEDATA;
ALTER TABLE LWPCOMM.CDO_CDO RENAME COLUMN TEMPLATEDATA2 TO TEMPLATEDATA;
Note: LWPCOMM is the default schema name. If you have renamed this schema, you should change the above code accordingly.
Migrated 2.0.1 Oracle templates are not upgraded to 2.5
When you upgrade an Oracle deployment from Lotus Workplace 2.0.1 to IBM Workplace Collaboration Services,
instances of templates that were created on the Lotus Workplace 2.0.1 server will not be editable on the upgraded
Workplace Collaboration Services server. Instances of Lotus Workplace 2.0.1 templates that you create after
upgrading to Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5 should function properly.
Administration
2.0.1 upgrade to 2.5 fails for both Oracle and AIX deployments
Before upgrading a Lotus Workplace 2.0.1 Oracle or AIX deployment, you need to download and apply the patch in
LO08102.tar, which is available at ftp://ftp.software.ibm.com/software/lotus/fixes/workplace.
Bookmarks portlet doesn't appear after upgrade
After an upgrade from Workplace 2.0.1, the Bookmarks portlet does not appear when you log in to IBM Workplace
Collaboration Services 2.5 as a non-administrator. In order to make the Bookmarks portlet appear, follow these steps:
1. Log on to Portal Server using a Portal administrator's account - for example, wpsadmin.
2. Select "Administration."
3. Select the "Access" tab.
4. Select "Resource Permissions."
5. Select "Portlets."
6. Search for the Bookmark portlet by using "Title contains."
7. Open "Assign Access" (key icon).
8. Open "Edit Role" for "User" (pencil icon).
9. Click "Add"
10. Check "all authenticated portal users" and click OK.
11. Click "Done."
Upgrade documentation inaccuracy
The documentation for upgrading from Workplace 2.0.1 to IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5 erroneously
states that upgrading a Network Deployment is not currently supported; it is.
To see the updated documentation, go to http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/wpphelp/index.jsp?.
54
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Configuration notes
Avoid UNIX vi editor when editing Workplace properties files
When you edit Workplace properties files, use an editor other than the UNIX editor vi to edit these files. When a line
exceeds the maximum buffer size of 2048 characters (as it does in the lwptaistorage.properties file), your changes will
be saved in a truncated and incorrect form.
Cataloging the DB2 database in AIX, Linux, and Solaris
If you are using a DB2 Universal Database on AIX, Linux, or Solaris for your IBM Workplace Collaboration Services
data store, you must catalog the database, regardless of whether the database is hosted locally or remotely.
This requires changes to the "Setting up the DB2 Universal Database" topic in two places: Step 6 and Step 14e.
Step 6. Specifying the database's alias in the LWPDBUrl field
In Step 6 of "Setting up the DB2 Universal Database," use the database's alias in the LWPDBUrl field. Make sure that
this name is different from the database name.
6. In the LWPDBName: dialog box, fill in information about the new database, including its associated user
names and passwords, and then click Next. The following table includes examples of appropriate values for
each field in the dialog box, assuming a Windows server.
Field
Example Values
Comments
LWPDBNAME
wps50
If this is preset to WRKPLC, change it to wps50.
LWPDBUrl
jdbc:db2:tcpwps50
Make sure that the database alias is different from the database
name.
LWPDBAdminUser
db2admin
This name is case sensitive.
LWPDBAdminPassw
ord
<db2admin_passw
ord>
Always type the password yourself as the default value may not
be correct.
LWPDBAppUser
db2admin
Application User’s name.
LWPDBAppPasswor
d
<db2admin_passw
ord>
Application User’s password. Always type the password yourself
as the default value may not be correct.
Step 14e. Cataloging the database
In Step 14e, the instructions for cataloging the database are incorrect. Use these instructions instead:
Notes
�
�
Use wps50 as the database name.
Use a different name as the database alias; for example tcpwps50.
On the DB2 server, catalog the database using the following commands:
catalog tcpip node <node_name> remote <server_dns_name> server <server_port>
catalog database wps50 as tcpwps50 at node <node_name>
55
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
where
�
node_name is any eight-character name you want to assign to the node, as in myDB2svr.
�
.
server_dns_name is the fully qualified domain name of the remote database server, as in db2server.acme.com
�
server_port is the port on which DB2 is installed; this is normally port 50000.
Check properties files before running HTTP and Learning scripts
Verify the accuracy of values in the wpconfig.properties and dbbuild.properties files before running the
lwp-httpserver-config or updatesettings scripts. The value for lmscontent_server0 may become truncated when the
scripts run.
For more information about these scripts, see "Phase 6: Completing Setup of an External HTTP server" in the
Workplace Collaboration Services Information Center.
Dynacache requirement
Portal requires dynacache to be enabled, as several components within IBM Workplace Collaboration Services make
use of dynacache. Please note that it is possible to disable dynacache using the WebSphere admin console, but this
is not a supported configuration.
Enable security before viewing Database Transfer screens
When using the Configuration Wizard, you must enable security before you start viewing the Database Transfer screens
(Database Setup, WebSphere Portal Transfer, and Workplace Transfer screens).
This is because the dbbuild.properties file is modified as you navigate through the Database Transfer screens
(because this is when you normally enter the information needed for the data transfer), and the changes are saved
even if you don't run all of the transfer tasks -- even if you navigate back to the Enable Security screen. Once
dbbuild.properties has been modified, the Enable Security task will not work.
i5/OS remote database server must be added to WAS Resources
The Create IBM Workplace Collaboration Services wizard for i5/OS does not set a value for serverName custom
property in the LWPAPP data source ( resources.xml). If you are running Workplace with a remote database, perform
the following additional steps:
1. Login into WebSphere Administrative console with administrator authority .
2. Click Resources on the left panel.
3. Click JDBC Providers > lwp25JDBC > Data Sources > lwpApp > Custom Properties.
4. Enter the fully qualified host name of the database server under the field Value.
5. Save.
6. Restart the Workplace server.
56
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
i5/OS users may experience problems using Toolbox JDBC driver
To ensure the Toolbox JDBC driver (for remote databases) functions properly with IBM Workplace Collaboration
Services, i5/OS users must manually update the WCM.properties file and add the serverName property to the WPCP
datasource.
Updating the WCM.properties file
To update the WCM.properties file when using the Toolbox JDBC driver, follow these instructions:
1. Open the following file in a text editor or with the EDTF i5/OS command:
/QIBM//UserData/WebAS5/Base/<instance
>/wpcp/config/WebSphere_Portal/author/WCM.properties
where instance is the name of the Workplace Collaboration Services instance.
2. Add the following line to the file:
wcm.as400.WpcpDbSchema=<wpcp_schema>
where wpcp_schema is the name of the WPCP schema associated with the instance. If you don't know the name of
the WPCP schema, look for the value listed for the property WpcpDbSchema in the following file:
/QIBM/UserData/WebAS5/Base/<instance>/PortalServer/wpconfig.properties
3. Save your changes to the WCM.properties file.
Adding the serverName property to the WPCP datasource
To add the serverName property to the WPCP datasource when using the Toolbox JDBC driver, follow these
instructions:
1. Start the IBM WebSphere Application Server Administrative Console by entering the following into the address bar
of a Web browser:
http://<hostname.yourco.com>:<port>/admin
where hostname.yourco.com is the host name of your server, and port is the port assigned to the administrative
console. On i5/OS, this is the base port of the instance, plus 10. For example, if you specified 30000 as your
base port number of your instance, the WebSphere Administrative Console would be port 30010.
2. Click Resources -> JDBC Providers -> wpcp50JDBC -> Data Sources -> wpcpdfds -> Custom Properties -> New.
3. In the Name field, enter serverName.
4. In the Value field, enter the name of the Workplace Collaboration Services server host name.
5. Click Apply.
6. Save the changes in the WebSphere Application Server Administrative Console.
7. Restart Workplace Collaboration Services.
ibm-entryUUID attribute missing in older i5/OS LDAP entries
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services requires the ibm-entryUUID attribute to be associated with the LDAP entry of
each user. When entries are created in i5/OS V5R3, this attribute is created automatically. However, if you have
entries in the LDAP directory that were created before i5/OS V5R3 (i.e. OS/400 V5R2 or earlier), and those users will
use Workplace Collaboration Services, then you must follow the steps in this release note to add the ibm-entryUUID
attribute to those entries.
57
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Determining if the ibm-entryUUID attribute exists
Follow these steps to determine if the ibm-entryUUID attribute exists:
1. Start the QShell Interpreter by entering the following on an i5/OS command line:
STRQSH
2. Enter the following command:
ldapsearch -h <ldap_host_name> -b "<ldap_suffix>" objectclass=person ibm-entryUUID
If the ibm-entryUUID attribute exists, you will see the ibm-entryUUID attribute listed as it is in the following example:
uid=wpsadmin,cn=users,DC=LP05Y7M,DC=RCHLAND,DC=IBM,DC=COM ibm-entryUUID=74c97805-74c7-1896-98ff-0004ac0395e3 Adding the ibm-entryUUID attribute
The easiest way to add the ibm-entryUUID attribute if it does not exist is to export the LDAP directory, and then
import it back into i5/OS. When the directory is imported into i5/OS V5R3, the ibm-entryUUID attribute is
automatically created for all entries.
To add the ibm-entryUUID to all LDAP entries, follow these steps:
1. Start IBM iSeries Navigator.
2. In the left-hand navigation pane, select Network -> Servers -> TCP/IP.
3. Find the i5/OS library that contains the LDAP database library (default is QUSRDIRDB). To find out which library
contains the LDAP database library:
�
�
�
Right-click IBM Directory Server in the right-hand pane.
Click Properties.
Note the Database library listed on the Database/Suffixes tab:
58
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
4. Back up the current LDAP database library by entering these commands on an i5/OS command line:
CRTSAVF <mylib>/<mysavf>
SAVLIB LIB(<ldap_database_library>) DEV(*SAVF) SAVF(<mylib>/<mysavf>)
where mylib and mysavf are the library and save file you are using to back up the LDAP database library, and
ldap_database_library is the LDAP database library noted in the previous step.
5. Export the LDAP directory:
�
�
�
Right click IBM Directory Server in the right-hand pane.
Click Tools -> Export File.
Specify the name of the file to contain the exported data and click OK.
6. End the LDAP server:
�
�
Right-click IBM Directory Server in the right-hand pane.
Click Stop.
7. Clear out the existing LDAP database library:
�
Enter the following command on an i5/OS command line:
CLRLIB LIB(<ldap_database_library>)
�
Reply to the message "Receiver QSQJRN0005 in QUSRDIRDB never fully saved" with an "I"
8. Import the directory. This will create the missing ibm-entryUUID attributes.
�
�
�
Right-click IBM Directory Server in the right-hand pane.
Click Tools -> Import File.
Specify the name of the file that contains the exported data and click OK.
59
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
9. Start the LDAP server:
�
�
Right-click IBM Directory Server in the right-hand pane.
Click Start.
10. If the LDAP server is replicated, export the LDAP directory again:
�
�
�
Right-click IBM Directory Server in the right-hand pane.
Click Tools -> Export File.
Specify the name of the file to contain the new exported data and click OK.
11. Repeat steps 1-4 and 6-9 on each replicated LDAP server, using the export_with_ibm-entryUUID.ldif
file in step 8 instead of export.ldif.
Restoring the LDAP directory to its original state
If for some reason you need to restore the LDAP directory to its original state, follow these steps to restore the backup
you created in step 4 of the previous procedure:
1. End the LDAP server:
�
�
�
Start iSeries Navigator.
Right-click IBM Directory Server in the right-hand pane.
Click Stop.
2. Enter these commands on an i5/OS command line:
CLRLIB LIB(<ldap_database_library>)
RSTLIB SAVLIB(QUSRDIRDB) DEV(*SAVF) SAVF(<mylib>/<mysavf>)
3. Start the LDAP server:
�
�
In iSeries Navigator, right-click IBM Directory Server in the right-hand pane.
Click Start.
60
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Instant Contacts - User policy doesn't turn off address book
You use the WebSphere(R) Administrative Console to assign user policies, including that which allows users to add
entries to the personal address book. Note that even if you uncheck "Allow personal address book" when you create a
new policy, the "Add to address book" option still displays when you add new contacts and search for names in Instant
Contacts.
ND: Mixed OS for Search share causes indexing to fail
For a Network Deployment: any combination of mixed operating systems (Windows - AIX, Windows - Solaris, or
Windows - Linux) Search fails if the shared Search directory involves two different operating systems. The Index
directories are not created and indexing will fail.
Restart server after disconnecting a node from the network
If, after disconnecting a node from the network, the WebSphere Portal server and Mail server crash, follow these steps
to recover the Workplace servers.
1. Restore network connectivity to the node.
2. Start Workplace Collaboration Services (WebSphere Portal server, Mail_Server_1, and Cloudscape Network Server)
with the following case-sensitive command.
IBM AIX, Linux, and Sun Solaris
./startWorkplaceServices.sh
Microsoft Windows
startWorkplaceServices.bat
i5/OS
startWorkplaceServices.sh
SMTP server - LMS Mail (Calendar and Enrollment notifications)
The default port for SMTP is 25; IBM Workplace will use this by default. If there are any other services running
through this port, IBM Workplace SMTP server will appear as started in the Admin Console, but will be inactive. This
more commonly occurs on non-Windows platforms (for example, SendMail if enabled will be running on the same
port).
Workaround
Terminate the service (e.g., SendMail), stop the SMTP service through the IBM Workplace admin console, and restart
SMTP. Alternatively, assign a different port number for SMTP prior to configuration, or change the port number via
the IBM Workplace admin console (this will require a server restart).
You may also check the etc/services file (UNIX only) for SMTP status. As an additional check, telnet to the SMTP
server and you should see this 220 <host.acme.com> Lotus Workplace Messaging Ready.
61
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Using a classic Sametime server with Workplace
By default, the IBM Workplace Instant Messaging features (ie. chat and online awareness) use the built-in IBM
Workplace Team Collaboration infrastructure, as long as a valid license exists for Team Collaboration. These features
are exposed wherever you see a clickable person's name, by use of the Person Tag.
However, there are two cases where a customer might want to enable a classic Sametime 3.x server for use with
Workplace:
1.
2.
not licensed for IBM Workplace Team Collaboration, but is licensed for classic Sametime 3.x -ORlicensed for both, and wants them to coexist in Workplace
In the first case, simply enable Sametime to work with WebSphere Portal the way you normally would (by modifying
the CS_SERVER_SAMETIME settings in the CSEnvironment.properties file). Then additionally enable the Person Tag
to use classic Sametime by following the steps below. Note that there are certain portlets and features that ship with
Workplace that depend on the Workplace Team Collaboration infrastructure, such as the Instant Contacts and Web
Conferences portlets, and the "Change my online status" feature. Since these will not work correctly in this scenario,
they should be manually disabled or removed from Workplace.
In the second case, coexistence means that certain portlets from Portal that depend on classic Sametime (ie. Contact
List and Who Is Here) can continue to work using Sametime, while certain portlets and features from Workplace (ie.
Instant Contacts and Web Conferences portlets, and the "Change my online status" feature) that depend on the Team
Collaboration infrastructure can work with the Team Collaboration infrastructure. This also means that any custom
portlets you may have that use the Sametime STLinks toolkit will continue to work. Examples of infrastructure
dependencies are things like where the portlet get its data, and whether it depends on particular APIs to work. For
example, the Portal Contact List portlet gets its data directly from the Sametime server, and displays the person
names using the Sametime STLinks API.
To enable coexistence, simply enable Sametime to work with WebSphere Portal the way you normally would (by
modifying the CS_SERVER_SAMETIME settings in the CSEnvironment.properties file). Then enable your Team
Collaboration infrastructure, if it isn't already.
In addition, although not recommended, you can choose which infrastructure the Person Tag uses in the coexistence
scenario. By default it will use the Team Collaboration infrastructure, but if you wish it to use classic Sametime,
follow the steps below.
It is important to note that the Portal Contact List and Who Is Here portlets use STLinks directly and do not use the
Person Tag to display person names, while the Workplace Instant Contacts and Web Conferences portlets do use the
Person Tag to display person names. When deciding whether to have the Person Tag use one or the other
infrastructure, take the following into account:
Infrastructure Dependency
how it displays person names
Portlet or feature
Portal Contact List
classic Sametime
STLinks
Portal Who Is Here
classic Sametime
STLinks
Portal Web Conferences
classic Sametime
???
Portal Notes View
can use either
Person Tag
Workplace Instant Contacts
Team Collaboration
Person Tag
Workplace Web Conferences
Team Collaboration
Person Tag
Workplace "Change my online status" Team Collaboration
not applicable
feature
Note that if you decide to use classic Sametime for the Person Tag, the Workplace portlets that depend on Team
Collaboration may display incorrect online statuses for people. Also note that the Person Tag menu item "Add to
Instant Contacts" will actually add the person to the Sametime "buddy" list (which the Portal Contact List portlet
exposes), NOT the Instant Contacts portlet.
To enable the Person Tag to use classic Sametime:
1. Stop the WebSphere, WebSphere Portal, and IBM Workplace servers.
2. With a text editor, open the following file:
<wp_root>\shared\app\config\CSEnvironment.properties
3. Find or add CS_SERVER_PERSONTAG.awarenessversion=, and specify classic for the value:
CS_SERVER_PERSONTAG.awarenessversion=classic
62
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
4. If the Sametime server is configured to accept only the name format email or dn , add the setting
CS_SERVER_SAMETIME_1.watchnameformat= and specify email or dn as the value. If the server is configured to
accept cn, this setting is unnecessary. For example, if the Sametime server is configured to accept only email, specify
the following:
CS_SERVER_SAMETIME_1.watchnameformat=email
5. Find CS_SERVER_PERSONTAG.menuclasses=, and modify the names of the following menu items by prepending
the word "Classic" as shown:
com.ibm.wkplc.people.tag.menuitems.ClassicChatPersonMenuItem,...,
com.ibm.wkplc.people.tag.menuitems.ClassicAddToContactListMenuItem,...
6. Save the file.
7. Restart the servers.
"Automatically create mailboxes" affects calendar as well
The Administrator Console configuration under IBM Workplace --> Users --> Manage User Policies --> <policyname>
--> Mail Details allows for the automatic creation of inboxes. In this release, however, disabling the "Automatically
create mailboxes" configuration item prevents a Calendar from being created as well.
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning
Adding Required Active Directory Attributes for Learning and LMS
if you are using MS Active Directory as your LDAP server, the Learning component requires that the default directory
schema supported by WebSphere Member Manager (WMM) be updated to add 7 attributes.
These 7 attributes are required by Learning to function properly. In fact, users will not be able to login to the Learning
Management System (LMS) until after these attributes are added.
The 7 required attributes are:businessCategory
departmentNumber
description
displayName
employeeNumber
employeeType
preferredLanguage
Information on how to add these attributes may be found here:http://www-1.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?rs=493&q1=displayName&uid=swg21174136&loc=en_US&cs=utf-8&lang=en
This information is also included below. It describes how to add the displayName attribute only, but you should
include all 7 attributes as listed above.
If your LDAP directory is Active Directory, use the steps below to configure the use of the displayName attribute:
63
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Configuring displayName before enabling directory security
If possible, configure the use of the displayName attribute before you enable directory security for WebSphere Portal.
Follow these steps:
1. Shut down the WebSphere and WebSphere Portal servers.
2. Use a text editor to open <wp_root
>\PortalServer\config\templates\wmm\wmmLDAPAttributes_ACTIVE_DIRECTORY.xml.
3. Add the following attribute map tag, by moving it from the comment-out section:
<attributeMap wmmAttributeName="displayName"
pluginAttributeName="displayName"
applicableMemberTypes="Person;Group"
dataType="String"
valueLength="128"
multiValued="true" />
4. Save and close the file.
5. Enable directory security for WebSphere Portal.
Configuring displayName after IBM Workplace installation
If you have already installed IBM Workplace, you can follow these steps instead. However, if you ever reconfigure
WebSphere Portal directory security, you will need to repeat these steps afterward.
1. Stop all servers.
2 Open the file <wp_root>\wmm\wmmLDAPServerAttributes.xml and then add the following attributeMap tag to the file: attributeMap wmmAttributeName="displayName"
pluginAttributeName="displayName"
applicableMemberTypes="Person;Group"
dataType="String"
valueLength="128"
multiValued="true" />
3. Save the file.
4. Start all servers.
Configuring LMS to authenticate by cn instead of uid attribute
Some configurations authenticate users by their 'cn' attribute and not their 'uid' attribute (default for LMS). The
System Administrator may change this behavior by editing the ds-settings.xml and settings.xml files in
each of the LMS's components, i.e., LMM and DS. These files are found in the following locations:
\WebSphere\AppServer\installedApps\<servername>\LWP_LMS_LMM.ear\lmmWeb.war\WEB-IN
F\classes\settings.xml
\WebSphere\AppServer\installedApps\<servername>\LWP_LMS_DS.ear\dsWeb.war\WEB-INF\
classes\settings.xml
\WebSphere\AppServer\installedApps\<servername>\LWP_LMS_LMM.ear\lmmWeb.war\WEB-IN
F\classes\ds-settings.xml
\WebSphere\AppServer\installedApps\<servername>\LWP_LMS_DS.ear\dsWeb.war\WEB-INF\
classes\ds-settings.xml
The following lines inside the <commonschema> section of the <ldap> section in each file should be edited as
follows:
64
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Original
<ldap>
<commonschema>
<mapping name="LdapId" wmmAttribute="uid"/>
.
<mapping name="UserId" wmmAttribute="uid"/>
</commonschema>
</ldap>
Revised:
<ldap>
<commonschema>
<mapping name="LdapId" wmmAttribute="cn"/>
.
<mapping name="UserId" wmmAttribute="cn"/>
</commonschema>
</ldap>
That is, replace 'uid' with 'cn' to get LMS to authenticate against the 'cn' rather than the 'uid' attribute value. The
server should be restarted after making the above changes.
Note that any of the other attributes may also be used. However, the LMS assumes that users' credentials are unique,
so no two users should have the same username, be it the uid attribute value, cn attribute value, or other values.
Enabling the SMTP server to deliver e-mail notifications
In order for the IBM Workplace Collaboration Services SMTP server to deliver e-mail notifications for IBM Workplace
Collaborative Learning, you must set up the LMS server as a trusted IP address. Follow the instructions in this release
note to ensure e-mail notifications work properly.
Enabling e-mail notifications for Workplace Collaborative Learning
To enable e-mail notifications for Workplace Collaborative Learning, follow these steps:
1. Enter http://<hostname.yourco.com>/lms-lmm in the address bar of a Web browser, where hostname.yourco.com is
the host name of your server.
2. Log in as the administrative user.
3. Select Settings -> LMM Server -> General Settings -> E-mail.
4. Select Enable e-mail in the LMM and enter the host name of your SMTP server in the SMTP Server Name field.
65
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Setting up the LMS server as a trusted IP address
To set up the LMS server as a trusted IP address, follow these steps. Note that the LMS server's IP will most likely be
the same IP as the Workplace Collaboration Services server. In the example below, the IP address of 8.16.32.64 was
used.
1. Enter http://<hostname.yourco.com>:<admin_port>/admin into the address bar of a Web browser, where
hostname.yourco.com is the host name of your server, and admin_port is the port assinged to the WebSphere
Administrative Console.
2. Log on as an administrative user.
3. Select Lotus Workplace -> Mail Cell-Wide Settings -> Filters for SMTP Inbound Connections -> Trusted.
4. Enter the IP address of your LMS server in the "Trusted" field.
Note: For additional security, you may also wish to select Verify senders with a DNS lookup and Verify the client
with a DNS lookup once you have established a DNS server.
5. Save your changes in the WebSphere Administrative Console.
6. Restart Workplace Collaboration Services.
66
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Learning Requirements when connected to MS IIS 5.0 HTTP Server
When setting up a Workplace deployment connected to MS IIS 5.0 HTTP Server, Windows Integrated Authentication (
WIA ) needs to be disabled.
If Windows Integrated Authentication is enabled the "Launch" icon will be missing from the Learning portlet after
enrolling in a course. The reason for this is because WIA strips user authentication information from the web services
calls from a machine it has already authenticated.
See link for details how to disable Windows Integrated Authentication:
http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;EN-US;837139
Reports not running on Linux, Solaris or AIX
If Learning Reports do not run successfully on Linux, Solaris or AIX IBM Workplace deployments, ensure that Xvfb is
running and DISPLAY is set to the same display as Xvfb is using. This should be done before the server is started
For example, for "server.ibm.com" where Xvfb is set to use display 1.0:
�
Stop all servers
�
Export DISPLAY=server:1.0
�
Start all servers
Note: Although in most cases you can use either, if the fully-qualified name does not work, use the short name
instead.
IBM Workplace Documents
Configuring Documents e-mail notification
When you configure e-mail notification for Documents, and your site does not have a license for Workplace
Messaging, you must perform the steps listed in "Setting up the Mail Service for Documents." This topic is available in
the IBM Workplace Collaboration Services information center. Open the information center and in the navigation
pane, click Documents --Setting up the Mail Service for Documents.
Sending document links from document libraries
You must edit the SMTP and e-mail settings in the WCM.properties file so that users can send document links from
document libraries. This is required for setting up e-mail notification support for IBM Workplace Collaboration
Services capabilities even when IBM Workplace Messaging is also installed.
1. Use a text editor and open: <was_root>\wpcp\config\<node>\WebSphere_Portal\author\WCM.properties.
2. Edit the following lines of text, substituting your company's fully-qualified SMTP server address and e-mail return
address, and removing the comment symbols.
### Please edit for your company's e-mail and smtp
settings.wcm.mail.smtp.host = smtp_host.mycompany.com
wcm.mail.return.address = [email protected]
3. Save and close the file.
4. Restart the servers.
This information can also be found in the information center: Documents ->Setting up the Mail Service for Documents
-> Editing Mail Settings in the WCM.properties file.
67
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace Rich Client
Changing from one user's workspace to another on one machine
The rich client supports multiple users on a single workstation only if none of the users have write access to the rich
client installation directory. When multiple users share a workstation, any new features or applications for the
platform are installed to an individual user's workspace, separate from the platform. Each user has an independent
configuration based on the (shared) base platform, but captured in that individual user's workspace. To change from
one user's workspace to another, you must log off the operating system and log back onto the system as the other
user.
Changing the specified provisioning server
To subsequently change the server that you specify as the provisioning server for a client already installed and provisioned on a user's machine, you must change the value of the default url preference in the <user_workspace>/.metadata/.plugins/com.ibm.workplace.configuration/prefs.ini file as follows (where <user_workspace> is the user's workspace, which by default is stored to C:\Documents and Settings\<username>\IBM\RCP\<rcpinstallid>\<username>\ on Windows):
/instance/com.ibm.workplace.configuration/defaulturl=http\://<full_servername_of_new_provisioning_server.com>/<
url>
Currently, there is no way for a server administrator to change the users' provisioning server from the server.
Client provisioning fails when Netegrity is used with WP server
If the IBM Workplace Collaboration server is integrated with Netegrity SiteMinder, rich client provisioning is not
possible. Rich client users will be unable to download and install the rich client on the desktop from the server. This
problem conflicts with the Netegrity support mentioned in the Workplace non-functional requirements list.
Client supports one machine per user (credential store)
The client supports provisioning only one machine per user; a single local credential store is created for the user on a
given machine. If the user's policies indicate that a CA-signed certificate should be requested to sign and encrypt mail
messages, the PKI infrastructure requests the CA-signed certificate the first time a signed email is composed and sent
by that user. The private key specific to that machine's CA request is stored in the local credential store residing on
the user's single machine.
If a user were provisioned on more than one machine, multiple local credential stores would be created and these
local credential stores do not currently support sharing or exchanging private keys. As a result, if the user were to
send a signed email message from the second machine, a second PKI request would be sent to the same Certification
Authority because the credentials created in the first machine's local credential store are not available to the second
machine. Even if a PKI request for the user was already approved and accepted, a second, redundant request would
be submitted. To prevent this behavior, provision each user on a single machine.
Configuring the rich client to use non-standard HTTP ports
By default, the rich-client applications do not run properly if your server is configured with non-standard HTTP ports.
Standard HTTP ports are 80 for HTTP and 443 for HTTPS.
You can configure the Rich client to work with non-standard ports by changing the host value in the
was_home/installedApps/node/wctInstall.ear/wctinstall.war/token-values.props file from host=getParameter to
host=<protocol>://<LWpServer>:<port> (for example, host=https://yourlwp.yourco.com:444, or
host=http://yourlwp.yourco.com:81).
68
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Credential Store error when importing a certificate
In order for a rich client user to import a certificate (PKCS12 object) using the File > Preferences > Security > My
Certificates panel, the administrator must configure the system to use unrestricted policy. Without this configuration,
the user will receive an error such as the following when he attempts to import a certificate.
"Error extracting private keys from PKCS12 object. Check encryption algorithm is supported."
To set the unrestricted policy, replace two JAR policy files for the JCE. There are two different versions of these JAR
files in the rich client installation path, one in
rcp\eclipse\features\com.ibm.rcp.jre.win32.feature_1.2.0\jre\lib\security and another in
rcp\eclipse\plugins\com.ibm.rcp.jce_1.2.0. You must replace the files in both directories to successfully import a
PKCS12 object.
Issuing user credentials through a Certificate Authority
The IBM Workplace Managed Client mail application uses signing and encryption credentials that are created on the
client at initial deployment or when first needed, depending on the prevailing user policy established through the
administrative console. These credentials may be certified through an external Certificate Authority (CA), as described
in the Workplace information center. In order for this to happen, two administrative steps are needed.
Firstly, the configuration for the connections to the one or more CAs must be entered on the IBM Workplace server, as
described in the instructions in the information center.
Secondly, certification of generated credentials must be enabled in the policy settings for the appropriate user group
or groups. This is done though the 'Manage User Policies' section of the server administrative console, on the third
item in the panel shown below.
Note that the one or more CA configurations should be provided before the user policy is updated. If not, then
certification requests will be generated by the clients which will not be able to be processed on the server, and may
prevent subsequent certification requests from being generated. Also, any name mapping rules needed for the
configured CAs must be provided - please see the IBM Workplace Help documentation for more details.
69
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
LMS server timing out users while they are taking courses
The Application Servers (WAS) time-out is ignored when Enterprise Application session time-outs are specified and the Overwrite checkbox is selected for the Overwrite Session Management. The default setting is 30 minutes. You also have the option to set the Application Server time-out to 'No time-out' in the Admin console: Servers\Application Servers\server1\Web Container\Session Management.
The value of the Application server setting is used as a default when the session time-out is not specified for a Enterprise Application (LMM or DS applications). It is also good practice to set an LTPA time-out to greater than or equal to the session time-outs. This prevents the LTPA token from expiring prior to the session expiring. This may help any related activity that relies on LTPA authentication. If the LTPA token expires the user will be directed back to login page. Progress is not lost if the LTPA token expires. Progress is, however, lost for a session time-out. Having the content send periodic tracking requests will help keep the session alive.
Removing the rich client workspace
Removing the rich client workspace (use only when instructed by IBM Support):
1. Locate your "home" directory.
On Windows, this is usually the \Documents and Settings\<username> folder, and on Linux, this is usually the
/home/<username> directory, where <username> is the currently logged-in user.
2. Navigate to the folder/directory <home directory>\IBM\RCP (Windows) or <home directory>/IBM/RCP (Linux).
In this folder/directory, there is a folder/directory with a large number for its name. This large-number
folder/directory is the rich client workspace.
3. Delete the workspace folder/directory.
Unsupported Rich client offering policy configurations
The following offerings cannot be configured as stand-alone applications. You must select them as additions to setting
Allow Mail, Document libraries, Workplace applications, team spaces, or Web conferencing:
Allow calendar
Allow instant messaging
If you set up the Rich client to allow only one of the above offerings, a blank window displays when you launch the
client.
Dynamic policy changes are not supported either. If you make subsequent changes to the offerings available to a IBM
Workplace Rich client user via their user policy settings, these changes are not applied to the client machine until you
restart the server and the user subsequently logs into the client.
IBM Workplace Messaging
Bad forwarding addresses will cause mail not to be forwarded
Forwarding is effectively disabled for a user if the forwarding address contains a non-RFC822 compliant mail address
or if it is a local address which can't be found in the organizational directory. In either case, these errors are logged.
70
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Configuring Mail Services for Cloudscape
IBM Cloudscape is not recommended for IBM Workplace Message in production environments. Cloudscape may be
used to simplify installing demonstration and test systems and as a temporary datastore when setting up a production
system using a relational database management system such as DB2, Oracle, or SQL Server. The IBM Cloudscape
drivers lack support for XA transactions, which are necessary for a fully functioning Workplace Messaging environment.
There are several administrative components that do not work properly when running on Mail_Server_1, the IBM
Workplace messaging server. These components include the Administrative, Import, Export, and Archive tasks.
Note: To use Cloudscape as a relational database for IBM Workplace Messaging, you must move the mail task
scheduler service from the Mail_Server_1 server to the WebSphere_Portal server. However, if you plan to federate the
WebSphere_Portal server node into a cluster, you must first undo the steps that follow and move the mail task
scheduler service back on Mail_Server_1
Perform the following steps to use Cloudscape as the relational database for IBM Workplace Messaging:
1. Stop each server by typing the following commands from the <was_root>\bin directory, keeping in mind that
server names are case-sensitive:
AIX, Linux, and Solaris
./stopServer.sh WebSphere_Portal
./stopServer.sh Mail_Server_1
Windows
stopServer WebSphere_Portal
stopServer Mail_Server_1
2. Move <was_root>\config\cells\MACHINE_NAME\nodes\fastpod\servers\Mail_Server_1\lwpscheduler.xml to this
folder:
<was_root>\config\cells\MACHINE_NAME\nodes\fastpod\servers\WebSphere_Portal
3. Start Cloudscape Network Server, if necessary, using <wp_root>\config\wpsconfig start-ncs.
4. Restart the servers:
.AIX, Linux, and Solaris
./startServer.sh WebSphere_Portal
./startServer.sh Mail_Server_1
Windows
startServer WebSphere_Portal
startServer Mail_Server_1
Notes
�
�
Log messages for the tasks now appear in the Portal logs at <wp_root>\logs. Any changes to the trace
settings for tasks should be done for the WebSphere_Portal server.
The effective configuration settings for the Messaging tasks in the WebSphere Administrative Console are now
under the Application Server > WebSphere_Portal > Workplace Mail Services > Task Scheduler Service.
71
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Import command issues
Import command behavior is listed below:
�
'lm import -user <login_name> - path <folder name>' format:
This format is useful for restoring mail messages or contacts that were inadvertently deleted from that user's
account after the mail account was exported. When using this format, Import only restores mail and contacts but
calendar events are NOT restored. Messages and contacts that already exist in the mail account are not added
again.
�
'lm import -zipfile <filename> -newuser <login_name>' format:
This format is useful for moving a mail account from one cell to another. When using this format, Import creates
mail, contacts and calendar events for this 'newuser' account. This new account could have been previously
created, or, if the account does not already exist, it is created by the Import command. Import does not do any
fixups of recipient/invitee names, so it should only be used to import into a mail account with the same login
name. It should NOT be used to import an existing zipfile into a new mail account in the SAME cell.
�
Import does not support the import of exported zipfiles that were generated by Workplace 1.1, and that contained
calendar information.
�
A couple of caveats when exporting calendar events and moving them to a new account:
a) Private properties are not being exported, resulting in some fidelity loss when importing into the new account.
b) Invitee status is not being exported and invitee status related information will not appear in the new account.
Mailbox database script creates a ${env.TEMP} directory
Messaging and Archive Cloudscape database scripts use Ant to access the machine's TEMP environment variable
when creating the database. If the machine does not have this variable set, then it creates a directory in <Workplace
Home>/config/database/mailbox/mailbox/cloudscape that uses the Ant property format (that is, ${property name }).
This appears to be specific to Linux machines although any unix machine lacking a TEMP environment variable will
have this issue.
To fix, an environment variable called 'TEMP' should be created on the target machine and set to the location of the 'temp' directory prior to running the scripts. The location of temp is mostly likely off of the root so the variable would be set as TEMP=/temp, for example. Then the ant property in the database scripts will resolve correctly and the scripts will execute correctly. If this step is not completed, the database script should still work. Migrating Exchange accounts to IBM Workplace Messaging
When migrating Exchange 5.5 or Exchange 2000 accounts to IBM Workplace Messaging, to retain rich-text attributes
of the original message body after migration, both Exchange 5.5 and 2000 need to provide the message body as
HTML over IMAP. By default, an Exchange server provides the message body as plain text.
For more information on setting message formats, see the article "Managing IMAP 4: Setting Message Formats" on the
Microsoft Web site at http://www.microsoft.com/technet/prodtechnol/exchange/2000/maintain/13x2kadc.mspx
Administration
Displaying, downloading, and importing large files
When using an IBM HTTP server in conjunction with Workplace Collaboration Services, set the PostSizeLimit value in the plugin-cfg.xml file to -1. Do this for all servers in the cluster and then regenerate the plugin-cfg.xml Web server plugin. This will enable you to import large files, such as the installation guide PDF file.
Note that this information is not contained in the kitted version of the installation guide PDF or the InfoCenter, but is present in the InfoCenter's Web refresh.
72
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
LDAP user and group filters can inadvertently change
If you select Security -> User Registries -> LDAP in the WebSphere Administrative Console, then change any LDAP
setting and apply the change, the User Filters and Group Filters values revert to WebSphere Application Server default
values, causing authentication failures.
To work around this problem:
1. Before changing an LDAP setting in the WebSphere Administrative Console:
a) Select Security -> User Registries -> LDAP.
b) Under Additional Properties, click Advanced LDAP Settings.
c) Make a note of the values for the User Filters and Group Filters properties. For example, copy the values to the Clipboard.
2. Select Security -> User Registries -> LDAP and change LDAP settings as desired..
3. Under Additional Properties, click Advanced LDAP Settings and retype (or paste) the User Filters and Group Filters values noted in step 1.
4. Apply the changes.
Technical preview
Domino V6.5.2 settings to enable Domino XML Services
To enable and control Domino XML Services there are several notes.ini keywords that are used in the Domino Server notes.ini file.
NOTE: Before enabling Domino XML Services on a Domino 6.04/6.5.2 server you will need to download a set of binaries and copy them to the Domino program directory. Without these binaries the stability of the Domino server will be compromised.
Domino Server Versions
�
Domino v6.5.2 with the Notes Mail Technical Preview fixpack for Domino 6.0.4/6.5.2.
�
Domino v6.0.4 with the Notes Mail Technical Preview fixpack for Domino 6.0.4/6.5.2.
Note The Notes Mail Technical Preview fixpacks for Domino 6.0.4/6.5.2 can be obtained at http://www.lotus.com/ldd/beta/nptpbeta.nsf
�
Notes ini keyword: "HTTPDomWSAppSpace"
To enable Domino XML Services on this Domino Server add keyword to notes.ini file having it equal to 1
HTTPDomWSAppSpace=1
�
Note.ini keyword: "HTTPDomWSConvertFormat"
For MIME conversion add keyword in notes.ini to 2 otherwise only plain text will be visible to the user. This will
cause an additional Domino Server task to run (dwsaddin) which is responsible for converting Notes documents to
a MIME stream. It is recommended that this keyword be
HTTPDomWSConvertFormat=2
�
Notes.ini keyword: "DWSAddinMaxThreads"
This can be used to adjust the maximum number of Notes documents that can be converted to MIME streams
simultaneously (default 20)
DWSAddinMaxThreads=20
�
Notes.ini keyword: "HTTPDomWSForceFromValue"
To always force the "from" field in a mail message to be set to the authenticated username
HTTPDomWSForceFromValue=1
73
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Initial User Configuration for the Notes Mail Portlet
Once the Notes Mail Portlet has been installed by the portlet administrator, the administrator should then open the
configuration (click the wrench icon) of the portlet and make sure to enable this setting: "Allow portlet users to change
the mail server in edit mode". Once this setting has been enabled, upon initial login, the user must supply the
necessary information to enable the portlet to connect to his/her Domino server and mailfile. The user is presented
with a startup page advising to press the "Edit" pencil icon to go to the Preferences page and enter this information.
The user will be advised to enter a user name & password as well as a server host name and path\mailfile name.
When in the main Preferences page, the user should enter the user name & password information and then press the
"Edit Mail Source" button to enter the server host name and path\mailfile name. The user may also choose to supply
or change any other Preferences information during this process as well. Upon saving from the "Edit Mail Source"
page and then the main Preferences page the user will come back to the Workplace main page and the Inbox view
should now be visible with Domino mail data.
It should also be noted here that when the Domino mail server is down, the delegate will report this as not having
sufficient configuration information and the user will again get a message advising him/her to go into Preferences and
enter the proper configuration information. If this is not the initial time and/or sufficient configuration information
has been supplied, the user should also check the Domino server for availability.
Policy configuration for mobile client
In order for the mobile client to work properly, the user policy should be configured so that mail, address book,
instant messaging, and calendar are allowed. Unexpected behavior may occur if any of these are not allowed, and
users install and run the mobile client.
Uninstallation information
Workplace Uninstaller leaves servers running on AIX and Solaris
The uninstaller detects whether Workplace is running, and should display an error message saying that Workplace is
running, preventing the uninstall from continuing until the servers are stopped. This is not working correctly on AIX
and Solaris.
If the uninstall is allowed to proceed when the servers are running, the result is that the Java server processes
continue to run until the machine is rebooted. This can cause a problem if another install is run immediately after the
uninstall. The errors manifest themselves as database problems with logged install errors similar to the following:
[ArchiveInstall/exec]
[java] com.ibm.db2.jcc.c.SqlException: IO Exception opening socket to server localhost on port 1527. The DB2 Server may be down.
[ArchiveInstall/exec]
[java] at com.ibm.db2.jcc.b.a.<init>(a.java:125)
[ArchiveInstall/exec]
[java] at com.ibm.db2.jcc.b.b.a(b.java:1011)
[ArchiveInstall/exec]
[java] at com.ibm.db2.jcc.c.l.<init>(l.java:361)
[ArchiveInstall/exec]
[java] at com.ibm.db2.jcc.b.b.<init>(b.java:244)
[ArchiveInstall/exec]
[java] at com.ibm.db2.jcc.DB2Driver.connect(DB2Driver.java:132)
[ArchiveInstall/exec]
[java] at java.sql.DriverManager.getConnection(DriverManager.java:512)
[ArchiveInstall/exec]
[java] at java.sql.DriverManager.getConnection(DriverManager.java:172)
[ArchiveInstall/exec]
[java] at com.ibm.wps.config.SqlProcessor.process(SqlProcessor.java:108)
[ArchiveInstall/exec]
[java] at com.ibm.wps.config.SqlProcessor.main(SqlProcessor.java:602)
[ArchiveInstall/exec]
[java] (ErrCode=-99999, SqlState=null)
[ArchiveInstall/exec] [ArchiveInstall/exec] action-discover-env:
[ArchiveInstall/exec] [ArchiveInstall/exec] action-start-network-server:
[ArchiveInstall/exec]
[java] Server is ready to accept connections on port 1527.
[ArchiveInstall/exec]
[java] Timeout: killed the sub-process
74
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Perform the following steps if your installation has failed with the above errors:
1.) Run the uninstaller to remove the failed installation.
2.) Reboot the machine to clean up any remaining Java server processes that may be running.
3.) Run the install again.
IBM Workplace Rich Client
Empty directories left after uninstall
On the Windows platform, after uninstalling the Workplace client, the user will be asked to reboot so that files can be
deleted from the Workspace directory and the Installed directory. After restarting the system, the following directories
should be left behind, and should be empty if the user selected "Yes" during uninstall, in order to delete all local IBM
Workplace user data, documents, and configuration settings:
Workspace
\Documents and Settings\Username\IBM\RCP\Workspace #\username\
\applications
\com.ibm.pdm.sodc.feature
\eclipse
\plugins
\com.ibm.superodc.base.app.win32_1.5.0
\com.ibm.superodc.base.framework.win32_1.5.0
\com.ibm.superodc.base.infra.win32_1.5.0
\com.ibm.superodc.base.system.win32_1.5.0
\com.ibm.superodc.sc.lib.win32_1.5.0
\com.ibm.superodc.sd.lib.win32_1.5.0
\com.ibm.superodc.sw.lib.win32_1.5.0
Installed Directory
<root drive>\IBM\Workplace rich client\
\rcp
\eclipse
\features
On the Linux platform, the IBM\RCP directory remains, and is empty.
Provisioning server uninstall leaves remnants
The provisioning server program does not remove portal artifacts during uninstall. As a workaround, always perform the following tasks after uninstalling the provisioning server:
1.
2.
3.
Open a Web browser, go to http://myserver.mydomain.com/wps/myportal or /lwp/myportal, and log in.
Click the Administration link in the upper right of the screen.
In the navigator on the left, click Portlets, then click the sub-item Manage Applications.
75
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
4.
5.
6.
7.
In the list of war files, click wctPlaceholder.war, click the Uninstall (trash can) icon, and click OK to continue.
In the list of war files, click lwp.dbtoolsPortlets.war, click the Uninstall (trash can) icon, and click OK to continue.
In the Navigator on the left, click Portal Settings, then click the sub-item URL Mapping.
Use the Delete context button for 3270TechPreview, ActivityExplorer, Applications, Browser, LotusNotes, MyDocs,
MyMail, MyStuff, and TeamSpaces.
8. In the navigator on the left, click the sub-item Supported markups.
9. Select rcpml, and click Delete selected markup, and click OK.
10. In the navigator on the left, click the sub-item Supported clients.
11. Scroll down the list and select RCP.*, click Delete selected client, and click OK.
12. Close the Portal Administrative Console.
Uninstall icons are different with each install
In the Add/Remove Programs listing, the icon for the IBM Workplace rich client may appear as any of the following:
The uninstall of the product will still function, despite the different icons.
Uninstall on Linux may take over 7 minutes
Uninstall on Linux may take over 7 minutes. This is due to the fact that the Uninstaller is trying to uninstall files that
it did not lay down. When Provisioning occurs, other files are installed into the same directories that Install had laid
down, therefore during uninstall, it takes a bit longer because it is trying to remove files that it did not put in those
directories.
76
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Known limitations, problems, and workarounds
Limitations
Installation issues
Self-registration should be hidden with read-only LDAP
If you have configured IBM Workplace Collaboration Services to use a read-only LDAP directory, the self-registration
feature should not be available because write access to the LDAP directory is blocked. The self-registration feature is
provided by the Sign up and Edit my profile links in the toolbar. These links display before and after users log in to
the site. With read-only LDAP security enabled, users can see these links and begin to create or edit user profiles.
When users attempt to continue to the next page of the user profile, they receive a non-informative error message: "An
error has occurred. User subsystem failed. Please contact system administrator."
To remove Sign up and Edit my profile links in the toolbar, run the configuration command WPSconfig
action-fixup-signup-link as documented in the IBM Workplace Collaboration Services Information Center.
Refer to the topics for Installation and upgrade, Phase 4: Connecting to an LDAP directory server. See the topic for
configuring read-only access for the particular LDAP server that you are using with Workplace Collaboration Services.
In a future release of the product, the self-registration links (Sign up and Edit my profile) will be hidden when LDAP
security is enabled using a read-only LDAP directory.
User limit when Cloudscape is user registry
If you use the Cloudscape database as your user registry, when the registry reaches approximately the 800-user level,
People Finder and Directory Search performance degrades. When the registry reaches approximately the 2000-user
level, People Finder and Directory Search stop working.
WCS does not completely uninstall from the Deployment Manager
WCS cannot be completely uninstalled from the deployment manager. After running the uninstaller, the Workplace
menu items will still appear in the admin console although they will not function. Also, the configuration items and
jars added for WCS will remain. To remove all traces of WCS from the deployment manager, ND must be reinstalled.
Configuration issues
Rich client installation program does not support bi-di
The rich client installation program does not currently support bi-directional displays. See your IBM representative for
details.
77
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Self-registration can fail with network deployment of LDAP
If you have configured IBM Workplace Collaboration Services for network deployment that uses writeable LDAP
directories in clustered LDAP servers, the self-registration feature might fail, depending on the LDAP service. The
self-registration feature is provided by the Sign up and Edit my profile links in the toolbar. You will encounter this
problem if your network deployment of Workplace Collaboration Services uses a cluster of IBM Tivoli Directory Server
LDAP servers, implemented with IBM WebSphere Edge Server. The problem is caused by the fact that IBM Tivoli
Directory Server with IBM WebSphere Edge Server uses master server and subordinate server LDAP directory updates
instead of using multi-master replication.
Most LDAP servers synchronize directory information using multi-master replication. Multi-master replication enables
multiple replicas to exist, all of which can be independently updated by applications or administrators at any time.
Directory changes automatically propagate to all the replicas. When the system reaches a steady state with no replica
updates, the replicas eventually converge to the same state. Multi-master replication provides highly available access
to write to directory objects because several servers contain updateable copies of an object. Each server accepts
updates independently, without communicating with other servers. The system resolves any conflicts in updates to a
specific directory object. If updates cease and replication continues, all copies of an object eventually contain the
same value.
Because IBM Tivoli Directory Server implemented with IBM WebSphere Edge Server uses a master server and
subordinate server approach to providing directory updates, the lack of synchronization between updates to the
master directory and updates to all subordinate directory copies causes the self-registration feature to fail. For this
reason, you must configure IBM Tivoli Directory Server for read-only LDAP access, as documented in the IBM
Workplace Collaboration Services Information Center. Refer to this topic path: Installation and upgrade -> Phase 4:
Connecting to an LDAP directory server -> Connecting to IBM Tivoli Directory Server -> Step 5. Optional: Configure
read-only directory access.
Please see the related release note "Self-registration should be hidden with read-only LDAP".
Administration issues
Workplace Task Scheduler restricts frequency settings
The Workplace Task Scheduler supports absolute intervals for frequency settings of minutes, hours, days, and months.
The Weeks interval is not supported in this release of the product. When you set a task to run on a specific date, at a
specific time, the frequency interval for the task (Run Every) is restricted to the following minimum and maximum
values:
�
�
�
�
Minutes interval must be between 2 minutes and 30 minutes. With an interval setting in Minutes, the start time (
At) in minutes must be less than the interval value (Run Every). For example, if you set the start time for a task at
45 minutes and set the interval at 30 minutes, the task scheduler changes the start value to 15 minutes.
Hours interval must be between 1 hour and 12 hours.
Days interval must be between 1 day and 7 days.
Months interval must be between 1 month and 12 months.
If you enter a value that is less than or greater than these valid minimum and maximum values, the task scheduler
forces the correct minimum or maximum value for the interval. Forcing the value limits for interval units prevents
tasks from being automatically deleted if they do not meet the interval limits required by the IBM WebSphere
Administrative Console, which controls the processing of all portal tasks.
78
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning issues
Discussions: Child documents are not deleted with parent
Child documents are not deleted when a parent document is deleted from a discussion.
Do not use Intellexis' close button; tracking will not work
If a student taking an imported Intellexis course closes the course by clicking on the Close ("X") button on the course
screen, tracking information will not be recorded. Close an imported Intellexis course by clicking Close in the Learning
window.
PDF format no longer available for Learning reports
In the Workplace Collaborative Learning 2.5 product, the ability to create Learning reports in PDF format is
documented on p. 85 of the Workplace Collaborative Learning Administrator's Guide.
However, the legal team evaluating open source code in Workplace instructed development to remove a piece of open
source code called iText. For our customers, this means that the pdf format for learning-related reports is no longer
available or supported. Development has verified that the removal of the iText code and related learning code will not
affect any other aspect of reporting for learning. All of the reports within Workplace Collaborative Learning will still be
available as html (default format), plain text, .csv, and XML. While we have a considerable number of customers who
have purchased the WCL code (150+), we believe that very few if any of these customers have deployed WCL in a
production environment, therefore we believe that the immediate impact of the removal of iText on our WCL customers
is negligible. Providing support for pdf-format is a requirement for the reporting strategy for the next release of
Workplace in order to restore this capability. We also believe that the impact on our LMS customers is quite small
because we believe that they will not migrate immediately to Workplace Collaborative Learning 2.5. Instead, many
may evaluate WCL 2.5 and plan for migration after the next release of the Workplace.
Student interface: Font size changes using Internet Explorer
Users on Microsoft Internet Explorer versions 5.5 and 6.0 may see sudden changes in font size. Use Microsoft Internet
Explorer 5.0x or Internet Explorer 6 Service Pack 1 (6.02) or Netscape Navigator as the browser.
User search may fail for names with DBCS and accented characters
A wild card user search may fail to return users with DBCS or accented characters in their name. The LMS performs
an LDAP search/query before the Database search/query. So in the event that the LDAP search limit is not set to a
number bigger than the actual number of entries in LDAP, users may be unable to successfully search the
International users that they "just" rostered minutes ago. This is because international names are sorted at the end
(after the English names) and it is possible that these international names are already excluded in the "partial result"
from the first round of LDAP search. In this case, when the system performs the database search, it will not be able to
hit these international names either.
Make sure that the LDAP search results preference is set to a number large enough to find entries in the LDAP
directory.
Wildcarding in a course search is not supported for all fields
Wildcarding is not supported for the Search for, Description, and Name fields in the Learning portal's Course Search
dialog.
79
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace Documents issues
Client-side size limitation for importing documents
The client-side document import has a size limitation. When importing a large number of documents from the client
it is recommended that you increase the Portal Session timeout, otherwise a session timeout may occur during
import. An alternative method for importing a large number of documents is to use the server-side import.
Desktop Integration messages do not appear on client terminal
Popup messages from the Desktop Integration Upload Monitor do not appear in a terminal services client where the
user is working, but instead appear on the original terminal where the monitor was started. This includes the
password prompt dialog if the user elected to not save the password for a server connection when installing Desktop
Integration.
HTML preview of Lotus 1-2-3 Smartmaster support issue
Using Document Conversion Services (DCS), certain file types can be viewed as HTML in Portal Document Manager.
However, if you upload a Lotus 1-2-3 file with a Smartmaster which does not display the cells, the HTML view of the
file is shown with cells. HTML preview of Lotus 123 files in Portal Document Manager does not support a
Smartmaster without cells.
For example, if you use Personal Budget Smartmaster to create your Lotus 1-2-3 file, you see the contents without
cells while using 1-2-3. The HTML preview in Document Manager does not support this Smartmaster, and so the
contents will be shown with cells.
This is a known limitation of DCS.
Installed workplace templates are locked for editing
The templates provided by IBM Workplace Collaboration Services are locked by default. The locking of installed
templates prevents the loss of translated properties for installed Workplace application templates after they are
edited, To edit an installed template, simply copy one of the installed templates and edit the copy. To copy a
template, create a new template using one of the installed templates: In the Starting point field, select one of the
installed templates (Blank, Chat Room, Course Collaboration, Customer Support Team, Discussion, Document
Library, Domino Application Access, Employee HR Site, Event Planning, HR Team, Marketing Team, Sales Team, or
Team Project). Save and close this copy of the installed template. You can now edit this copy of an installed template
and any applications that apply this template; template and application properties will display in any one of the 24
supported languages.
The locking of installed templates was necessitated by a defect in this version of the product whereby the template
editor retrieves the language properties that the installed templates and applications were created with (English), not
the language being used. The translated text for the language currently in use is stored in the template properties;
however, the template editor retrieves the original properties file -- not the template properties, which store the
translated template name and description. This problem is visible if you unlock one of the installed templates, set
your browser to a language other than English, and open one of the installed templates in the template editor. The
name and description of the installed template display in English, rather than in the non-English language that you set
for your browser.
80
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Productivity tools: General limitations
Following are the general limitations associated with the IBM productivity tools (word processing editor, spreadsheet
editor, presentation editor, and project planner) in Workplace:
Accessibility
�
Accessibility information is provided by the Java Accessibility API; accessibility tools need to support this
API, and need the Java Accessibility Bridge 1.1 or above.
�
Accessibility tools need to be launched before the productivity tools windows are opened, otherwise, those
windows should be re-opened for accessibility tool access.
Globalization
�
If a productivity tools or Microsoft Office document uses a font on the Windows platform that does not exist
on the Linux platform, for example Webding, the productivity tools render the document on Linux with a
different font than the original font (some characters may not be displayed correctly, but as "box" characters).
�
In the menu "Tools -> Document Editor Options -> Languages", there is a checkbox "Asia language support·.
When the locale is Chinese or other Asian languages, the checkbox can not be unchecked.
�
In the Hebrew locale, the "Layout -> Page Design" operation may cause the editor to crash
�
The keyboard layout of the productivity tools does not change after pressing the 'Shift' and 'Alt' keys a
second time, on Windows 2000. Users must release the 'Alt' key after the first keyboard layout switch.
Open and Save
�
No error message dialog displays when opening a file with zero bytes, and a blank view is created; users
must close the blank view manually.
�
When opening a text file (.txt) that contains one or two bytes, the editor's view becomes blank, and the file
cannot be opened.
�
Floating windows remain open after switching to another document, if the floating window does not move
before switching. For example, if you press "Line" on the menu bar in a Word document to open that floating
window, then switch to another document such as Spreadsheet, you will find that the floating "Line" window
still appears on the Spreadsheet. Move the floating window to another position before switching to another
application to keep it from appearing.
�
The 'Undo' command doesn't work when a document is loading (i.e., the page number in the status bar keeps
increasing).
�
Editing and saving a document when it is under loading (i.e., the page number in the status bar keeps increasing), results in the save taking longer than expected.
�
Larger files (for example, a file with serveral thousand pages), may freeze the client if it is saved during file
loading.
�
Users cannot save a recorded macro to the existing system library "Tools". Saving a recorded macro to this
library will cause the system to crash.
�
If an exception occurs when a user tries to save a file, the content of the document will be lost.
Search
�
Searching the Document Title or Document Description of a document fails to return results. Instead, search
for content in the Body of the document.
Interoperability with Microsoft Office
�
Neither encrypted Microsoft Office, nor encrypted OpenOffice documents can be opened. This issue is related
to interoperability with encrypted Microsoft Office files and OpenOffice files, and will be improved in a future
release.
�
Converting a large Microsoft Office document (for example, larger than 5M) into an IBM productivity tool on
Linux, and then exporting it into a PDF format, the file will be empty if re-opened in a productivity tool, and
the data will be lost.
�
Copy and Paste between productivity tools editors and Microsoft Officer may lead to unexpected results.
�
The Spreadsheet Editor cannot accept skipped parameters in a formula. For instance, "=SUM(1,,,5)" in
Microsoft Excel will display as an error in the Spreadsheet Editor.
81
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
�
Some formulas return different results in Microsoft Excel than in the Spreadsheet Editor. For example, the
TYPE function is used to return the type of value; in Spreadsheet Editor, TYPE of a formula returns 8, while in
Excel the return value depends on the return value of the formula. In the case of using the result as an input
parameter, this may cause an error.
�
The Spreadsheet Editor can only display one chart type in a canvas. Charts in Microsoft Excel with more
than one type will lose that information when the document is opened in the Spreadsheet Editor.
�
The following functions are available in Microsoft Excel, but are not supported in the Spreadsheet Editor:
Double-byte character handling: FINDB, LENB, MIDB, LEFTB, RIGHTB, REPLACEB, CALL, REGISTER.ID
Financial functions: EFFECT, EUROCONVERT
Database functions: SQL.REQUEST, GETPIVOTDATA(pivot_table,name)
Date & Time function: DATEDIF(start_date,end_date,unit)
Information function: INFO(type_text)
Lookup & Reference functions: HYPERLINK(link_location,friendly_name); RTD(ProgID,server,topic1,[topic2])
Math & Trig function: FACTDOUBLE(number)
Other functions: ASC, YEN, WIDECHAR, JIS, PHONETIC �
The word processing editor does not support the display of a single table cell across pages. If a cell's
content is large enough to extend the cell out of a page in Microsoft Word, the display of these contents in
the word processing editor will be lost.
�
Table diagonals are not supported in the word processing editor. Tables with diagonals in Microsoft Word
will lose this information when loaded into the word processing editor.
�
The word processing editor has limited table border line styles available to display. Currently, the dotted line
and curved line borders are not supported. Also, table shading patterns are of limited support.
�
Microsoft macros are disabled, and do not work in the productivity tools.
�
The productivity tools do not support saving to Microsoft template files.
Macros
�
Currently, the "Run Macro" option in Preferences only applies to the existing document. So, even if "Run
Macro" is set to 'Never' (do not allow macros to execute), users can still run a macro from the Macro dialog.
If the user writes a new macro in a newly-created document, and assigns the macro to an event, the macro
will be executed when the event occurs.
Object editing
�
"Align Left", "Align Center", and "Align Right" for the text in a drawing object (for example, rectangle and
Ellipse), does not work.
�
Copy and Paste between different applications in the productivity tools editors may cause the object property
to change, or lose data.
�
An OLE object in productivity tools cannot be activated by its associated application after the document has
been saved. When the document is saved, the link between the OLE object and its associated application is
lost.
Text box editing
�
The Position attribute of certain special characters may be changed incorrectly. For example, inputting "1st"
into a text box, and then pressing the "Enter" key, changes the "1st" to "1^st".
�
"Undo" doesn't work for the deleted text in a text box when the focus is moving out of the box.
�
While a Presentation Editor document is loading, selecting and editing the content in a text box object will
not execute normally until the document has finished loading.
�
On Linux, an application may fail to respond when clicking the Type tab on the Frame Styles dialog.
�
An OLE object in productivity tools cannot be activated by its associated application after the document has
been saved. When the document is saved, the link between the OLE object and its associated application is
lost.
82
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Links
�
Sometimes, the focus of items in the "Target in document" dialog is incorrect when creating a Hyperlink with
the Document type.
�
If there is a file link (a reference to another document) in a Spreadsheet document, the contents of the
referenced document can't be displayed correctly.
�
Linked objects in productivity tools, for example linked graphics, will be lost if the local linked file is
renamed, or the location of that file is changed.
Productivity tools: Presentation editor limitations
Following are the limitations associated with the presentation editor:
�
Managed Client can't be launched again after closing WCT while the presentation editor has been launched.
�
Dialog boxes will jump between Managed Client and the presentation editor when they are running concurrently, or may not launch at all.
�
The presentation editor does not support auto-save.
�
'Undo' operation may cause the editor to crash
�
The *.* type in the Open File dialog box is not supported.
�
If a Presentation document's current slide contains both a rectangle and a rounded rectangle, the view will
show an error after reloading.
�
Users can not save a document to a Microsoft Office template file (*.dot, *.xlt, *.pot).
�
If users open a template file from the document library server, the template document can not be saved back
to the server.
�
Users need to change the file extension in the Save As dialog box manually in order to save the document to
another format.
�
The presentation editor does not lock opened documents; these documents can be modified by other editors.
�
The status of a Presentation document may changed incorrectly in some circumstances.
�
The presentation editor does not support setting the position of a tab stop in a paragraph.
�
There is no a file type list in the "Save As" dialog on Linux.
Productivity tools: Project planner limitations
Following are the limitations associated with the project planner:
�
When using the "Start-Finish" link, the project planner does not change the constrained task if that task does
not end before the constraining task starts.
�
The start date of a task which has automatically changed its start date because of the "Finish-Finish" link,
can't change back when the linked task is deleted.
�
When using "Finish-Start" to constrain a milestone, the project planner does not adjust the milestone's start
date.
�
A Task Start Date cannot be set before a Project Start Date.
�
"Resource" in the project planner only refers to people resources.
�
Multi-level subtasks are displayed without border and hierarchy in tables.
�
The project planner inherits some defects that result from Eclipse and GEF, like task multilevel display on
Linux, and GANTT chart drag-and-drop on Linux.
�
The GANTT chart in the project planner has a right-to-left deviation.
83
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
�
All GANTT figures move down when the mouse drags to the margin between the GANTT head and the first
task.
�
Non-working days cannot be viewed in a different background color in the GANTT chart.
�
The project planner only supports "day"-based calculations.
�
The project planner does not support Auto-save.
�
Accessibility features, including keyboard access, are not fully-documented.
�
The Preference page is not completely accessible when set to High Contrast mode.
Productivity tools: Spreadsheet editor limitations
Following are the limitations associated with the spreadsheet editor:
�
Spreadsheet documents may not display correctly if they are contained in a Presentation document.
Productivity tools: Word processing editor limitations
Following are the limitations associated with the word processing editor:
�
If the height of a table row is larger than that of the page, the content outside of the page cannot be
displayed. That content, however, will not be lost; f the height of a table row is no more than that of the
page, but there is not enough space to display it in the current page, the row will be displayed on the next
page.
�
Two tables wrap together in Online Layout mode.
�
Two characters in a vertical textbox will not be displayed correctly in Online Layout mode.
�
A file type of HTML is not supported.
�
All graphics will be lost when exporting a word processing editor file as an HTML file.
IBM Workplace Rich Client issues
'Home' button on Linux does not use default home page
Note that the following is only an issue with Linux and Mozilla:
1. Load Mozilla and change the default page: Edit -> Preferences
2. Load the rich client
3. Select the Web Browser and press the 'Home' button
The home button takes you to Mozilla's old home page, prior to changing it in Step 1 above. This is an issue with
Mozilla, and has been reported via Bugzilla.
Calendar documents: Repeat is limited to 99 documents
If you repeat a calendar entry, there is a limit of 99 instances of the document.
84
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Cannot skip the update of a .jar file
While updating a .jar file, if you select 'Cancel', you cannot proceed to install the next .jar; you will be prompted to
start again.
Changing language using keyboard commands
Changing language using keyboard commands is not supported for 2.0. If you want to switch to a language in a
different language pack, a rich client re-install is required. If the language pack is installed, a restart of the client is
required.
Client mail messages on Linux do not convert URLs to hotlinks
URLs included in mail message bodies for e-mails created in the client Messaging product running on Linux are not
automatically converted to hotlinks. The conversion of text containing a URL syntax to a hotlink is performed by
Internet Explorer, and is supported in Windows-based installations only.
Copy and Paste are not available with web browser on Linux
After highlighting text and/or graphics while using the internal web browser, the copy-and-paste menu options will not
be available from the Edit menu. This is a limitation of the internal web browser, which uses Mozilla 1.4.3. You can
use Ctrl+c and Ctrl+v to copy and paste text and/or graphics.
F1 functionality in this release
If you have IBM productivity tools enabled, pressing F1 while in the context of one of the productivity tools will open
IBM productivity tools Help.
If you have Lotus Notes enabled, pressing F1 while in the context of a Notes application will open Lotus Notes Help.
Pressing F1 in any other area of IBM Workplace rich client, including in each component's navigator, opens IBM
Workplace rich client Help. An alternate way to opening IBM Workplace rich client help is to click Help --> Help
Contents.
Failover is not supported when provisioning using the WEDM
Failover is not supported if you are using WEDM for provisioning. If you experience a network outage during
provisioning when using WEDM, your client may launch with a blank perspective or missing features. If your client
does not automatically provision missing features, after the outage is restored, you may need to perform the following
manual workaround to restart provisioning.
Exit the client and remove the %WORKSPACE%\.metadata\.plugins\com.ibm.rcp.pagebuilder directory and restart.
This should force a reprovisioning.
General properties for search do not apply to rich client
In the WebSphere Administrative Console under User Policies there is a section for Search Details > General
Properties. The first item "Allow users to search across document and messages" is not relevant to the rich client. The
rich client only indexes e-mail documents but does not yet index other documents.
85
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Help button not working on Linux for Print Preview
There are three buttons in the Print Preview dialog - Print, Help, and Close. The Help button does not work at all. This is generated by Mozilla, and has been reported to them as an issue. Please note this is only an issue on Linux, as outlined below:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Launch rich client and select Messaging
Open the default sample message
Select File, Print Preview
Select Help button
Nothing happens when selecting Help button.
Hover text may not display properly
Non-English hover text may not display properly when your computer's locale is different from the locale specified by the "-nl" command line option, or from the locale specified in the Preferred language section of Regional Settings
preferences.
Instant Contacts - Adding contacts from open e-mail messages
In an open e-mail message, right-click on a name whose online status is "I Am Available" or "I Am Away" to display a list
of options; then choose Add to Instant Contacts. If, in the Add to Group dialog box, you specify the name of a new
group for the contact, no contact is added to your Instant Contacts list. The name is added if you specify an existing
group.
Instant Contacts - Can't sort list of contacts
Under each group in Instant Contacts, users are listed in the order in which they were added. At this time, there is no
way to sort the list. This issue will be addressed in a future release.
Instant Contacts - Number of contacts limit
You can add up to 100 contacts to your Instant Contacts list.
Instant Messaging - Saved chat transcript limitation
Not all chat participants are saved in the chat transcript when you are chatting with more than one person and your system is set to save chat transcripts. In this case, only the chat transcript of the first person to leave the chat will correctly include all chat participants. When other participants leave the chat, any participants who left prior to this time will not be included in the chat transcripts; only those still in the chat will be saved in the chat transcript.
Issues with spell check on Linux with rich client
Unexpected results when using Spell Check with the Rich Client on Linux. The Rich text editor on Linux uses the embedded Mozilla browser (implemented as a plugin) and it has some limitations which have been forwarded to Mozilla.
The Spell checker on Linux may experience the following issues:
�
Spell check will not function if there are spaces in your install path (such as installing the rich client in the
c:\program files directory)
86
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
�
�
�
Release Notes
After pressing Replace All the Spell Check dialog will remain open. It should close and indicate no more spelling
errors were found. User needs to select Cancel to close the Spell Check dialog box.
If you misspell the word "the" in an email message such as "th" spell check will flag all words that contain "th" as a
spelling error.
Spell check will loop through a cycle twice after selecting ignore for all misspelled words.
For status on the above issues please refer to http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=253614
Keyboard access for the Switcher bar
You can use Control and the F8 key to "cycle" through the Switcher bar (at the left side of the rich client). You can also
press Control+Shift+F8 to "cycle" back through the Switcher bar.
When the cursor is actually on the Web Browser, the above key commands will not work. If keyboard access is needed
while on the Web Browser icon, use the Windows menu which will allow you to select a specific application, as well as
any specific open tabs.
Language to search has to match the client's Regional Settings
Set the client language preference to that which most closely matches the language used in the majority of e-mail content.
Limits for IBM Workplace Messaging
Address Book
�
If you try to add contacts to your address book when you have reached your limit, you are prompted with an
error message that your contact could not be saved successfully. The default setting is a limit of 250 entries.
�
You cannot save a group that contains more than 100 e-mail addresses.
�
For this release, the address book cannot contain 500 or more entries.
Calendar
�
You cannot add more than 1536 characters to the Location field of a calendar entry.
�
If you open 70 or more tabbed pages (such as mail messages and calendar entries) and leave them open, the
mail client becomes unusable.
�
If a meeting entry contains an exceptionally large number of invitees, such as 300, the entry may take a long time
to open or may not open at all. If the entry is opened, the meeting form may not display all of the invitees.
�
If you create and save more than 300 calendar entries in one session, the messaging client may fail or become
unusable. Do not try to create a very large number of calendar entries in one session.
Mail Messages
�
You cannot have more than 600 messages open on tabs at the same time. If you are over the limit you cannot use
Mail effectively.
�
You cannot create more than 498 messages. If you go over the limit, you will see a gray window.
Attachments
�
To open an attachment directly from a message, the attachment's file name must have at least seven characters.
If it has less than seven characters, the attachment must be saved locally to open it.
Link to Notes doc does not open in Messaging perspective
If you click a link in the IBM Workplace Managed Client Messaging perspective, and that link is a Notes URL to a Lotus
Notes document, and that document is already open in the Managed Client Lotus Notes perspective, the Notes
document will not open in the Messaging perspective. When you click the link, nothing happens.
Workaround
View the document in the Lotus Notes perspective or close the document in the Lotus Notes perspective and then click
the link in the Messaging perspective and it will open as expected.
87
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Lowest ranking search results appear at the top
The lowest ranking search results display at the top of the result list and the Score/relevancy column is not sortable.
Mail, Address Book, and Calendar limits
Mail
�
You cannot have more than 600 messages open on tabs at the same time. If you are over the limit you cannot use
Mail effectively.
�
You cannot create more than 498 messages. If you go over the limit, you will see a gray window.
�
To open an attachment directly from a message, the attachment's file name must have at least seven characters.
If it has less than seven characters, the attachment must be saved locally to open it.
�
You cannot specify more than 200 recipient names in the address fields of a message. To send a message to
more than 200 people, create one or more groups in your address book, add the recipients to the groups, and
then address the message with the group names.
Address Book
�
If you try to add contacts to your address book when you have reached your limit, you are prompted with an
error message that your contact could not be saved successfully. The default setting is a limit of 250 entries.
�
You cannot save a group that contains more than 100 e-mail addresses.
�
For this release, the address book cannot contain 500 or more entries.
Calendar
�
You cannot add more than 1536 characters to the Location field of a calendar entry.
�
If you open 70 or more tabbed pages (such as mail messages and calendar entries) and leave them open, the
mail client becomes unusable.
�
If a meeting entry contains an exceptionally large number of invitees, such as 300, the entry may take a long time
to open or may not open at all. If the entry is opened, the meeting form may not display all of the invitees.
�
If you create and save more than 300 calendar entries in one session, the messaging client may fail or become
unusable. Do not try to create a very large number of calendar entries in one session.
Managed Client does not support Tivoli Access Manager (TAM)
It should be noted that IBM Workplace Managed Client does not support Tivoli Access Manager (Single Sign On).
Customers that already use Portal and Tivoli Access Manager should be aware that Tivoli Access Manager is not a supported configuration for Workplace Managed Client.
MIME messages with GIFs generate errors in client messaging
MIME mail messages with a base content type of Image/GIF, or with a base content type of Multipart/mixed, and that
contain multiple GIF files, generate an error when opened in the client messaging product.
Modifications to rich client policies aren't immediately applied
The rich client will not immediately honor changes made to a user's policy if that user has already provisioned (installed) the rich client. There is a delay before the rich client will recognize and apply modifications to the user policy.
The effect is that, if components are removed, then the rich client user will still be able to use those features, even though they may not be available when using the portal. In addition, if components are added, then those components will not be immediately available to the rich client.
88
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Notes documents (\views) open in Messaging perspective
When you click a Notes link (document, view, Notes URL) in the Messaging perspective of the IBM Workplace Rich
Client, that Notes item will be opened in the Messaging perspective, and will not switch to the Lotus Notes
perspective.
In addition, if you have the New Mail icon in your system tray and you click that icon with the Messaging perspective
open in the Rich Client, the Notes Mail will be opened in the Messaging perspective.
Outlook mail background color not displaying in client messaging
The background color of mail messages composed in Outlook and opened in the client messaging product are not
consistent. When it sets the color of the bgcolor HTML tag, Outlook prepends non-standard values to the standard
values used to represent colors in HTML. This prevents the background color from being rendered as a standard color
by the client.
Rich-client Search does not support use of wild-card characters
Use of wild-card characters such as * or ? in a search query are not supported.
Rich client fails to check if an account has been deleted
When a mail account is deleted but the "Update directory person record" option is not selected, a rich client user
cannot log in to My Workplace by having IBM Workplace create a new account. The rich client tries to synchronize
against a deleted mail account but fails to check if it has been deleted. This problem does not exist for Web browser
clients.
Normally when a mail account is deleted using the WebSphere Administrative Console and the Administrative Console
option "Update directory person records" is not selected, a new account is created the next time the user logs in.
Search of multilingual documents might fail
In a message that contains some N-gram language characters, such as Chinese or Japanese, but where most of the
content is not an N-Gram language, for example. European languages, the language detector will set the language as a
non N-gram language. The search engine attempts to stem the tokens (words) and might break up longer character
sequences into individual tokens, for example, finding a two-character sequence, but not a three-character sequence.
This is a known system limitation for multilingual documents.
Search rounds some documents score to zero
The rich-client search feature incorrectly rounds off documents with a low score to zero. This would be likely to happen
to documents scoring in the lowest third of matches.
User cannot cancel a search once it begins
Once a Search has begun, a user cannot cancel that Search.
89
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Using Documents over a dial-up connection
When you are working with Documents over a dial-up connection, do not access remote document libraries. When you
synchronize offline document libraries with those stored on the server, remember to allow plenty of time for
synchronization to complete. Do not begin a new synchronization before the current synchronization has completed.
"Export" command is not working
The "Export" command, both from the "lmadmin" command as well as the admin console/task scheduler, is not working in this current release.
IBM Workplace Messaging issues
Database table partitioning not supported on i5/OS
Database table partitioning is not supported on IBM i5/OS for this release. Support for table partitioning on i5/OS is
planned for future releases of Workplace Collaboration Services.
Note: The "Requirements for i5/OS" topic of the local Information Center, which shipped with the product, incorrectly
states that database table partitioning is supported for Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5 on i5/OS. This has been
corrected in the release notes and the latest version of the Information Center available on the Web.
Drag and drop is not supported with mail
You will not be allowed to drag and drop files from Windows or Linux into a new or existing mail message. This also
means that you can not drag a file from the Document library and drop it into a new mail message.
Instant Contacts - Dragging to resize truncates
Resizing the Instant Contacts window by dragging it from left to right truncates the Actions menu options. Resize the
window to display all the text.
Instant Messaging - Linux issues
The following outlines instant messaging Linux limitations
�
�
Printing a chat hangs In the chat window, clicking File -> Print to print a chat transcript hangs and nothing
prints. Instead, choose one of the chat transcript saving options (File -> Save to File, File - > Save to My Chats
Folder, or File - > Save to My Chats Folder on close) to save the chat transcript and then print the transcript.
�
�
Changing on-line status in the chat window resizes the window In the chat window, changing your on-line status
for example, from "I am available" to "I am away", (by choosing Tools -> My Status) makes the chat window
smaller. Resize the window to return it to its original size.
90
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
�
�
Setting the on-line status preference "automatic status change" does not change status The Automatic Status
Changes setting (found by selecting File -> Preferences, clicking the + beside Instant Messaging and then Status
) lets you change your status from "I am available" to"I am away" when you are not using your mouse or keyboard
for the number of minutes you specify. On the Linux operating system, this setting does not work.
�
�
On-line awareness status indicator may become unstable Click File -> Preferences, click the + beside Instant
Messaging and then click Status. Then deselect Prompt me to edit the message whenever I change my status to
available (or "to away," or "Do not disturb") and then click Apply and OK. When you click Tools -> My Status and
change the status to "I am available" (or "I am away" or "Do Not Disturb") the status indicator at the top-right
corner may change to a different status indicator (such as to "I am available" and then "Do Not Disturb") and
become unstable. This issue happens on both Linux and Windows. To resolve this issue, click File -> Work
Off-line and then File -> Work On-line. Click Reconnect to Instant Messaging, if necessary.
�
�
Chat window gets smaller Opening and closing the chat window repeatedly makes the window get smaller and
smaller, sometimes hiding parts of the window such as the Send button. Resize the window whenever this
happens to return it to its original size.
�
�
Font Style dialog missing some choices On Linux, the chat window Font Style dialog box includes the Family,
Style, Size, and Preview fields, but not the Effects, Color, and Script fields The Windows version of this dialog box
includes all these fields.
�
�
Ctrl-A does not work in Chat window In the chat window, Ctrl-A does not select all text. Instead, click Edit ->
Select All.
�
�
Double menu options displays Double menu options display when you hold down the right-mouse menu. Simply
select the option you want.
�
�
Unexpected display of New Contacts dialog box When you right-click a name in Instant Contacts, the New
Contacts dialog box may display unexpectedly. Click Cancel to close the New Contacts dialog box.
Maximum Send Size limit is not enforced
When users send mail, the maximum size of an outbound message cannot be limited. The size is normally set in the WebSphere Administration Console by clicking Lotus Workplace > Mail Cell-Wide Settings > SMTP outbound/Local Delivery > Maximum Size of an outbound message (KB). This setting is ignored.
Migrating Domino accounts to IBM Workplace Messaging
When migrating Domino accounts to IBM Workplace Messaging, the rich text attributes in the original messages will not be retained in the migrated messages in IBM Workplace Messaging. This is due to the limitation in Domino's IMAP service which converts messages into plain-text when it serves up the messages over IMAP protocol. Migrating Exchange 5.5 accounts to IBM Workplace Messaging
When migrating Exchange 5.5 accounts to IBM Workplace Messaging, in addition to migrating calendar entries, a
calendar folder is created in the Inbox of the mail portlet. The calendar folder contains the calendar entries as e-mail
messages. Attachments from original calendar entries are included. Recipients are listed in To field. However the
location of meetings and dates and times are lost.
Additional folders created are DeletedItems, InternetNewGroups,Journal, Notes, Outbox, SentItems and Tasks, which includes task entries displayed as e-mail messages.
Updating mail forwarding address not immediately effective
When updating an account's mail forwarding address with lm admin updateaccount, one must connect to the
Mail_Server_1 instance (typically port 8882) for the change to be immediately effective. Since lm admin
updateaccount is not supported on Cloudscape deployments, the mail forwarding address may not be effective until
the MTA cache times out which can take as long as an hour.
91
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace Team Collaboration issues
Cannot create team spaces, libraries, or Web conferences
If your User ID is more than 32 characters long or contains special characters, you cannot create new team spaces, document libraries, or Web conferences. You will receive an error message. A valid User ID can contain only the characters a-z, A-Z, period (.), and underscore ( _ ).
HTTP tunnel cluster base URL is hardcoded
The HTTP tunnel cluster base URL cannot be edited. The base URL setting is appended to the context root. The
affinity plugin of the IBM HTTP server uses this string to determine the tunnel cluster group to which it forwards
incoming HTTP Tunnel requests. Normally you can set the base URL in the WebSphere Administrative Console. Click
Lotus Workplace -> SIP Cell-Wide Settings, then under Additional Properties, click HTTP Tunnel Cluster to set the
field "Mapped URI". For this release, the field cannot be edited even though the user interface says that the field is
editable.
Limitations for Web Conference templates and applications
Web Conference templates and applications are limited in the following ways in this release of IBM Workplace Collaboration Services:
�
�
�
�
You cannot view, edit, or create new templates based on the Moderated Web Conference template.
The Moderated Web Conference template is not listed in the Application Template Library, is not listed in the
selection list for templates when you create a new application, nor is it listed in any display filter lists (typically,
the Show list).
The application category Web Conference is not listed in the selection list of categories when you create or modify
a template or an application.
Web Conference applications cannot be edited. You will not see Edit in the navigation bar. (For other categories of
applications, Edit in the navigation bar opens the application editor.)
These restrictions apply to the availability of the Moderated Web Conference template and creating and customizing Web Conference applications. Web Conference applications and components are available for general use by anyone with a user policy that provides access to Web Conferences. Application managers can control the life cycle of their Web Conferences by maintaining the Workplace policy assigned to the Web Conferences.
Meetings cannot be deleted when Messaging is not installed
In a deployment where the user's e-mail domain differs from the server's local domain, meetings created in the Team
Calendar cannot be deleted or modified. When attempting to delete a meeting, the user receives a prompt that
indicates the meeting will be deleted. Clicking OK to this message will refresh the page but the meeting will not be
removed from the Team Calendar. Attempting to change invitees of a meeting will bring up an incorrect error message
stating that the entry was deleted while you were editing it. Clicking "Back to main view" link will bring the Team
Calendar back up and no changes will be saved to the meeting details. There is no workaround for this problem at this
time but there will be a fix in a later release.
Search for Discussion Topic in Subject fails
Searching the Subject of a Discussion Topic fails to return results. Instead, search for content in the Body of the Discussion Topic.
92
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace Forms issues
Do not add the Form Template Library portlet to a page
Although the Form Template Library appears on the list of portlets you can add to the page of an application, doing so
results in a Java error when you try to access the page. Avoid adding this portlet to an application.
No way to recover deleted form templates
If you delete an out-of-the-box form template from your system, there is no way to restore it. You will have to reinstall the product to restore the form template. The form templates are locked by default to discourage unintentional deletion.
IBM Workplace Templates and Applications issues
Cannot delete a template if its title has an equal sign
You cannot delete templates that have the equal sign (=) as part of its title.
Do not use Portal Administration to maintain applications
Always maintain Workplace applications using the application editor. Do not use Portal Administration to modify Workplace applications. Here are some examples:
�
To create and arrange the pages of your Workplace application, always use the Pages and Layout portlet of the
application editor . Do not use the Manage Pages portlet of Portal Administration to perform this task. If you
create new pages for a Workplace application using Portal Administration - Manage Pages, these pages will not be
registered in the application template. If you choose to save the application as a template, the new pages will be
lost.
�
To add application components (portlets) to the pages of a Workplace application, always use the Pages and
Layout portlet of the application editor. Do not use the Manage Pages portlet of Portal Administration to perform
this task. If you attempt to work with application components like other portlets using the Portal Administration
tasks Install Portlets, Manage Portlet Applications, or Manage Portlets, the application components of the
Workplace application will not work because they rely on corresponding business component objects.
If you ignore this warning and use Portal Administration portlets to maintain Workplace applications assembled from templates, your applications will not deploy properly, pages will not be defined in the template, and application components (portlets) will not work. Workplace applications require the infrastructure provided by the collaborative domain object (CDO), community roles for membership, and the business component objects associated with application components (portlets), and other related objects and services that the template XML defines. Portal Administration portlets do not support the complete object model for Workplace templates and applications.
If you want to add non-Workplace-provided portlets (that is, portal-installed business portlets, portlets downloaded from the Portal Catalog, or JSR 168 portlets) to the pages of a Workplace application, make sure that you use either the Workplace template editor or the application editor, not Portal Administration. The following usage scenario is not recommended: If you uninstall any of the Workplace-provided portlets (application
components) and remove these portlets from the pages of a Workplace application, you cannot reinstall them and add
them back onto pages of a Workplace application using Portal Administration. In this release of the product, there is
no way to reinstall and redeploy portlets that are provided with the ready-made Workplace templates and applications.
The following list identifies the portlets provided by IBM Workplace Collaboration Services applications. Use the Workplace application editor or template editor -- not Portal Administration -- when you work with these application components. 93
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Portlets common to most Workplace templates and applications:
Members (or Participants for Web Conference applications)
Search
People Finder
Instant Contacts
Portlets provided by IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.0 and 2.5:
Application Information
Team Space Information
Team Tasks
Team Calendar
Discussion
Document Library
Document Library Information
Domino Web Application
Web Conference Information
Participants (the Web Conference version of Members)
Agenda Materials
Web Conference Projector
Chat Room
New portlets provided by IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5:
Announcements
Agenda
Attendance
Customer Contacts
Directions
Employee Directory
FAQs
Invitations and RSVPs
Issues
Links
Milestones
Minutes
Prospects
Sales Tracking
Sign Up Sheet
Survey
Vacations
Please also refer to the related release note "Portlets available for selection do not always work."
No Template information if user has no access to the Template
When an Application is open in Builder, the Properties Portlet displays at its bottom sone information about the
Application Template used to create this Application, such as the Application Template name and creation date.
However, if the user does not have access rights to read the Template, this info will not be displayed.
Templates imported from previous release are not upgraded
Application templates provided with IBM Workplace 2.0 and 2.01 are included, but not upgraded, in IBM Workplace
Collaboration Services 2.5. The old ready-to-use templates have the prefix MIGRATED added to their names. The
ready-to-use application templates from the prior release of the product are preserved in case you have customized
those templates and want to copy your customization into the Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5 templates. After
you copy your customizations into the new templates, you should delete the old templates and start using the new
templates.
94
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
If you create or customize an application template using IBM Workplace 2.0 or 2.01 and import it into IBM Workplace
Collaboration Services 2.5, you will encounter the following limitations:
�
If you have added portlets that are not application components provided by the ready-to-use application
templates to the pages of an application template or a particular application, these portlets will not work in the
Workplace application. For example, Document Manager portlets that are provided by IBM WebSphere Portal
Document Manager will not work on the pages of a Workplace application assembled from an application
template. However, Document Library components, which are provided as ready-to-use components by Workplace
application templates, will work on the pages of a Workplace application assembled from an application template,
Do not confuse the Document Manager portlet provided by WebSphere Portal with the Document Library
application component provided by Workplace Collaboration Services. See the related release note "Do not use
Portal Administration to maintain applications".
�
Parameters that you specified for applications assembled with Workplace 2.0 or 2.01 templates are lost in
Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5 because of a discrepancy in the syntax of application template XML between
versions 2.0/2.01 and 2.5. The XML syntax discrepancy prevents you from re-specifying the application
parameters using the template editor in Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5. To restore application parameters
specified in Workplace 2.0 or 2.01 in the applications that you want to reuse in Workplace Collaboration Services
2.5, you must export the template from Workplace 2.0 or 2.01, edit the template XML, and import the template
to Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5. If you need assistance with editing the application template XML,
contact IBM Software Support.
IBM Workplace Web Conferences issues
Web conferences - Animations displaying out of sync
Individuals in a Web conference using Internet Explorer will not see animations in the following situation:
1. A presenter with PowerPoint and Internet Explorer, uploads a file.
2. During the Web conference, another user becomes current presenter - and that person uses Mozilla, not
Internet Explorer. In this case, participants in the Web conference, who are on Internet Explorer will not see the
animations, even though the original presenter used the Active X control when uploading the file.
Web conferences - Can't access Web conference
You set Web conference user policy by logging into the IBM (R) WebSphere(R) Administrative Console, clicking Lotus
Workplace -> Users -> Manage User Policies in the left-hand navigator and then clicking the Default User Policy to
display the properties for that policy. Scroll to Allow Web conferencing. If you check Schedule, but not Attend, users
will not be able to attend nor schedule Web conferences and Web conferences will not display as an application under
Team Collaboration in the navigation bar. In other words, despite what the use interface implies, you can not set Web
conferences so that users will be able to schedule but not attend conferences.
Web conferences - Screen share browser/VM requirements
The Help topic, "Supported browsers" in the Web conferencing list Help states that Web conferencing supports both the
Sun 1.4.2 Java Virtual Machine (JVM) plug-in and the Microsoft 1.1 JVM. However, it does not state that for this
release, the Sun 1.4.2 Java Virtual Machine (JVM) is required for presenters to share their screen. If you try to share
your screen without the Sun 1.4 JVM, an error message displays. (The Microsoft 1.1 JVM is sufficient for participants
to view screen sharing.)
95
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
The following summarizes the requirements in this release for sharing your screen and viewing screen sharing during
a Web conference:
Sharing your screen
�
Sun Java 1.4 Virtual Machine (Sun plug-in version of Java Virtual Machine (JVM) 1.4.2 and Microsoft Internal
Explorer 6.0 with Service Pack 1, Mozilla 1.4, or Firefox 1.0)
Viewing screen share
�
Sun plug-in version of Java Virtual Machine (JVM) 1.4.2 and Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 with Service Pack 1 as
well as Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 with Service Pack 2 and Microsoft Java Virtual Machine 1.1.
Web conferencing - Can't install Web conference tools on Mozilla
When using Mozilla 1.4 on Windows 2000, left-clicking the link to install the Web conference tools from the Web
conference details page displays a page with junk characters. During a Web conference, left-clicking the link to install
the tools causes Mozilla to hang. If the Web conference tools are not installed on the computer of the presenter who
will be showing the application(s), then this presenter will not be able to take advantage of the increased performance
offered by the tools nor use the floating Stop Sharing button. . Likewise, participants will not be able to see the
presenter's cursor movements. To install the tools, right-click the link and select the "save as" option and then install
the tools. Or, to avoid the problems described here, download the tools using Mozilla 1.7 or Internet Explorer instead.
Web conferencing - Deleting currently presented agenda
If the current presenter clicks an agenda item to display it in the projector and then clicks Edit Agenda, removes the item, and then returns to the Web conference, both the agenda and Downloads and Links area may display "empty." Click Edit agenda and then return to the Web conference or leave and then return to the conference.
Web conferencing - Workplace window pops up
If you minimize the Workplace window and switch to another application, the Workplace window may pop up unexpectedly in front of your current application. Minimize the Workplace window to resume your current task.
People components issues
Cannot save contact information if server shuts down
If a user enters contact information, but the IBM Workplace Collaboration Services server shuts down before the user
selects Save, the user sees the following message:
Error : An error occurred and the last action wasn't completed. Try the action again.
In this release, there is no failover for the address book into another server in a cluster. The contact data is transient data that cannot be recovered if the java processes on the server stop before the save occurs.
96
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Security issues
Certificates in the admin console are improperly formatted
Some certificate field values in the Workplace Client Certificate Store pane of the WebSphere Administrative Console
are being displayed in unusual formats. For example, some of the certificates display the serial numbers in decimal
format instead of hex.
Creation of separate credentials not supported
The administrative policy setting of creating separate signing and encryption credentials is not supported on the
Workplace client. When credentials are created on the client, whether at start-up or on-demand, a single public and
private key pair will be created for use in both signing and encrypting messages, even if the administrator policy is set
to generate separate credentials. In addition, a single certificate will be submitted for certification, if this is
configured.
Importing of some PKCS12 files is not supported
The Java Runtime Environment (JRE) that ships with IBM Workplace rich client products enforces restrictions
regarding the cryptographic algorithms and maximum cryptographic strengths available for use by the rich client
applications in different geographic locations. For example, restricted policy specifies limits on the allowable length,
and as a result, the strength of encryption keys. IBM Workplace ships with restricted policy settings. You can set it
up to use unrestricted policy settings if you live in an eligible geographic region; see the Strengthening the encryption
keys used by IBM Workplace rich client products topic in the IBM Workplace Information Center for more details.
Some PKCS12 files use algorithms that are not supported by restricted policy. Even if the file itself is protected by an
acceptable algorithm, such as PBEWithSHAAnd40BitRC2, it may contain a private key that is shrouded using an
algorithm not supported in the restricted security context, PBEWithSHAAnd3KeyTripleDES, for example.
Which certificates use unsupported algorithms?
- The Internet Explorer (IE) browser exports data in the unsupported PBEWithSHAAnd3KeyTripleDES format, even if
the option to not use strong encryption is chosen. The only way a PKCS12 file can be imported into the client is if it
uses the 40BitRC2 algorithm. Files encrypted with this algorithm are not exported by IE using the
PBEWithSHAAnd40BitRC2 algorithm.
- When exporting PKCS12 certificates using the Notes security panel, Notes always uses Triple-DES PBE to protect
the private key. This algorithm is not available to IBM Workplace under the restricted key policy. The Notes backend
code supports a variety of other PBE algorithms, including 128-bit RC2, which would be permitted under the
restricted policy; however the Notes security panel does not allow the user to choose anything other than triple-DES.
Performance issues with very large i5/OS LDAP directories
Performance issues may arise when IBM Workplace Collaboration Services uses an IBM Tivoli Directory Server for
iSeries that contains more than 10,000 users. If you plan on having a very large number of users in your LDAP
directory, it is recommended that you run the directory server on another platform. This will be the recommendation
for very large directories until the problem can be fixed in a future release of IBM i5OS.
97
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Reverse proxy server testing and limitations for WCS
The WCS 2.5 server was tested with the IBM WebSphere Edge Server V5.0 reverse proxy. This is the only reverse proxy
server with which the WCS 2.5 server has been tested.
The following limitations were observed when deploying an IBM WebSphere Edge Server V5.0 in front of a WCS 2.5
server:
�
�
The rich text, spreadsheet and presentation editors in the document manager will not function when a user
logs in through a reverse proxy server.
The rich client cannot be used with WCS in a reverse proxy environment. Problems occurred when creating a
credential store for the client which prevent the client from being provisioned.
Also note that it may be necessary to customize a setting in the lwpagenda.properties file to enable Web Conferencing
to work behind the reverse proxy, as discussed below.
Enabling Web conferences to work behind a reverse proxy
In a Web conference, the agenda servlet on the IBM Workplace server builds the URLs used by clients to access the
content presented during a Web conference. When an IBM Workplace server is deployed behind a reverse proxy server,
the agenda servlet may not build these URLs appropriately and users will be unable to view content presented in Web
conferences.
The property value that determines how the Web conference URLs are constructed is located in the
lwpagenda.properties file available in the <root>\websphere\workplaceserver\properties directory on the IBM
Workplace server. In the lwpagenda.properties file, the agenda.serverUrl property specifies the path to use for building
the URL to content served by the agenda servlet.
In some cases, the default value for the agenda.serverUrl value (agenda.serverUrl=/lwp.meeting.agendabuilder.servlet)
will enable Web conferences to function correctly behind a reverse proxy server. The default value should work if the
reverse proxy can be configured to route a rooted URL to the IBM Workplace server.
Note: In the paragraph above, it is important to distinguish between a "rooted URL" and a "purely relative URL". The
Agenda servlet constructs rooted URLs (for example, "/some_webcontext/some_resource") as opposed to relative URLs
(for example, "../some_webcontext/some_resource"). Generally, any reverse proxy server can successfully handle
relative URLs. Rooted URLs require special proxy features to ensure that subsequent client requests for the Web
resources are routed to the correct server.
Some reverse proxies may not provide the functionality to route a rooted URL to the IBM Workplace server. In this
case, you must set the agenda.serverUrl property to a custom value that is appropriate for your environment. For
example, you might need to set the agenda.serverUrl property to a fully-qualified URL that clients would use to
connect to the IBM Workplace server through the reverse proxy. For example, if the reverse proxy is named
proxy.myco.com, you might set the property as:
agenda.serverUrl=http://proxy.myco.com/lwpserver/lwp.meeting.agendabuilder.servlet
This example setting forces browsers to build HTTP requests to the reverse proxy. If the reverse proxy is configured to
route requests beginning with /lwpserver to the IBM Workplace server, the reverse proxy will forward the requests
correctly.
In other cases, it may be necessary to set the agenda.serverUrl property to a rooted URL such as:
agenda.serverUrl=/lwpserver/lwp.meeting.agendabuilder.servlet
This example setting causes the browser to make a request for the agenda servlet directly from the host where the
Web page was retrieved. As the host is the reverse proxy, the reverse proxy must be configured with the rules needed
to ensure that requests for resources that begin with "/lwpserver" are routed to the IBM Workplace server.
Note that when you change the default value of the agenda.serverUrl to a custom value, users who access the IBM
Workplace server directly (without going through the reverse proxy) may be unable to receive Web conference content
from the agenda servlet. When you customize the agenda.serverUrl property as described above, agenda content is
always routed to the reverse proxy. In some cases, network configurations may prevent clients that access the IBM
Workplace server directly from receiving the agenda content via the reverse proxy. Also note that if you set the
agenda.serverUrl property to a fully-qualified URL, and SSL is required in your environment, you must use the prefix
"https" in the fully-qualified URL specified in the agenda.serverUrl property.
98
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Reverse Proxy Support
Only Workplace Messaging supports reverse proxy; therefore only Workplace Messaging supports Tivoli Access
Manager (WebSEAL).
Browser issues
Directory Search Help problem with Lotus Notes client settings
Help for Directory Search does not work with certain Lotus Notes client browser settings. If a user of the Lotus Notes
client has a current Location - Internet Browser setting of "Notes with Internet Explorer," clicking a URL to open IBM
Workplace Collaboration Services opens the browser within the Notes user interface on a tabbed page. If a user then
opens the Directory Search window while performing a task such as sending a Mail message, and clicks the Help
button, the Help window does not display Help properly.
Note: The Location - Internet Browser setting of "Notes" is not supported with IBM Workplace.
Workaround
Advise users to set their Location - Internet Browser to "Microsoft Internet Explorer," or to "Other" (to use a different
browser, such as Mozilla).
Mozilla and Firefox browser limitations
Following are the issues you encounter using a Mozilla or Firefox browser:
�
If you are using the Mozilla 1.4, 1.7 or Firefox 1.0 browser, you will need to click twice on many buttons and
links in order to open the target context in the product.
�
If you are using the Mozilla 1.4, 1.7 or Firefox 1.0 browser, you will notice that tabbing through the
WebSphere Administrative Console stops at the Servers node of the navigation tree. You cannot continue to
press the Tab key when you reach the Servers node. Pressing the Tab key expands and collapses the Servers
node; you cannot tab forward to children objects under the Servers node. To workaround this problem, use
your mouse to select a specific page under Servers; then you can tab through the page.
�
If you are using the Windows operating system and the Mozilla 1.4, 1.7 or Firefox 1.0 browser with the High
Contrast accessibility option set for white-on-black screen display, you will not be able to see any dropdown
action menus. The high-contrast accessibility setting for white-on-black screen display makes action menus
invisible.
�
The Firefox browser loses focus when you tab through the My Work Welcome page and open the IBM Workplace Show Details/Hide Details link.
Pages hang if Microsoft VM in Internet Explorer 6.0 is set
If you are using Microsoft Internet Explorer (IE) 6.0 and your browser Internet Options have Microsoft VM selected,
pages will hang when you navigate through the site. Microsoft VM in IE 6.0 is not a supported configuration for IBM
Workplace Collaboration Services; therefore, this option should not be selected in your browser. From your browser
menu bar, click Tools -> Internet Options -> Advanced; then scroll to Microsoft VM and uncheck any options that are
selected.
Workplace Collaboration Services browser support is based on Mozilla or IE 6.0 with Sun JVM 1.4.2; therefore, you
must use Sun JVM 1.4.2 or later version as your Java Virtual Machine (JVM) when running Workplace Collaboration
Services. If your browser does not show the advanced option for Sun Microsystems Java Virtual Machine, you need to
obtain the SUN JRE 1.4.2.
JRE (Java 2 Runtime Environment) is one of two principal products in the Java 2 Platform, Standard Edition (J2SE)
family. J2SE v 1.4.2_05 JRE includes the JVM technology. Refer to this site for more background information:
http://java.sun.com/j2se/overview.html
99
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Use Ctrl+W shortcut to close Help opened from the toolbar
Accessibility keyboard shortcuts allow you to use the Tab key to navigate through the product toolbar and press Enter
to act on any control. If you open the product introduction Help (Welcome to IBM Workplace Collaboration Services)
by tabbing to it and pressing Enter, the only way you can close this Help window is to press Ctrl+W, the operating
system shortcut.
What the Search Center can and cannot process
The Search Center portlet only can search discussions, documents, chats, and team task lists. If an application does
not contain any of these portlets, for example a Domino application, then its content will not be searchable.
Portlet issues
Accessibility and Content Palette
The Content Palette is a tool that lets you drag and drop portlets onto a page. You cannot access all of the Content
Palette's functionality using only the keyboard. However, anything you can do using the Content Palette can also be
done using only the keyboard under Administration -> Portal User Interface -> Manage Pages.
Instant Contacts - Back button behavior
Selecting an option from the Actions menu and then clicking the browser Back button, does not display the previous
page. The current page continues to display. In some cases, it also displays a "Warning: Page has expired" message.
Instant Contacts - Can't add contacts without email addresses
You can add a contact to your Contacts List only if that contact has an email address. In other words, when you click
New contact or Organize list from the Actions menu and then click Find Person to search for a person to add, only
names that display with email addresses in the Search results field can be added to your Instant Contacts list.
Instant Contacts - Chatting with multiple people limit
If two people (Person1 and Person2) are chatting and then Person1 clicks the chat window Invite Others button to
invite another person to join the chat, all chat participants correctly display in the chat window Participants list.
However, if Person1 tries to start a chat with Person2 (while the chat window for multiple participants remains open)
after one or two times, the chat window for that chat will not open. Only the chat window for multiple participants will
be open.
Instant Contacts - New contact always added to address book
Whenever you add a new contact to your Instant Contacts list, the contact will also be added to your address book,
regardless of whether or not you select "Add to address book" in the Selected people list.
100
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Instant Messaging - Chat window pops up
The chat window pops up in front of other windows under the following circumstances:
�
On the Linux platform using Mozilla (1.4 and JVM 1.4.2), when you start a chat with someone in your Instant
Contacts list, minimize the chat window, and then click outside Instant Contacts, the chat window pops up.
�
On the Windows platform using either Mozilla or Internet Explorer, when you are chatting with someone (with the
chat window on top), click elsewhere so the chat window goes behind the main window, and then change your
status from "Do Not Disturb" to another status, the chat window pops up on top of the other window. This also
happens if you choose "Log in to instant messaging" if instant messaging becomes disconnected.
Instant Messaging - Chatting with multiple people and DND status
If you are chatting with more than two people and one chat participant changes their online status to "Do Not Disturb,"
participants can still send chat messages to that person.
Instant Messaging - Performance when searching
With the Mozilla browser, performance may be slow (a 2- 3 minute wait) when you try to type a name in the Search for field in the Directory Search dialog box when searching for someone to invite to join a chat. Switching to another application and then returning to the Directory Search dialog reduces the delay.
Option to overwrite template is given when not applicable
Import is showing the option to overwrite a template, even though the user does not have Editor rights to the orginal
template. The option to overwrite is shown, but when the user tries to overwrite the template, they will be prompted by
the overwrite confirmation window again.
The system will not let the user overwrite the template even though it is showing the option
Portlets available for selection do not always work
When you add a portlet to a portal page or to a Workplace application page, be aware that incompatibility between
WebSphere Portal infrastructure and Workplace Collaboration Services infrastructure will trigger a variety of code
exceptions instead of explanatory error messages. These exceptions are caused by the fact that the product allows you
to select from the full set of administrative and productivity portlets when you add content (portlets) to the pages of
your portal site or Workplace application. The list of portlets, including Workplace application components, that is
available to you for selection and deployment on a page is not limited; however, it should be. You can choose to add
any portlet to any page, regardless of the permissions granted by portal access control for the page or the portlet (or
both) and the requirements of Workplace application components, which are specialized portlets that require the
collaborative domain object (CDO) and related objects (business components, community role mappings, etc.) to
function properly. If the required infrastructure objects are not available when the system attempts to place the
selected portlet on the page, exceptions will display.
This problem will be corrected in a future release of the product, when the portlet selection list is filtered for various contexts, thereby ensuring tighter synchronization and seamless coexistence between the WebSphere Portal foundation and Workplace Collaboration Services. In the meantime, you will discover by experience the following general conditions when you attempt to add portlets to pages:
1.
2.
3.
Some portlets are not allowed on any page.
Some portlets are allowed only on Workplace application pages.
Other portlets are allowed on any page.
Please see the related Release Note "Do not use Portal Administration to maintain applications".
101
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Web conference tools - Warning message when installing
While installing the Web conference tools so that you get the most out of screen sharing, you may see the following
warning message:
Do not stop the installation. Click Continue Anyway to proceed with the installation; this will have no adverse effects.
Web conferences - Removed participant still a participant
In some cases, people may be participants in a Web conference because they were added both as an individual and as
part of a group. If the group is then removed from the Web conference, all members of the group receive notification
about the removal. However, if any users in that group have visited the Web conference information page or have also
been invited as an individual, they will still be able to access the Web conference, even though they receive a
notification that they have been removed.
Web conferences - Removed presenter can still present
If two conference participants with the presenter role join a web conference and one of them is removed from the
Participants list during the conference, the removed participant can still access the Web conference and can click the
Click to Present button to become the current presenter.
102
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
WebSphere Portal issues
Content palette is inaccessible using keyboard shortcuts
If you use the content palette to add portlets to the pages of your portal or Workplace application, you will notice that
you cannot navigate in the palette using keyboard shortcuts. In addition, the drag-and-drop functionality provided by
the content palette has no keyboard alternative within the palette. The content palette is accessible with mouse
actions only. This IBM WebSphere Portal limitation will be corrected in a future release of that product and integrated
in a future release of IBM Workplace Collaboration Services.
As an alternative to using the content palette to select and drag-and-drop portlets or components to a portal or
Workplace application page, you can use the Administration portlets for managing pages and editing page layout:
From the toolbar, click Administration -> Portal User Interface -> Manage Pages and navigate the page hierarchy to
select the page where you want to add portlets or components. At the target page, click the Edit Page Layout icon to
open the Edit Layout portlet, where you can add and arrange portlets and components on the page.
Pages are invisible after editing if left in inactive state
A page is deactivated when you start making changes to it. When you edit the page of a portal or Workplace site or a
Workplace application, all changes are effective immediately and cannot be undone or cancelled. While you edit the
page, it remains inactive. Other users will not be able to see the page until you commit the changes by clicking Done.
Make sure that you click Done before you leave the page editor to activate the page for users. If you fail to click Done
after editing a page, the page will not display because it is inactive. If you have editor access to the page, you can
return to the page editor and activate the page to restore its display in the portal site or the Workplace application.
You are apt to encounter this limitation of IBM WebSphere Portal more frequently when you edit portal pages than
when you edit Workplace application pages. The application editor of IBM Workplace Collaboration Services displays
the Done button in the navigation bar of the editor, making it difficult to leave the editor with pages left inactive and,
consequently, invisible to users. In IBM WebSphere Portal, however, the Edit Layout portlet (Administration -> Portal
User Interface -> Manage Portlets) displays the Done button at the bottom of the portlet, where it can be hidden from
view.
In general, avoid using the Back button of the browser to navigate through your portal or Workplace site.
For more information about managing portal pages, refer to the IBM WebSphere Portal Information Center.
IBM Data Access Tool issues
Database application names are limited to 50 or fewer characters
When entering the name of a new database application in the New Database Application window, limit the number of
characters to 50 or fewer. If the number of characters exceeds 50, an error message will display and you will not be
able to create the new application until you reduce the number of characters in the 'Name' field to 50 or fewer.
Error message when pressing a control character in Name field
When entering or modifying a name in the Name field, located in the Basics tab of the form attributes editor in data
access designer, you can only use valid name characters from the set: { a-zA-Z0-9 _}. If you press any control
characters, such as CTRL or ALT, and then move your focus out of the field, you will get an error message that says
the control name already exists.
103
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Filter is removed after records are added or deleted
If you are filtering a set of records that have a common value and then add or delete a record, the current filter is
removed before the record is added or deleted. This means that all the records associated with that particular design
element now display (and not just the ones that have the value specified in the filter).
Fonts appear differently when previewing a print
When previewing a printout of a form, grid, or report, the font in the print preview may appear differently than the font
used in the database application. This usually occurs when the system on which you are viewing the application does
not support the font used in the application. To correct this, set the font in the application to one that is supported on
your system.
Foreign key violation error explanation
If you get an error message in the data definition editor of data access designer that says Data access is unable to
save data because it would have caused a foreign key violation, it means that you have attempted to create a duplicate
relationship. Data access does not support having more than one relationship using the same foreign key or having
foreign keys with the same name in one database application.
Image file names with special characters cannot be imported
If the file name of an image that you are importing into data access designer contains a special character, the OK
button in the import dialog box will be disabled. You must rename the file name to not include special characters to
be able to import the image into the database application.
Input mode values cannot be changed for certain data types
If a control on a form in data access designer contains the data type INTEGER, FLOAT, DATE, or DATETIME, you
cannot edit the Input mode value for that control, which appears in the Basics tab of the attributes editor when the
control is selected.
Maximum length of table name is 128 characters
The name of a table in a data access data definition cannot exceed 128 characters. Data access will not let you enter
more than 128 characters in the table's Name field.
Printing limitations
When printing forms, grids, and reports using IBM data access viewer, you may experience the following limitations:
1. When printing grids and reports, you cannot print individual rows, even though you may see this as an option on
the printing setup window. Instead, you can only print grids and reports in their entirety.
2. When viewing a form, you can only print the record that is currently being displayed in that form, even though you
may see an option to print all pages on the printing setup window. If you want to print multiple records, you must
display and print each record individually.
3. In Internet Explorer, an 'about:blank' message may appear at the bottom of your screen and consequently in the
footer of printed pages. To remove this message, open Internet Explorer, click File > Page Setup, and then
remove the '&u' at the beginning of the Footer field in the Headers and Footers section. You can also open this
window by clicking CTRL+U while displaying a print preview.
104
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
4. When printing forms with shapes, the shapes do not print.
5. When printing a form that contains a button with an image, the image does not print.
6. In order to preview and print background colors and images that appear in your form, grid, or report, you must first enable your browser to print them. The way to enable printing background colors and images depends on your browser.
In Microsoft Internet Explorer V6, take the following steps:
1. Click Tools > Internet Options....
2. Click the Advanced tab.
3. Under Printing, check the Print background colors and images option.
4. Click OK to save your changes.
In the built-in version of Linux Mozilla V1.4, take the following steps:
1. Click Web Browser in the rich client Switcher bar.
2. Click Print > Page Setup from the browser toolbar.
3. In the Page setup window, check the Print Background (colors and images) option.
4. Click Done to save your changes.
7. When printing a form, grid, or report, background images that are set to fit-to-size are printed, even when you
have not enabled your browser to print background colors and images. To avoid printing background images, do
not enable the fit-to-size option for the image.
8. Non-standard fonts do not print correctly. Non-standard fonts include those fonts that begin with 'WCT', for example, 'WCT_engl'.
9. For Linux/Mozilla users, if you disable wrapping for a field with a Multiline Edit control, be sure to enable the horizontal scroll bar. If you disable wrapping but leave the horizontal scroll bar disabled (the default), printing problems may occur where the multiline edit field will expand to the length of the longest line within it, overlapping any controls in its path.
10. When printing a form, grid, or report that has a text decoration, you may notice that the font style on the printout
does not look the same as the font style displayed in data access viewer. To make sure they appear the same,
uncheck the Use default font check box in the Font tab of the attributes editor and click Choose Font to select a
new font. If you want to continue using the default font but want to ensure that it displays correctly when printing,
simply select the default font from the list of fonts.
Right-to-Left format is not supported in this release
Right-to-Left format in IBM data access tool is not supported in this release.
Time picker uses period separator in Swedish translations
If you are using a Swedish translation of data access tool, and there is a time picker in a form that you are using, you
must enter time in the time picker with the hours and minutes separated by a period (HH.mm), for example 13.32.
Using a time format with the hours and minutes separated by a colon (HH:mm), for example 13:32, is not valid
because the Unicode Common Locale Data Repository specifies that a period separator should be used.
Using unicode characters in name fields
Unicode characters that are not in the Letter class cannot be used in table names, column names, or relationship names. If you try to use a unicode character that is not in the Letter class in a name field, you will get an error. Working with default values in columns
Default values for a table column are treated as XPath expressions. In order to specify a string literal value in the column to appear in data access viewer, the value must be included in single quotes in data access designer. For example, 'Example Default Value'.
105
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Activity Explorer issues
Cannot add groups to the membership list of a shared object
When adding members to a shared object, you can add the names of individual members only; you cannot add group
names. However, you can add multiple members to a shared object by dragging their names or the name of a
personal group from Instant Contacts to the object.
Cannot open activity explorer by dragging file to a contact
When a user has the Workplace rich client open to the Messaging perspective or any perspective other than Activity
Explorer, and drags a file from the Windows desktop to a name in the Instant Contacts list, this action should
automatically launch activity explorer. However, if the user has not previously opened Activity Explorer from the
Switcher bar, the user will be unable to drag a file to a name in the Instant Contacts list. After opening Activity
Explorer from the Switcher bar, later attempts to drag a file to the Instant Contacts list
Cannot print directly from shared objects
You cannot print directly from any shared object, with the exception of shared files.
You can print the text of a shared note or persistent chat by copying the contents of the object to the clipboard,
pasting the text to a text editor, and then printing from the text editor.
Cannot search across shared objects
You cannot search for particular shared objects. If the list of shared objects in the Activity List is extensive, you can
customize the view to help locate objects.
No detailed activity logs
Activity Explorer does not currently provide a detailed event log that describes the actions taken on a member's
shared objects.
No round-trip editing for shared files
When you open a shared file, such as a Microsoft Word document, Activity Explorer launches the document in the
appropriate application. However, any changes you make to a shared file are not automatically saved to the server.
When you save a shared file, the file is saved as to your local hard drive only. After you save a local copy, you can then
save it to the server to replace the existing server version, or if you want to preserve the existing server version of the
file, you can post the new version as a response to the original.
No support for off-line use or archiving
You cannot use Activity Explorer when disconnected from the server. Shared objects, with the exception of files,
cannot be saved off-line.
106
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
No versioning or real-time editing of shared notes
Shared notes do not support versioning or real-time collaborative editing. Although multiple members of a shared
note can work on the object at the same time, the various members cannot see the changes that other members are
making. When a member saves a new version of a shared note to the server, the modified version overwrites the
original version. If multiple members are active in a shared note at the same time, the server retains the version that
is saved last only. Previous versions are lost.
Not all chats are persistent
Standard chats started from the Instant Contacts pane are not persistent and cannot be converted to persistent chats.
To create a persistent chat from the Instant Contacts pane, right-click the contact and then click New Persistent Chat.
Technical preview issues
Can't log in to Mobile client if server uses CUR registry
A user cannot log in to a mobile client installed from a Workplace server that uses a Custom User Registry (CUR).
Mobile requires a server that uses an LDAP registry.
Cancel synch for mobile client may not take effect immediately
If the Cancel button is pressed, it may take a few seconds to cancel the synchronization. It is possible that if little or
no data is being synched, the synch may complete before the Cancel action has been processed. In this case, the
synch will complete normally, but a note in the synch log will show that the synch has been canceled.
Mobile client limitation on group synchronization
There are some limitations when synchronizing groups between mobile client and server:
�
The mobile client does not support the use of Instant Contacts; during synchronization, Instant contact
entries on the server will be added to Contacts on the mobile client
�
Groups created in the mobile client can be synchronized up to the server, but group entries will not be
populated automatically
Workaround
Users should exercise care when creating groups.
Mobile client: Issues using special characters in a group name
While certain characters are not allowed in a group name, the mobile client does not perform validation of a group
name during a 'Save' operation. Thus, including special characters (e.g., "," or "@") in a group name can cause
problems when saving the group name using the mobile client.
For example, if you have "," in the middle of a group name, two groups will be created when you save using the mobile
client; one group will be named with the string before the "," character, and one with the string after it.
Workaround
Avoid using non alpha-numeric characters.
107
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Mobile client: Issues with long addresses in Contacts
There are a few known issues with long addresses in Contacts. When you have a contact that has a long address
(more than a few lines), changes to the address may not be saved when the contact is edited. It may also cause
problems when displaying the contact.
Workaround
Enter shorter addresses for contact.
Notes Mail - Junk Mail feature is not fully implemented
If a user selects a document in a view, and then selects to move that document to the Junk Mail folder, the user will
receive a message that future, similar messages will be delivered directly to the Junk Mail folder. This feature is not
implemented in Notes mail. Future, similar messages will not automatically be routed into the Junk Mail folder.
NotesMail - Configuration Options which are not implemented
In the Notes Mail portlet, under configuration settings:
1. The "Credential Vault" control isn't hooked up in the Notes Mail portlet; please do not use this feature.
2. The "Use a secure connection" checkbox isn't functioning in the Notes Mail portlet.
NotesMail - Confirm Delivery feature does not work
When a user composes a new mail message, there is a checkbox to 'Confirm Delivery.' This feature does not work in
this release.
NotesMail - Preference Options which are not implemented
In the Notes Mail portlet, under Mail preference settings:
1. The "Use a secure connection" checkbox isn't functioning in the Notes Mail portlet (Mail Preferences/Edit Mail
Source page).
2. The "Default sort order" selector does not change the order of the Inbox view.
3. The Out of Office controls do not contain error checking for invalid selections (date ranges, blank subject field).
Objects in e-mail message not displayed on wireless device
When displaying a Notes mail message on a Wireless or hand-held device, the following objects will not be correctly
represented in the document:
�
�
�
�
�
Images/pictures
Links
Buttons
Tables
Attachment
Images and pictures will be omitted
Links will not be displayed or accessible
Buttons will be omitted
The text contained in the table will be displayed unformatted.
An attachment will be indicated by the text "(See attached file: file-name)" but there is
no way to access the attachment.
Restored Mail folder is not implemented in Notes Mail
Please note that the "Restored Mail" folder is not implemented in the Notes Mail portlet.
108
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Search feature is not implemented
The search feature is not functioning in the Notes Mail portlet; please do not use this feature in the current release.
Usage quota is not implemented
The usage quota feature is not implemented in the Notes Mail portlet for his release.
Known problems and workarounds
Installation issues
Creation of applications can take longer than expected
The Ignore Case option setting in the WebSphere Application Server and the Deployment Manager and
LDAPIgnoreCase setting in the LDAP Help file is not enforced when LDAP servers are configured to work with IBM
Workplace Collaboration Services. This problem causes the creation of applications (Team Spaces, Document
Libraries, Workplace Applications, and Web Conferences) to take a significantly long time.
When enabling LDAP security using the Configuration Wizard, make sure to enter all administrator IDs in the same
case in which they are stored in the LDAP directory. For example, if your admin ID is stored in the LDAP directory as
WPSADMIN, be sure to type it as WPSADMIN in the appropriate fields of the Configuration Wizard. Mismatched cases
can cause ID cache misses in WebSphere Application Server, which results in a network trip to the LDAP server to
retrieve the administrator ID. This can result in performance degradation. This WebSphere Application Server problem
will be corrected in a future release of that product and reflected in Workplace Collaboration Services.
High contrast mode may cause installers to mis-render
When installing any of the IBM Workplace components on servers or workstations, under some circumstances, setting
the system to high contrast mode may have unanticipated effects on panel layouts and readability. In these cases, the
installers can be run using the -console command line switch to run in text mode.
i5/OS - Canceling an installation
If you need to Cancel an active configuration of a Workplace instance, you need to follow these steps to ensure all the
running processes are properly ended:
1. Press the Cancel button on the configuration screen.
2. If the screen remains active, end the application named "IBM Workplace Installer" using Windows task manager.
3. Login to the i5/OS system and run the following command to view all running jobs by your user profile.
WRKOBJLCK <user-profile> *USRPRF
4. End the jobs named QP0ZSPWP.
5. Remove the lock file /tmp/InstallShield/lwai/lwpinstall.lockfile on the i5/OS system.
109
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
i5/OS - Remote silent config needs added property
When running a remote silent configuration for i5/OS, add the following property to the install response file:
################################################################################
#
# IBM Lotus Workplace Configuration type (i5/OS ONLY)
#
# Description: Select the type of configuration for IBM workplace. Configuration
# type can be set to "wizard" or "custom".
################################################################################
-W i5configType.selectedSetupTypeId="custom"
Importing users from LDAP using Tivoli Access Manager
This issue is described in the following scenario:
You have successfully installed and configured Tivoli Access Manager 5.1 with Tivoli Directory Server 5.2. Then you
created a new suffix in the directory of Tivoli Directory Server for IBM workplace 2.0. After that, you successfully
installed and configured IBM workplace with Tivoli Directory Server. You tried to integrated IBM Workplace with TAM
by following the instructions in "Integrating Lotus Workplace Messaging 2.0 with Tivoli Access Manager 5.1" and "
Integrating Lotus Workplace Messaging 1.1 with Tivoli Access Manager 4.1" on the developerWorks Web site. In the
topic "LDAP integration", when you attempt to import users from LDAP into TAM, you will get an error message that
TAM does not have the required privileges to import users from LDAP.
Workaround
Because the LDAP suffix used by IBM Workplace is created after Access Manager has been configured, the
appropriate ACLs should be applied to the new suffix manually for Access Manager to be able to manage users and
groups within this new suffix. To apply the ACLs, you can follow the instructions in section "Apply IBM Tivoli Access
Manager ACLs to new LDAP suffixs" in "Appendix D. Managing user registries" of "IBM Tivoli Access Manager Base
Administration Guide 5.1". After you apply the ACLs, you can import the users into TAM. However, you may not be
able to log into IBM Workplace using exsiting IBM workplace userids. To work around this problem, you can
"unconfigure" TAM following topic "Unconfiguring Tivoili Access Manager components" in the Tivoli Access Manager
Base Installation Guide and then configure it again. After configuring TAM again, you can successfully log into IBM
Workplace.
Note: IBM Workplace 2.0 (on Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4), Tivoli Access Manager 5.1 (on AIX 5.2), and
Tivoli Directory Server 5.2 (on AIX 5.2).
Install Java core dump on AIX 5.3
If a Java core dump is encountered when attempting to run the Install on AIX 5.3, perform the steps detailed in this
InstallShield Knowledge Base article: Q111262
http://support.installshield.com/kb/view.asp?articleid=Q111262
Provisioning component uninstall leaves log files
After uninstalling the IBM Workplace rich client provisioning components, a set of log files will remain in the install
root directory (default is c:\program files\ibm\ibm lotus workplace client provisioning). To completely clean the
server, delete the install root directory manually after uninstalling.
110
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Provisioning URL wrong for IEOP installation
If you install IBM Workplace over an existing portal (IOEP), when dialog box for the provisioning URL come up, the default URL will be WRONG. It will be <SERVERNAME>/lwp/myworkplace/MyStuff, and it needs to be <SERVERNAME>/wps/myportal/MyStuff.
So that every user not need to have to fix this use the following workaround:
On the Server
1. Navigate to <WAS>\installedApps\<NODENAME>\wctInstall.ear\wctinstall.war
2. EDIT the file: pluginvalues.props
change the line: plugin_customization.com.ibm.workplace.configuration/defaulturl=$host$/lwp/myworkplace/MyStuff
to: plugin_customization.com.ibm.workplace.configuration/defaulturl=$host$/wps/myportal/MyStuff
3: Save the file
Now when you provision, the default provisioning URL will be right.
Configuration issues
Additional steps to set correct heap size of JVM
When running Workplace 2.0, the WebSphere\AppServer directory gets filled with various heapdump and javacore files, for example:
heapdump.20040625.083931.896.txt
javacore.20040625.084045.896.txt
This occurs because when IBM Workplace is started, it invokes a second JVM without allocating enough memory for the heap. These settings are not exposed in the WebSphere Administrative Console and therefore it is necessary to follow the steps below to manually modify one file:
1. Extract the file jvm.config from
\WebSphere\WorkplaceServer\lwps_extdir\channellwpservice.jar
into...
/websphere/AppServer/classes/com/ibm/wkplc/channellwp/service/impl directory
2. Set the following in the same file.
VM_ARGUMENTS=-Xms1024m -Xmx1024m
3. Restart the servers and the new settings will be in place.
Administrative Console field validation is not working correctly
Field validation in the WebSphere Administrative Console does not work correctly if the locale of your browser is different from the locale of the WebSphere Server. When you enter an invalid value into a field, one of the following actions occurs: �
�
�
No error message displays.
An Incorrect error message displays.
An Error 500 servlet exception displays.
In these client configurations, IBM recommends that you verify your field entries before you click Save/Save to commit
them to the configuration store.
Note: This issue is not specific to IBM Workplace pages.
111
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Application group membership can block individual access
If you have configured IBM Workplace Collaboration Services with a Novell eDirectory LDAP server or a Sun Java
System Directory Server, users will encounter the following limitation with group membership for applications: If a
user is an application member as part of a group, the individual will not be able to see or open the application.
To work around this problem, follow this procedure for Novell eDirectory:
1. Stop IBM WebSphere Portal server.
2. Open the WebSphere Member Manager XML in a text editor:
\WebSphere\PortalServer\shared\app\wmm\WMM.xml.
3. Edit WMM.xml, removing the attribute memberOfAttributeName=groupMembership. Save the file.
4. Restart IBM WebSphere Portal server.
To work around this problem, follow this procedure for Sun Java System Directory Server:
1. Stop IBM WebSphere Portal server.
2. Open the WebSphere Member Manager XML in a text editor:
\WebSphere\PortalServer\shared\app\wmm\WMM.xml.
3. Edit WMM.xml, removing the attribute memberOfAttributeName=nsRoles. Save the file.
4. Restart IBM WebSphere Portal server.
Attachment viewer may require additional software installation
You may need to install additional software so that the attachment viewer works properly. The attachment viewer in
the Mail and Web Conferencing portals allows documents produced by many different applications, such as word
processors or spreadsheets, to be viewed as HTML pages.
On AIX or Solaris machines, if not already installed, install X Windows (X11R6). On Linux systems, install Motif 2.0 or
LessTif 0.93 to make the attachment viewer work properly. You can install the software before or after installing the
WebSphere Portal Server.
For more information on document conversion and system requirements, go to
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/pvc/wp/502/ent/en/InfoCenter/wpf/pdm_info.html#docconv.
Cannot log into IBM Workplace if LDAP server is restarted
If the network goes down between IBM Workplace and the LDAP server, or the LDAP server needs to be restarted in a
production environment, trying to log in to IBM Workplace will fail, displaying an error message: "The system could
not log into your account." To work around the problem, restart the WAS/Portal/LWP servers.
Corrupted block characters display in the Config Wizard UI
There is a known intermittent problem with UNIX double byte character set (DBCS) systems and the use of
font.properties files by the JRE that the Config Wizard uses. On some configurations, running the Configuration
Wizard with a DBCS language like Chinese, Japanese, etc., even on a system configured for that DBCS language,
produces corrupted block characters in the UI.
If you were able to run the installer successfully without corrupted (block) characters, but you do see these corrupted
characters when running the Config Wizard for Security / Database Transfer, then perform the following workaround
steps:
- Copy all font.properties files from [installation directory]/WorkplaceServer/java/jre/lib to [installation
directory]/AppServer/java/jre/lib
Example files:
font.properties
font.properties.ja
font.properties.ko
font.properties.zh
...
etc.
- Run the Configuration Wizard again.
112
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Domain Name appended twice in LWPHostname after install on Linux
Install Workplace on Red Hat, before editing or running any configuration tasks. View lwpprops.properties; in
some instances you will see an incorrect LWPHostname (e.g., LWPHostname=installqe14x.lotus.com.lotus.com).
Workaround
After Workplace install, and before running config tasks, remove the appended domain name from LWPHostname (e.g., LWPHostname=installqe14x.lotus.com).
HTTP transports are missing in cluster configurations
After adding nodes and adding the nodes to a cluster, many of the HTTP transport definitions are missing. Instant messaging may appear broken on some nodes. To add the HTTP transports back in:
�
Login to the WAS admin console http://yourLWPServer:9090/admin (port 9090 is typical on an cluster, but
yours could be different)
�
Find the port number of the HTTP transports:
For each application server added to your cluster, Application Servers > Application Name > Additional
Properties/Web Container > Additional Properties/HTTP transports. Make note of the port numbers listed
and the value of SSL Enabled = (true or false) for each.
�
Add each port number identified as a HTTP transport to the Virtual Hosts list:
Click Environment > Virtual Hosts > default_host > Additional properties/Host aliases
For each HTTP transport identified above that is missing, click New and add the HTTP transport, selecting
SSL Enabled or not as appropriate. Click OK. Save the changes.
�
Regenerate the HTTP Plugin
Environment > Update Web Server Plugin. Click OK. If your HTTP server is remotely located from your IBM
Workplace server, consult the Infocenter documentation for instruction on moving the plugin-cfg.xml to your
remote HTTP server.
�
Restart your HTTP server. Restart your cluster members.
Incorrect default theme
Themes are defaulting to Adminstrator with Left navigation. To change the Themes, use the following workaround:
Workaround
�
Start the WPS server and click 'Administration'
�
Click 'Manage Pages'
113
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
�
Release Notes
�
Click the Edit icon for Administration, as shown below:
�
Assign the IBM Workplace Collaboration Services Theme to all of Admin
Choose 'OK'; choose 'OK' again. You will see the new Admin Theme has been applied.
114
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Increasing the stack size for DB2
If you are using Windows server for IBM Workplace Collaboration Services with a remote DB2 8.1 FP7a database, you
may need to increase the stack size of the db2syscs process. The symptoms of the failure include the termination of
this process. If you run the netstat -an command on the DB2 server, you will see that no process is LISTENing
on port 50000, and thus the Workplace server cannot connect to it.
You will also see an Application Error entry in the Windows Event Viewer that states:
ADM0501C A stack overflow exception has occurred. The DB2 instance
has terminated abnormally. To remedy this problem, you may increase
the default stack size for db2syscs.exe using the db2hdr utility as
follows: db2hdr \sqllib\bin\db2syscs.exe /s:<stackreserve>[,
<stackcommit>] Note that increasing the default stack size will
consume virtual memory space and may reduce the maximum number of
concurrent connections. Contact IBM Support for further assistance.
Workaround:
1. Shut down all applications connected to the DB2 server.
2. On the DB2 server, open a DB2 Command Window type the following commands:
cd <C:\Program Files\IBM>\SQLLIB\misc
< ----
Location depends on your installation
db2stop
db2hdr "<C:\Program Files\IBM>\SQLLIB\BIN\db2syscs.exe" /s:512,32
< ----
Location depends on your installation
db2start
3. Restart all of the IBM Workplace Collaboration Services applications.
Instant messaging does not work in a horizontal cluster
When IBM Workplace servers are deployed in a horizontal cluster configuration instant messaging may not work. If you
see this problem, perform the following procedure:
1. Add port 9083 to the default Virtual Host (default_host) associated with the cluster Deployment Manager.
2. From the WebSphere Administrative Console on the Deployment Manager computer, regenerate the WebServer
plug-in.
3. Restart all of the IBM Workplace servers in the cluster.
LMS uses the uid attribute to authenticate user in LDAP
The SPR relating to this issue seems to be a configuration issue - Portal seems to be authenticating based on the
LDAP cn attribute (value is 'administrator') whereas LMS, by default, uses the uid attribute (value of 'administ').
So if get the exception error: usermod_unable_get_authuser_wmmsettings
115
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Workaround is to update LMS via settings.xml (as per my comments) or have the LDAP updated to have uid and cn
the same value. : So, if authentication is based on cn attribute the LMS needs to be updated in settings.xml and
ds-settings.xml in both DS and LMM as follows, ie change the wmmAttribute for ldapid and userid to "cn", instead of
"uid", and the Portal server restarted.
<ldap ...
...
<users loginKey="LdapId">
<commonschema>
...
<mapping name="LdapId" wmmAttribute="cn"/>
<mapping name="UserId" wmmAttribute="cn"/>
.
.
.
User wpsadmin could already log into either LMS or Workplace because its LDAP entry has uid and cn attribute values
the same, i.e., 'wpsadmin'.
Non-Workplace theme gives JavaScript errors & missing GIFs
When users are switched to a non-Workplace theme, they may encounter JavaScript errors and broken image sources.
To fix this issue, copy the entire "psw" subdirectory in
"[WASHOME]\installedApps\[nodename]\wps.ear\wps.war\themes\html\workplace"
to the desired theme.
Example:
Copy from:
"F:\WebSphere\AppServer\installedApps\brisket\wps.ear\wps.war\themes\html\workplace\psw"
to:
"F:\WebSphere\AppServer\installedApps\brisket\wps.ear\wps.war\themes\html\Science"
Problems accessing IBM Workplace through a remote HTTP server
The IBM HTTP server installation package provided with a WebSphere server may install a version of the Web Server
plug-in that is down-level from the version of the Web Server plug-in that is installed with the IBM Workplace server.
If you install an IBM HTTP server on a remote server from the IBM Workplace server, users may experience problems
when attempting to access the IBM Workplace server through the remote HTTP server. These problems occur because
the Web Server plug-in on the HTTP server is not the same version as the Web Server plug-in on the IBM Workplace
server.
You can correct this problem by copying four DLL files and an updated version of the Web Server plug-in from the IBM
Workplace server to the remote HTTP server. Follow the instructions below:
1. Copy the following four files from the <WAS-ROOT>\AppServer\bin directory on the WebSphere server to the
<HTTP-ROOT>\AppServer\bin directory on the remote IBM HTTP server. These files will replace existing
down-level files of the same name on the remote HTTP server.
-
mod_app_server_http.dll
mod_app_server_http_eapi.dll
mod_ibm_app_server_http.dll
mod_was_ap20_http.dll
2. Access the WebSphere Administrative Console on the IBM Workplace server using port 9091. For example,
http://ibmworkplace.acme.com:9091\admin
116
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
3. From the WebSphere Administrative Console, update the Web Server plug-in.
- Select Environment.
- Select Update Web Server Plugin
- Click OK.
4. Copy the updated Web Server plug-in file (plugin-cfg.xml) from the config directory on the IBM Workplace server
to the <HTTP-ROOT>\AppServer\Config\Cells directory on the remote HTTP server.
5. Restart the remote HTTP server.
Remote i5/OS database grant failure
When Workplace Collaboration Services schemas are located on a remote i5/OS database, and the database
administrator's user ID is different from the application user's ID, then after running a database transfer, the database
administrator must sign on to the remote system and manually grant *USE authority to the database application user
ID, for access to the schemas.
The command to run for each schema is:
GRTOBJAUT OBJ(QSYS/<schema name>) OBJTYPE(*LIB) USER(<db app user>) AUT(*USE)
To find the schema names, look for the following properties in /QIBM/UserData/WebAS5/Base/<instance
name>/WorkplaceServer/config/database/dbbuild.properties:
LWPMsgSchema=
LWPLMSSchema=
LWPLDSSchema=
LWPComSchema=
LWPArcSchema=
User Policy setting and new categories for catalogs
Using a new category for the Document Library or Team Space catalogs disables the Workplace User Policy for that
catalog.
Workaround
When using a new category in the Team Space catalog or the Document Library catalog, and you want to restrict
application creation with User Policies, you will need to use the "Allow Workplace applications - Create User policy"
options to restrict creation.
Following is a table that maps which categories map to which User Policy:
Catalog
Team Space Catalog
Team Space Catalog
Team Space Catalog
Team Space Catalog
Workplace Application Catalog
Workplace Application Catalog
Workplace Application Catalog
Workplace Application Catalog
Document Library Catalog
Document Library Catalog
Document Library Catalog
Document Library Catalog
Template Category
TeamSpace Category
New Category
Document Library Category
Workplace Application Category
TeamSpace Category
New Category
Document Library Category
Workplace Application Category
TeamSpace Category
New Category
Document Library Category
Workplace Application Category
117
User Policy
Allow team spaces - create
Allow Workplace Applications - create
Allow Document Libraries - Create
Allow Workplace Applications - create
Allow team spaces - create
Allow Workplace Applications - create
Allow Document Libraries - create
Allow Workplace Applications - create
Allow Team Space - create
Allow Workplace Application - create
Allow Document Library - create
Allow Workplace Application - create
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
WCS install on the Deployment Manager with MS SqlServer database
When installing WCS 2.5 on the WAS deployment manager using SQLServer as the database choice, the install wizard
does not create one of the custom properties on the datasource required by the database. To correct this, the user
should navigate to Resources>JDBC Providers, select the node name for the deployment manager (typically
<servername>Manager) and click "apply". From the list of available jdbc providers (there should be only one) the user
should click on "lwp25jdbc". This opens a new page. The user should scroll down to the bottom and click "Data
Sources" then click on "lwpApp" from the list of datasources (there should be only one). This opens a new page. The
user should scroll down to the bottom and click "Custom Properties" then click "New". In the page that opens, the user
should enter "serverName" in the input box marked "Name". In the input box marked "Value" the user should enter the
full DNS for the database server machine. The user should then click "OK" and save all changes, selecting the option
to synchronize with nodes if there is an existing cell.
Web Server setting needed to support Managed Client downloads
IBM Workplace Managed Client downloads require the application/zip type to be defined for Jar files. See your web server's documentation for how to do this. For IBM HttpServer, do the following:
�
Edit httpd.conf file
�
Add the following line to the <IfModule mod_mime.c> section:
AddType application/zip .jar
"Too many open files" exception
The Juru search indexing job might present a "too many open files" exception when very large numbers of files (around
40000) are being indexed at the same time. Depending on the format of the files, this error may or may not occur.
When it does occur, it is because available file handles in the system have been used up. Importing empty or
corrupted files into the system deteriorates the scenario. Importing files whose formats are not supported by
Document Conversion Technology also imposes a negative effect.
One way to work around the problem is to increase the maximum number of file handles allowed in the system. If this
choice is not feasible, you may also choose to import and index files in smaller chunks.
118
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Administration issues
Workplaces configuration Help displays incorrect topic
From Administration -> Portal Content, if you open Workplaces or Workplace Policies in configuration mode
(wrench icon) and click the Help icon, the topic Workplace Task Scheduler displays; this is not the correct Help topic.
Furthermore, the mode implemented for the Workplaces and Workplace Policies portlet views should not be
configuration mode, but edit mode. In a future release of the product, configuration mode for these portlets will be
disabled and edit mode will be implemented instead.
When edit mode for Workplaces and Workplace Policies is implemented, the edit mode Help topic will provide the
following information:
To specify your display preferences, enter the number of items (either Workplace applications and Web conferences or
Workplace policies) that you want displayed on each page of the Workplaces or Workplace Policies portlet. If you want
to save the search settings that you entered for Workplaces or Workplace Policies, select the check box for this option.
Wpcpaudit.log not found in log directory
Team spaces and Documents activity is recorded to the wpcpaudit.log, but the log file cannot be found in any likely
\log directory. You need to edit the wcm.properties file to enable logging activity and to write the audit file to the
correct \log directory path. The current default path is only an example.
Open the wcm.properties file with an editor. Change the wcm.audit.enable and wcm.audit.log properties to the
following values:
wcm.audit.enable = true
wcm.audit.log = <wp_root>\log\wpcpaudit.log where wp_root is the proper value for your site.
NOTE: Because the wpcpaudit.log is not in <wp_root>\log\wpcpaudit.log, it will not be found by the collector
tool and therefore will not be sent to Support.
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning issues
Course deployment failures when using FTP
When using FTP with learning content servers in certain network environments, creation of new course offerings may
fail. The following message will be repeated several times in the WebSphere_Portal SystemOut.log file:
[dd/mm/yy hh:mm:ss:sss GMT] 575e34d5 SystemOut
O java.io.InterruptedIOException: Read timed out
Workaround
Use a remotely mounted file system for access to the learning content servers.
Course management: Problems with using Turkish and MS SQL
There are issues with searching for courses, updating masters, and running reports with Turkish and MS SQL. These
are known issues; there is no workaround at this time.
Courses need to be added twice while creating a certificate
Courses may not get added to a certificate at first. Click on the 'Add courses' button again, select the courses, and
click 'Continue' to save that Certificate into the Masters Catalog.
119
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
E-mail notifications may fail when using WCS SMTP server
If you are using the IBM Workplace Collaboration Services SMTP server for e-mail notifications, they will not be
delivered until you set up the LMS server as a trusted IP address. Until this is done, you may see messages like this in
the systemout.log found in <wcs_home>/PortalServer/log:
[4/19/05 10:54:53:909 UTC] 563d0c3c engine
E
CLQAH0649E: Error when sending the Message in daemonThread.run() for MailerThread named Thread-2248 using PRIMARY email server. Details javax.mail.SendFailedException: Sending failed;
nested exception is:
class javax.mail.SendFailedException: Invalid Addresses;
nested exception is:
class javax.mail.SendFailedException: 550 Action not taken: ::SITUATION: ConfigureSituation::CLQAH::ED9F92F5033F7C6E7600C940B0C111D9::9.5.2.145::IPV4::thr
ead=Thread-2248
Issue
For security reasons, Workplace Collaboration Services is configured so there are no IP addresses set in the SMTP
inbound connections trusted filter. The Workplace Collaborative Learning service is treated like any other service, and
is blocked from using the SMTP server.
Workaround
To ensure e-mail notifications work properly, follow the steps in the release note "Enabling the SMTP server to deliver e-mail notifications." This release note includes instructions on setting up the LMS server as a trusted IP address.
i5/OS - Using i5/OS as an FTP server for CLIMP may not work.
If you use i5/OS as the FTP server when using the CLIMP utility to import an on-line course to the Learning server, the
course may not import properly. There will be no error messages, but the unregistered master won't show up when
you look for it in the LMS Admin GUI.
Workaround:
Use the Authoring Tool to send and import the course to the Learning server. The Authoring Tool works fine when you
use i5/OS as the FTP server. For more details on setting up the system for this type of FTP operation, see "i5/OS Verify FTP attributes before using i5/OS as FTP server" in these release notes.
If you want to use CLIMP, then use a Windows or Unix FTP server instead of i5/OS.
i5/OS Authorization issue if DB Admin and DB App users different
If you did the following when you created your i5/OS Workplace instance:
�
Did not use the Create IBM Workplace Collaboration Service wizard.
120
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
�
Release Notes
When you did the DB transfer step, you made the DB Admin user and DB App user different (LWPDBAdminUser
and LWPDBAppUser). This screen shot is an example of where you fill in these values:
You may experience SQL errors while users are taking courses.
Example 1
Errors found in the log file /qibm/userdata/webas5/base/<instance>/portalserver/log/systemout.log
[3/10/05 9:54:37:194 UTC] 889bf197 SystemOut
O [3/10/05 9:54:37:194 UTC] 13d31be0 persist
E
CLPAA0038E: [SQL0551] Not authorized to object LRNPA00001 in LWPLDS24 type *FILE. on thread [Servlet.Engine.Transports : 4].::SITUATION: FeatureSituation::CLPAA::E5998D5B19E2DDE969BFDF90914A11D9::9.5.63.41::IPV4::threa
d=Servlet.Engine.Transports : 4
[3/10/05 9:54:37:211 UTC] 13d31be0 persist
E
TRAS0014I: The following exception was logged java.sql.SQLException: [SQL0551] Not authorized to object LRNPA00001 in LWPLDS24 type *FILE.
121
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Example 2
Error you would see on your browser:
Workaround
�
Find out what the name of your DS schema is. To do this, look for the LWPLDSSchema property in:
/QIBM/UserData/WebAS5/Base/<instance name>/WorkplaceServer/config/database/dbbuild.properties:
LWPLDSSchema=
�
Find the user profile that is missing authority to the tables. Use the wrkobj OS400 command to determine
this; for example, if lwplds24 = DS schema then do:
wrkobj lwplds24
122
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
then "Display authority" (option 5):
The user with the *USE authority is the one that needs to be added to the tables. In this example, LWPAPP is the user
that needs to be added.
�
Run the following OS400 command to grant the user the correct access rights to the LRNPARTITION and
LRNUSER_PARTITION tables
GRTOBJAUT OBJ(LWPLDS24/LRN*) OBJTYPE(*FILE) USER(LWPAPP) AUT(*ALL)
Here is an example of the output if the command was successful:
Authority given to user LWPAPP for object LRNPA00001 in LWPLDS24 object type *FILE.
Authority given to user LWPAPP for object LRNUS00001 in LWPLDS24 object type *FILE. Authority given to 2 objects. Not given to 0 objects. Partially given to 0 objects.
Object authority granted. �
The authority SQL errors should go away (no need to restart the servers).
123
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Import error 500 when importing a course in Authoring Tool
For all servers running on IBM HTTP server 2.0.47 or later, an error is reported while importing a course from the
Authoring Tool. This is due to an inconsistency in the server plugin DLL for newer versions of the HTTP server and can
be ignored.
Workaround
Include the port number of the LMS server running on workplace - 9080, e.g., http://servername:9080/lms-lmm/import, rather than http://servername/lms-lmm/import. On a network deployment, the name of the LMS server will need to be listed, not the HTTP server.
Java folder missing for Solaris install of Learning Client CD
After the installation of the Learning Client CD on Solaris, there is a known issue where the Java folder is not created in the 'utils' folder; only the 'bin' and 'lib' folders are installed. As a result, the utilities cannot be executed after installation has completed.
Workaround
Modify the .sh files to use the JVM on the machine where the Learning Client is installed.
Limitation of JReport Server Engine for Bi-di characters display
TM
The JReport Server Engine in IBM WorkPlace Collaborative Learning supports Bi-directional characters, but Right-to-Left display is not supported. Therefore, all Bi-di reports will display from Left to Right, like English reports.
Not all Reports run on Cloudscape database
On Cloudscape database, in the LMS-Reports tab, not all the reports can be run. Only "Progress Reports", except the Curriculum Progress report, will function and generate a report.
Offline issues
�
When in Offline mode and disconnected from the network, if you change to Online mode, IBM Workplace will
transition to Online mode, even when there is no network present. There is no warning stating that you are not
connected to the network to work in Online mode.
�
A problem with the local data store is usually only repaired by removing the rich client's workspace directory and
running Setup again. This will re-initialize the data store, and synchronize it with the server data store.
�
When in Offline mode, if you create a message addressed to a group that you have listed in your personal address
book, when you go back online you will see the error "Message will not send" when IBM Workplace tries to send
the message from the Outbox. You need to expand the group manually to successfully send the message.
�
When in Offline mode, messages addressed to groups must include the domain name of the group (for example,
[email protected]), otherwise you will get an error that the message could not be sent when you go back
online. The message will remain in the Outbox.
Progress data for completed certificate not displaying
Once a user has completed an online course and certificate, choosing the Progress Summary view and selecting the icon for the Certificate results in a blank page being displayed.
Workaround
Students can use LMS to view progress details for Certificates.
124
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Selected skills from current page only added to Skill Management
In the Skills Management section, if you click on a job and choose 'Add existing skills', and select skills on multiple pages, only the current page selections are remembered, while previous page selections are ignored.
Workaround
Add skills from each page individually.
Steps to enable Logging for Learning tools running outside WAS
Logging is not being generated for Learning applications running outside of a WebSphere environment. This issue applies to Data Archiver, Data Restorer and Learning Data Collector tools. In order to enable logging for these applications, the following workaround needs to be applied:
�
Copy and paste the following into a text file:
workplace.logging.factory.was=com.ibm.workplace.util.logging.Log4jLogMgrFactor
y
�
Save the new text file as "workplace.properties".
�
Copy the workplace.properties file into the directory from where the application is launched, i.e., the
same directory as the .bat or .sh file used to launch the application.
Students can not view Learning Plan from Career Development
There is a known issue whereby students cannot view their Learning Plan from the Career Development portlet. To view the Learning Plan, follow the workaround as below.
Workaround
Students can view it from My Learning Portlet; the 'My Learning Plan' option will show that User's Learning Plan.
Synchronization issues
Folling are the known issues with synchronization:
�
If you enter a partial host name when setting up IBM Workplace rich client, synchronization will fail. You must
enter the fully qualified DNS name of the server. For example, enter acme2.abc.com, not acme2. If you entered a
partial host name, exit IBM Workplace, clear the rich client workspace, and then re-run the setup. If you do not
clear the workspace, the partial host name (the non-fully qualified DNS name) will be used again.
�
If the computer running IBM Workplace loses power or is shut off during synchronization, the local data store may
be damaged. Symptoms of this will include an empty user interface when IBM Workplace is next launched,
synchronization and instant messaging errors, and exception messages in the SystemOut.log and SystemErr.log
files in the rich client's <workspace>\logs directory. Since the data store is damaged, it should be repaired by
removing the rich client's workspace directory and running Setup again. This will re-initialize the data store and
synchronize it with the server data store. Note that if there was any new data created in the local data store, it will
be lost by doing this.
�
If the computer running IBM Workplace has a relatively slow CPU (less than 1 GHz), synchronization may
complete so quickly in the background that the client does not have time to display the Stop Synchronization
button and the synchronization activity indicator on the status bar. This does not affect synchronization itself.
125
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
"Unable to Create Collaboration Space" error in LMS (Oracle DB)
When Saving an Offering that includes a Collaboration Space, this may result in an "Unable to Create Collaboration
Space" error in the LMS. This issue only affects deployments using Oracle databases.
Workaround
�
Log into Workplace as an administrator or student user.
�
Go to Team Collaboration / Team Spaces
�
Click on New
�
Enter a Name
�
Choose the "Team Project: Extended" template from the list
�
Add a brief description if you wish
�
Click on OK.
�
Click OK in the next dialog.
�
Wait until the Team Space has been successfully created
Once the above steps have been completed, you will be able to save Course Offerings that include Collaboration
spaces.
"Value must be a double" message when viewing course results
Click Results By User from the Course Management tab, search for a course, and then edit it. When you save your
changes, you see the error "Value must be a double" above one or more of the following numeric fields: Min Score, Max
Score, Raw Score or Time Spent.
The message should read "Value must be numeric." Change your entry in the field to a numeric value and save again.
IBM Workplace Documents issues
Applications containing Team Tasks limit names to 100 characters
Workplace applications that contain Team Tasks as an application component cannot have application names that
exceed 100 characters. For example, make certain that the names of your Team Space applications, built from the
Team Project template, are not more than 100 characters long.
Cannot create a document in new folder
After you install the rich client, and then create a new document library and folder in Documents, you cannot create a
new document in the folder. An "unable to create part: Document" message displays.
Workaround
Close the rich client and then restart it. You should be able to create a new document in your new folder now.
126
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Cannot create ten or more document libraries concurrently
When ten or more users try creating document libraries at the same time, they receive error messages. The new
document libraries do not have links, so the users could not use them.
Workaround
The problem is caused by database deadlock. Follow these steps to reduce deadlock with the WebSphere Portal
database:
1. DB2 Version 8.1 FP4 or higher users only (skip this step if you use DB2 on OS/390): Enter the following
commands on the DB2 server with DB2 instance owner privileges (for Windows, please use the DB2
Command Window):
db2set DB2_EVALUNCOMMITTED=YES
db2set DB2_INLIST_TO_NLJN=YES
db2 update db cfg for <wpcp_db> using locklist 1024
Note: In order to apply all of these settings, you need at least DB2 Fixpak 4 applied.
2. All database users: Connect to the WebSphere Portal database and type the following commands: CREATE INDEX DbUser.IX2110D ON DbUser.PROT_RES (PARENT_OID, OID);
CREATE INDEX DbUser.IX2140B ON DbUser.LNK_USER_ROLE (ROLE_INST_OID);
where DbUser is the WebSphere Portal database administrator
Note: If you use WebSphere Portal's document management features with DB2 Version 7.2 or SQL Server
databases, you might continue to experience deadlocks. Deadlocks can occur when multiple users update or
create documents in high load environments.
Charts in .123 documents with "by row" are set to "by column"
Charts created in Lotus 1-2-3 with "Series by row" are set to "By column" when opening in Productivity Tools, which
makes the chart display incorrectly.
Workaround
To bypass this issue:
1. Modify data range
�
Right click chart, and then select "modify data range" menu to show the "modify chart data range" dialog
�
If the series/legend labels are the first row/column in the data range, enlarge the data range to include the
first row and/or column and select "first row as label" and/or "first column as label"
�
Click "Create" button
2. Change the "by column" to "by row"
�
Double click chart to move the focus on chart, and then right click chart and select "Instant Formatting..."
menu
�
Change "Data Series in" from "Columns" to "Rows"
�
Click "Create" button
i5/OS: Cannot create a new version of a document
On i5/OS with remote databases that use the toolbox driver, you get the following error when you try creating a new
version of a document in a document library:
Error occurred creating version.
Workaround
You can fix this by adding a new property to the WCM.properties file that contains the wpcp schema name.
Follow these instructions:
1. Stop the WebSphere Portal server.
2. Add this line to WCM.properties: wcm.as400.WpcpDbSchema=<schema>.
Note: The schema value is in <wp root>\config\wpconfig.properties. For example, WpcpDbSchema=LWPWPS14.
3. Restart WebSphere Portal server.
127
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM productivity tools cannot launch with a remote HTTP server
When the HTTP server is remote, the IBM productivity tools such as the word processing editor, the spreadsheet editor, and the presentation editor cannot start .
Workaround:
Upgrade the plugin for the HTTP server by applying a WebSphere® Application Server patch.
This cumulative fix is applicable to the WebSphere® Application Server V5.0 plug-in component that has been installed during a base V5 installation. This cumulative fix is also applicable to any remote Web server running a WebSphere® Application Server V5.0 plug-in component from a previous V5.0 Fix Pack or cumulative fix.
To obtain the fix, go to http://www-1.ibm.com/support/docview.wss?rs=180&uid=swg24007265 and follow the instructions for applying the patch.
Linux issues
IBM Workplace Documents
�
The IBM document editors may use different fonts for Windows and Linux. If a document uses a font on the
Windows platform that does not exist on the Linux platform, the document editors render the document on Linux
with a different font than the original font. The font change does not affect the content.
�
On Linux, to use hyperlinks in the document editors, you must do the following:
1. Make sure a browser application is installed and determine the application's executable file path (for
example, /usr/bin/mozilla).
2. Open the common.xcu configuration file. The path to this file is:
root/IBM/RCP/497853422/root
/applications/com.ibm.pdm.sodc.feature/eclipse/plugins/com.ibm.superodc.base.share.win32_1.0.0/re
gistry/data/org/openoffice/Office/Common.xcu (where root is the user name and 497853422 is an
installation property)
3. Find these lines:
<prop oor:name="http" oor:op="replace" oor:type="xs:string">
<value/>
</prop>
<prop oor:name="https" oor:op="replace" oor:type="xs:string">
<value/>
</prop>
<prop oor:name="ftp" oor:op="replace" oor:type="xs:string">
<value/>
</prop>
4. Change all three instances of "<value/>" to "<value>/usr/bin/mozilla</value>" (where "/usr/bin/mozilla"
is your browser application's executable file path).
5. Exit the client and any office processes.
6. Restart the client.
Productivity tools: General issues
Following are the general issues associated with the IBM productivity tools (word processing editor, spreadsheet editor, presentation editor, and project planner) in Workplace:
Interoperability with Microsoft Office
�
If a Microsoft Word document contains a graphic object as its footer, and the object has some special layout
property, it may cause the object to displayed on the wrong page when the document is opened with the IBM
Workplace Managed Client word processing editor.
"Special layout property" means some combination of the wrap and anchor properties of the object in Word.
For example, the object should have a "wrap through" property, with the options "Move with the text" and
"Allow overlap".
Workaround: Find the object on the displayed page and move it slightly, it will be displayed in the correct
place.
128
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
�
Release Notes
The focus does not switch to the main menu bar when pressing the 'Alt' key on Windows XP platform.
Workaround: Users can switch focus to the main menu bar using the F10 key.
�
When loading some Microsoft Word documents, only part of the contents may be shown.
Workaround: Click someplace else in the editor; it will refresh and the contents will then be displayed
correctly.
Object editing
�
When loading a document containing a 3D object, the 3D object may not always be displayed correctly.
Workaround: Press page up/page down, or resize the document so that a repaint is forced; the 3D object
will be displayed correctly. Note: When saving a Microsoft PowerPoint document with 3D objects, or when
saving an SXC document with 3D objects to .XLS (Microsoft Excel) format, the 3D object may not display
correctly. There is currently no workaround for this issue.
Links
�
Although there is a setting for the default web browser in the Preferences menu which sets the default
browser to use the embedded browser in the Workplace Managed Client, this setting cannot be used in
Productivity tools.
Workaround: For Windows, when a user clicks a URL link in Productivity tools, the program will try to use an
external browser to launch the link. On Linux, an error dialog is displayed, which allows users to set the
default external HTTP program by using Preference -> Productivity tools -> external program.
Productivity tools: Presentation editor issues
Following are the issues associated with the presentation editor:
�
Multiple instances of the presentation editor can be launched if users double-click two associated documents
(.sxw/.sxc/.sxi) during a short interval when the presentation editor has not started. If users close one
editor, the edit area in another editor will be grey out and the document data will be lost.
Workaround: Do not double-click two associated documents in the short interval before the presentation has
been launched completely.
�
In a slide with a Background on, creating and then double-clicking on a 3D object, you prevent users from
being able to exit the associated state in order to select another object.
Workaround: Do another operation; for example, switch to another slide, insert a new page, etc.
�
When creating a Presentation document OLE object via "Copy" and "Paste Special" in either the word
processing editor or spreadsheet editor, double-clicking and entering the object's Edit status only allows for
part of the Presentation document to be seen on the screen after clicking Presentation -> Screen Show.
Workaround: The whole page can be seen by dragging the scroll bars when editing the Presentation
document OLE.
�
Microsoft PowerPoint cannot open a .ppt file that is saved from a Presentation editor file in which View ->
Master -> Drawing fields are modified.
Workaround: Open th .ppt file in the Presentation editor and remove the values from any of these View ->
Master -> Drawing fields, re-save the .ppt file, and it can then be opened in PowerPoint.
�
Presentation backgrounds can use customized template files, following these steps:
1. Create a Presentation document.
2. Locate the template folder in the local file system by searching for the base folder whose name starts with
com.ibm.superodc.base.share in the user folder, for example, C:\Documents and
Settings\username for Windows platforms. The template folder is: base
folder/template/language/layout.
3. Export the presentation file to the local file system at the template folder.
129
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Productivity tools: Project planner issues
Following are the issues associated with the project planner:
�
If a document editor (word processing, spreadsheet, presentation) and the project planner are open
simultaneously, and a dialog on the document editor is opened, the dialog obtains the focus. If the focus is
then switched to the project planner, both the document editor and project planner menu items will appear
on the project planner after the switch.
Workaround: Close the dialog before the switch.
Productivity tools: Spreadsheet editor issues
Following are the issues associated with the spreadsheet editor:
�
The legend name of a chart will change after opening and saving a Microsft Excel document in the
Spreadsheet Editor if the legend name is input in the Insert -> Chart -> Series page while building the chart,
rather than being fed from cells.
Workaround: The problem may be avoided by referring the text string from cells.
�
The source data of a chart will be lost after editing and saving a Microsoft Excel document if the source data
is input in the Insert -> Chart -> Series page while building the chart rather than being fed from cells.
Workaround: Bypass this problem by getting the source data from cells.
Unable to synchronize large files in Documents
In the rich client, when you import a large file (approximately 9.5MB or more) into an offline document library and
then try to synchronize, an error occurs.
Workaround
You must increase the value of the PostSizeLimit in plugin-cfg.xml. This value represents the largest file you can
synchronize in Documents.
For a local http configuration:
Stop the Workplace server, and find \websphere\appserver\config\cells\plugin-cfg.xml. Make a backup copy of this
file (for example, plugin-cfg.xml.ORIG). Open plugin-cfg.xml in an editor and locate PostSizeLimit="10000000". The
value is 10000000 bytes. Increase this value to accommodate the largest size file you will be importing into
Documents. Start Portal, Mail_Server_1 and http.
For remote http configuration and cluster:
While the Workplace server and the remote http server are down, modify the values on both servers, and then restart
them.
IBM Workplace Rich Client issues
'Reply To All' & 'New Message To All' inserts extra addressee
When using the "New Message To All" options to send a message, the addressee will appear twice in the 'To' field.
This extra address can be deleted manually to prevent multiple sendings of the email.
130
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Accessibility issues
�
�
�
�
�
Using Windows, if you press Shift five times in a row, the Windows StickyKeys dialog box opens and IBM
Workplace hangs. IBM Workplace will also hang with ToggleKeys, MouseKeys, and FilterKeys. If you press Ctrl,
and then press F7 to display a pop-up list of all the views that are open, IBM Workplace flashes a dialog box so
quickly that you cannot read it. Use Windows Task Manager to close the StickyKeys dialog box and restart IBM
Workplace.
When high contrast is enabled, the Get Information from Directory button in address book entries does not
display correctly.
You cannot use the Tab key to access attachments in a mail message.
On Linux, you cannot navigate the Preferences dialog box by typing the first letter of section names. Use the
arrrow keys instead.
If you use a screen reader to read Help, use one of the following workarounds to navigate between Help frames.
WindowEyes: After selecting a topic in the Help table of contents, press H to go to the first heading of the topic
(the title of the topic), and then press Ctrl+Shift+R to read the topic. To return to the table of contents, press
Ctrl+Home to go to the top of Help, and then press Ctrl+Tab seven times.
JAWS: After selecting a topic in the Help table of contents, press M until the topic view frame is current and then
press Ins+Down to read the selected topic. To return to the table of contents, press M until the contents view
frame is current.
Activating URL links will not launch Firefox on Linux
You can activate URL links in the rich client, and you can also control how this URL is launched via the Web Browser
preference. By default, when a URL is activated, the internal Web browser is used in the rich client. However, you can
change this to use the default browser in Windows or Linux by selecting File -> Preferences, and then selecting Web
Browser and the second option "Use OS default browser".
There is one limitation to this preference, the Firefox browser will not be used even though it may be set as your default OS browser on Linux.
Address book entry issues
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
If you add members to a group manually by typing addresses in the Add an e-mail address field, a new contact
entry is added to the address book for each member you add. Delete any unwanted contacts from the address
book.
If you select Add to Instant Contacts in a contact entry, and then save the entry, the contact does not appear
immediately in the Instant Contacts list. If you close and restart your client, the new contact appears in the
Instant Contacts list.
You cannot delete a contact or group entry while viewing it. If you click Delete above the entry when it is open, the
entry will not be deleted. To delete the entry, close the entry, and then select and delete it from the address book
list.
You cannot select multiple entries from the address book list and delete them at once. You must select and
delete address book entries one at a time.
If you open an existing contact entry, use the Get Information from Directory button to update the entry, and then
save the entry, a new contact entry is created with the updated information but the old contact entry remains in
the address book. Delete the old contact entry.
If you use Get Information from Directory to retrieve contact information, the retrieved information appears to be
editable. However, if you edit the retrieved information and save the contact, the edits to the retrieved information
are not saved.
If you create a new contact entry and leave it open, you cannot create a second new contact entry. The same is
true for group entries. You must save or close the first new entry before you can create the second new entry.
You cannot use the keystroke combinations Ctrl+C, Ctrl+V, or Ctrl+X in any of the editable fields in a contact
entry.
If you enter text in the Notes field of a contact entry, the text does not automatically wrap to the next line. Use the
Enter key to manually wrap text in this field.
If you click Remove Members in a group entry when no members are selected in the member list, the first group
member in the list is removed. Ensure that you make a selection before clicking Remove Members.
You may be able to save a group with a name that contains invalid characters.
If you select multiple contacts and groups in the address book, right-click the selection, and choose an action
(such as Open) from the context menu that appears, the action is performed on only the first entry in the
selection.
When high contrast is enabled, the Get Information from Directory button in address book entries does not
display correctly.
131
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Applications do not get moved into new category
When moving an application into a different category from the Workplace browser, the application is successfully moved in the browser but not in the rich client. For example, from the browser, if you create a Team Space application, move the application from the Team Space catalog to the Application catalog, and then open the rich client, the application will be listed in the Team Space catalog and not in the Application catalog. Currently, there is no workaround for this issue.
Attempt update of most features/plugins; problem w/Linux client
If you add updated versions of most/all features and plugins to the update site, and then attempt to do a Silent Update with a Linux client, it is possible that the update will fail part of the way through, and you will not be able to restart the Linux client.
Before attempting to update most features/plugins on a Linux client, create backup copies of the platform and the
workspace. If the update fails part of the way through, restore the backup copies and repeat the update with a smaller
number of updated features/plugins in the update site.
Calendar and calendar entry issues
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
Before saving a new calendar entry, make sure you enter text in the entry's Subject field. Otherwise, you will not
be able to save the entry.
If you click a calendar entry to preview it, but the entry does not display in the preview pane, try the following:
Open and go to your Inbox, then return to the calendar and click the entry again.
If you click a calendar entry to preview it, the Edit menu may contain two Delete commands.
File > Open does not work for calendar entries in the side calendar. To open an entry, select it and press Enter
instead.
If you repeat a calendar entry daily for a year, the limit is 99 days.
When you print a calendar entry, the print job will appear as "about:blank" in your printer's queue. This will not
affect the print job.
If you select multiple entries in the calendar, right-click the selection, and choose an action (such as Open) from
the context menu that appears, the action is performed on only the first entry in the selection.
If you create a calendar entry that repeats daily for one month, the calendar uses the number of days in the
month the entry ends in as the number of days to repeat. (For example, if an entry's start date is January 31st,
the entry ends on February 27th because February has 28 days.) If this does not result in the number of days you
want, select Daily and type a specific number of days or a specific end date instead.
The Today is value will not be updated if you leave the rich client running overnight. You must close and restart
the rich client to update the value.
The File > Print and File > Print Preview commands are not enabled in the full calendar view until you select a
calendar entry in the view.
When you print calendar views, the vertical bar that indicates conflicts between calendar entries is not printed.
If you select the Expand rows, time slots print option, rows and time slots may not expand as expected.
On Linux, if you click an entry in either the side or tabbed calendar to preview it, the focus should remain on the
entry but it switches to the preview pane. To return focus to the entry, click the entry again.
On Linux, if you open the pop-up date picker from either the side calendar or tabbed calendar and click the
current month or year, the date picker may close before you can select a new month or year. Use the left and
right arrows in the pop-up date picker to navigate to the new month or year instead.
Calendar Docs incorrectly read by screen reader
The Screen Reader reads "Start" and "End" dates on Calendar Documents incorrectly when changing them; this is a third-party software issue.
Calendar Document 'Subject' limited to 765 characters
The 'Subject' field in Calendar Documents is limited to 765 characters.
132
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Calendar documents: Multiple select and open, only opens one doc
If you select multiple entries in the calendar, right-click the selection, and choose an action (such as Open) from the
context menu that appears, the action is performed only on the first entry in the selection.
Calendar globalization issues
Following are the international calendar issues in this release of IBM Workplace:
�
�
�
�
If the preferred language is set to Chinese (Traditional) and you set the tabbed calendar view to One Day, the day
of the week appears in short format (as opposed to the long format that appears for other locales).
If the preferred regional format is set to English (United States) and the preferred calendar type is set to Islamic
(Civil), the date picker displays incorrect month names.
If the preferred calendar type is set to Japanese (Japan) and the preferred language is set to any locale other
than Japanese (Japan) or English (United States), the end date and time fields on new appointment and meeting
entries display incorrect values. Additionally, Japanese eras are incorrectly expressed as digits rather than text.
Meeting invitations may display the untranslated English word "Invitation" when languages other than English are
in use.
Can't cancel Setup when provisioning operation is in progress
If you attempt to cancel Setup while a provisioning operation is in progress, you will get the following error message:
"Wizard can not be closed due to an active operation. You must cancel the operation before you can close the wizard."
On the Windows platform, to cancel the operation and end Setup, press Ctrl-Alt-Delete and select the Task Manager. In the Applications tab select IBM Workplace - Setup and select "End Task". On the Linux platform open the System Monitor using System Tools. Find the Process name "richclient\eclipse\java". Select java and click "End Process".
Client shortcut replaced on second install to new location
When installing the IBM Workplace client more than once on the same Windows workstation, the shortcut of the most
recent installation will overwrite any previous shortcut on the user desktop. To prevent this from happening, rename
the existing desktop shortcut before installing an additional instance of the client. The best practice is to give the
shortcut a name that will indicate which instance of the client it starts.
Context Menu in Monthly Tabbed Calendar
Users are unable to see a context menu in the Tabbed Calendar - Monthly, for an Empty Day.
Context menu incorrect when multiple mixed entries are selected
The Context menu displays incorrectly when multiple mixed entries are selected.
Cursor not displaying after tabbing to the body of mail message
When you use the tab button to move the cursor into the body section of a mail message in the client Messaging product, no cursor displays to indicate that you can begin typing text into the body field.
133
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Custom install summary information incorrect on i5/OS
When installing the rich client on i5/OS using the Custom install method, the installation program's summary panel will indicate that all components are being installed rather than just those selected by the user. The user should ignore the information displayed on the summary panel and assume that only the selected components are being installed.
Date picker is not handling dates prior to 1926 correctly
The Date picker is not handling dates prior to 1926 correctly; those dates are being converted to, for example, 2026.
Differences in rich client Change Password functionality
In the IBM Workplace rich client File --> Preferences menu sequence, there are two "Change Password" buttons. While
they look similar, they actually do different things.
The File --> Preferences --> Login "Change Password" button enables you to change your IBM Workplace password. Your new password takes effect the next time that you log in. If you are working online, it is synchronized with your IBM Workplace server.
The File --> Preferences --> Security "Change Password" button pertains only to the password to "unlock" the credential store. This password is stored in a username/password credential (LWPCredential) in the credential store.
Disappearance of the Messages navigator section
After approximately 800 calendar entries are created, the Messages navigation section disappears.
Document editors and document library issues
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
The IBM document editors may use different fonts for Windows and Linux. If a document uses a font on the
Windows platform that does not exist on the Linux platform, the document editors render the document on Linux
with a different font than the original font. The font change does not affect the content.
Using the word processing editor, you cannot create hidden paragraphs. If you use the word processing editor to
import an OpenOffice.org or Microsoft Word document, you can toggle the display of existing hidden paragraphs
by choosing View > Hidden Paragraph. If you print a document that contains hidden paragraphs, the paragraphs
are printed regardless of the current View > Hidden Paragraph setting.
When you save a document with a document editor, you cannot change the file type for the document. However,
you can save the document content as a new document with a different file type.
If you open an encoded .txt file to edit, canceling the ASCII filter options dialog box causes an error, displays an
empty document, and disables double-clicking in the folder list. To fix this, close the empty document, and then
close and reopen the folder list.
If you edit an .xls document using an external editor and save the document, make sure you select Yes when
prompted to save the document in OpenOffice.org format; otherwise, your changes may be lost.
If you edit a document and click the x icon on the document's tab to close the document, the editor does not
display a message asking whether you want to save your changes. To display the message, click the Close button
above the document instead.
If you choose any of these spreadsheet editor commands--Manipulate > Consolidation, Create > Function, Create
> Name > Define, or Tools > Solve Equations--close and restart IBM Workplace, and then start the spreadsheet
editor again, it will lose focus and its toolbar will not work. To fix this, end the soffice.exe process on Windows or
the soffice.bin process on Linux and then restart the spreadsheet editor.
Help for the document editors in the Arabic version of the product is in English, not Arabic. It will be available in
Arabic in an upcoming release.
If system locale is set to Simplified Chinese on RedHat and SuSE Linux and you use a document editor to open a
Workplace document or an imported Microsoft Office document that contains vertical text, the document editor
will crash.
134
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
Release Notes
In rare cases, document editors will not start due to existing printer drivers. If this occurs, try reinstalling printer
drivers.
If you paste some 32-bit characters into a word-processing document, position the cursor between two of the
characters, and then paste more 32-bit characters, one character before and after the cursor will be changed to a
character space.
If you paste some 32-bit characters into a word-processing document, use Backspace to delete one of the 32-bit
characters, and then press Ctrl+Z, the character will not be restored; instead, a character space will be added.
If you open the Page Setup dialog box by selecting Layout > Page in a presentation document, and then click
Help in the dialog box, the Help window that opens does not close when you close Workplace. You must close the
Help window manually.
If you combine pictures in a presentation document (by right-clicking and selecting Combine) and move the
combined picture by pressing an arrow keys 20 times or so, the document editor will crash.
You cannot send an instant message when you are using the document libraries and have a non-modal dialog box
(such as the Import dialog box) open.
If you create a folder and one or more subfolders offline, make sure the total number of characters in the group of
folder names is less than 127. Otherwise, a synchronization error will occur.
On Linux, you cannot print a document from a document library's list view.
On Linux, document library list views do not display the correct document type for Microsoft Office documents.
On Linux, to use hyperlinks in the document editors, you must do the following:
1. Make sure a browser application is installed and determine the application's executable file path (for example,
/usr/bin/mozilla).
2. Open the common.xcu configuration file. The path to this file is:
root/IBM/RCP/497853422/root
/applications/com.ibm.pdm.sodc.feature/eclipse/plugins/com.ibm.superodc.base.share.win32_1.0.0/registr
y/data/org/openoffice/Office/Common.xcu (where root is the user name and 497853422 is an installation
property)
3. Find these lines:
<prop oor:name="http" oor:op="replace" oor:type="xs:string">
<value/>
</prop>
<prop oor:name="https" oor:op="replace" oor:type="xs:string">
<value/>
</prop>
<prop oor:name="ftp" oor:op="replace" oor:type="xs:string">
<value/>
</prop>
4. Change all three instances of "<value/>" to "<value>/usr/bin/mozilla</value>" (where "/usr/bin/mozilla" is
your browser application's executable file path).
5. Exit the client and any soffice processes.
6. Restart the client.
Downloading appears to hang for shared applications
When sharing database applications, users with designer access can edit an application and promote their changes to
the server. If you attempt to open the application once someone else has edited it, the rich client displays a message
that asks if you want to download the updates from the server. Once you click OK and begin downloading, you may
notice that the progress bar appears to hang about halfway through the download. In this case, the rich client may be
waiting for you to take action on another window that is underneath the Application catalog window. To display any
open windows, continue pressing CTRL + Tab or click the open rich client application located to the right of the Start
menu in your system tray (Windows).
135
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Enabling accessibility features for the document editors
To enable accessibility features for the Document editors on Windows platforms, you must use the following steps to
download, install, and configure the Java Accessibility Bridge package. Note that accessibility works as is and is not
fully supported in this release.
1. Use this URL to download the Sun Java Access Bridge For Windows Operating System V1.1 package:
http://java.sun.com/products/accessbridge/
2. Unzip the downloaded file to a folder named acbridge.
3. Add the path string acbridge\AccessBridge_1.1_GA to the system path.
4. Copy these files from acbridge\AccessBridge_1.1_GA\installer\installerFiles to <wct install
path>\eclipse\jre\lib\ext:
jaccess-1_4.jar
access-bridge.jar
5. Copy these files from acbridge\AccessBridge_1.1_GA\installer\installerFiles to <wct install path>\eclipse\jre\bin:
JavaAccessBridge.dll
JAWTAccessBridge.dll
WindowsAccessBridge.dll
6. Copy this file from acbridge\AccessBridge_1.1_GA\installer\installerFiles to <wct install path>\eclipse\jre\lib\:
accessibility.properties
Error messages send users to error logs without location
Several of the error messages displayed by the rich client direct users to see the error log, but do not provide
information about which error log nor do they provide the error log directory location. As documented in the Logging
and tracing topic in the IBM Workplace 2.0 Information Center, there are three error logs associated with the rich
client. They are:
�
SystemOut.log -- Captures all output generated by the Workplace log program as well as the output
sent directly to System.out.
SystemErr.log -- Captures only output directed to System.err and consists mostly of stack traces.
�
.log -- Captures errors thrown by Eclipse.
�
These system log files are stored in the logs subdirectory of the user's workspace. For example, on Windows in
C:\Documents and Settings\<username>\IBM\RCP\<platform id>\<username>\logs. The Eclipse log file is stored in
the .metadata subdirectory of the user's workspace. For example, on Windows in C:\Documents and
Settings\<username>\IBM\RCP\<platform id>\<username>\.metadata.
Feature Filtering not working with Eclipse update manager
This issue applies to IBM Workplace features that have child features. If you have an update site that has an updated
version of an IBM Workplace feature, and an updated version of an associated child feature, and if you have your client
set up for a wizard update, when the Search Results panel appears, the "Filter features included in other features on
the list" checkbox does not work correctly.
File - Open on Calendar documents causes an error
File --> Open does not work for calendar entries in the side calendar. To open an entry, select it and press Enter
instead.
136
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Files remain in user home directory after client uninstallation
After uninstalling the IBM Workplace rich client, user data and automatically downloaded application components will
not be uninstalled from the workspace directory found in the user's home directory (Windows: C:\Documents and
Settings\<username>\IBM\..., Linux: /home/username/IBM...). Users may safely delete the workspace directory
after uninstalling, unless they wish to retain the data for later use.
Users who wish to retain data but not retain automatically provisioned applications may reclaim some hard drive space by deleting the "applications" subdirectory in the workspace.
Globalization issues
�
�
Regardless of what you set your date format to be in your OS, IBM Workplace will display the date in the Date
column in short format.
For Windows, in order to display GB18030 characters in IBM Workplace, for example in the subject and body of a
message, in the search field, the name of the document, you must change the font association in your registry or
change the default font of your appearance first, so IBM Workplace will use the proper font. Without changing your
configuration, IBM Workplace will try to render the GB18030 characters with the OS default font, which doesn't
support the characters.
How to make a shared application available offline
When another user has shared an application with you and the application is in your Application catalog, you may wish to go ahead and make the application available offline for future use. To make the application available offline, either select File > Open or right click the name of the application in the Application catalog and select Make Available Offline. Currently, the Make Available Offline option is not listed in any of the main menu options.
IBM Workplace appears unresponsive and CPU usage spikes
When you open an e-mail with a large number of recipients, the CPU usage can spike and IBM Workplace will appear unresponsive. The problem will disappear by itself, in a time frame in proportion to the number of e-mail recipients. The delay is approximately 10 seconds for 100 e-mail recipients.
IBM Workplace becomes unresponsive after the server goes down
When the IBM Workplace server goes down, the rich client will become unresponsive after some time. You should exit
IBM Workplace rich client and log in again after the server has been restarted successfully. You can check if a server is
online by entering its URL in a Web browser. If the server page does not appear, or shows an error, the server is still
unavailable.
A workaround to using the rich client when the server goes down is to work in offline mode (File -> Work Offline), and
continue working in the rich client offline until the server becomes available again. You may see a synchronization
error if your preferences are set to synchronize when you go offline, but you can clear the error message and continue
working offline.
If Network outage may need to remove workspace to provision
If you encounter a network outage during provisioning, the client may not display properly, or may not complete
provisioning. If the client displays with a grey perspective, exit the client and then relaunch the client. Wait 6 to 7
minutes; if you are not prompted to accept updates to the client you may need to manually reinitiate provisioning. To
do this, exit the client again. Then delete your
%WORKSPACE%\.metadata\.plugins\com.ibm.rcp.pagebuilder directory. Re-launch the client and
authenticate with the Workplace server when prompted. Proceed through the dialogs and continue with provisioning
the client. The client should display properly after reinitiating provisioning.
137
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
If problem provisioning may need to restart several times
If you experience an error provisioning the client, you may be prompted several times to restart for features to be
functional. If you see this message:
New features have been downloaded on to your system. To take advantage of the new features you need to restart
your client. Do you wish to restart now?
respond "Yes" to restart.
Instant Contacts -- reaching maximum number of contacts
Contact or contacts may appear in the Instant Contacts list when a user has reached the maximum number of
contacts allowed, but the new contact or contacts will not be saved. Users who receive the message below may see the
contact or contacts as being added but the contact or contacts will not be saved and will not appear in the list after
the user restarts.
The contact or contacts will not be saved to your Instant Contacts list because you have reached the maximum
number of contacts allowed. The maximum number of contacts is set by your system administrator.
Instant Contacts - Adding contacts and address book
When you add a contact to Instant Contacts via e-mail address, it is also added to the list of contacts in the Address
Book. However, sometimes the Address Book view is not automatically refreshed with the newly added contact. As a
result, if you try to add one of these contacts to the Address Book, you are unable to do so and the message "The
contact could not be saved successfully!" displays. Press F5 to refresh the list of contacts in the Address Book.
Instant Contacts - Selected group not displayed
When you right-click a group in Instant Contacts and click New contact, the first group that was added is always
selected, even if you select another group to which to add the new contact. For example, if your Instant Contacts list
has two groups, "Business" and "Personal" and you right-click the "Personal" group and choose New Contact, the
"Business" group is selected in the Add to Group drop-down list. To add the contact to a group other than "Business,"
you must select the group from the drop-down list.
Instant contacts - Two groups created
If you edit the name of a private group and then try to add an existing contact to that group, a duplicate group with
the same name is created and the user added to it.
Instant Contacts - "Work" group displays without creating it
Sometimes, a "Work" group will display in your Instant Contacts list, even though you haven't actually created such a
group. Right-click the "Work" group name to display the menu, and then click Delete to remove the group if you do not
want it.
138
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Instant Contacts list - How search works
There are some guidelines you should keep in mind when searching your Instant Contacts list for someone to chat with (for example, when you choose File -> New -> Chat or from the chat window, when you invite someone to join a chat):
�
Search using the full name or e-mail address as it appears in your Instant Contacts list, depending on how the
name was originally added. If it was added via a name search, enter the full name as it appears in your Instant
Contacts list. If it was added via an e-mail search, enter the full e-mail address.
�
Search using a partial name (for example, for the name Joseph Smith, enter "Joseph," not "Jo") works if the name
was originally added using the name search method and was not edited (it is not a nickname ).
�
Search using a wildcard (*) works if the name was originally added via an e-mail search. whether the name is a
nickname or not.
�
You cannot search for nicknames that were added to the Instant Contacts list using the name search method.
This does not work.
Instant Messaging - Chat Messages Preferences text truncated
You set chat message preferences by clicking File -> Preferences, the + beside Instant Messaging, and then Chat
Messages. Note that some text in the Preferences dialog box for chat preferences is cut off (truncated). Click and drag
the right side of the dialog box to resize it and display all the text.
Instant messaging - Reconnecting if network goes down
If you are working with instant messaging and you are disconnected from the network, for example, if a network cable
becomes disconnected or a server fails, a "Reconnect to Instant Messaging" button displays at the bottom of the
window. (It could take several minutes for this button to display.) In addition, the Instant Contacts list displays with all
users as offline, with no online status. To reconnect to instant messaging, click the "Reconnect to Instant Messaging"
button.
Instant Messaging - Status remains "available"
Under certain circumstances, for example, when your computer is in Standby or Hibernate mode, your status may still
appear as "available" on other users' computers, even when you are not available for a period of time (up to 6
minutes).
License agreement is truncated for some non-English languages
With some operating system configurations in some languages, the client installer and server-side client installer may
truncate the license agreement display by a few pixels under the scrollbar on the right side. In cases where this
makes the license difficult to read, the panel can be resized to change the line lengths, causing truncated words to
move to a different place in the panel and making it possible to read them.
Links does not function in Help
When selecting Help, Help Contents (or F1) there is a section called Links (located on the bottom left tab). Links is a Help feature that only works with Eclipse 3.0, it is not intended to work with the rich client in 2.5.
139
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Linux - Can't download client from provisioning server
After installing IBM Workplace rich client provisioning components on a server, the install and update components
may not work correctly, and / or Instant Messaging may not function correctly, because the plugin-cfg.xml file has not
been correctly regenerated (see httpRefreshErr.txt in the provisioning components install directory for confirmation).
To fix this, an administrator should cd to the WorkplaceServer bin directory (by default
/opt/WebSphere/WorkplaceServer/bin) and run lwpGenPluginCfg.sh.
Linux - People Finder/Links may not work in Rich client
On the Linux platform, if the browser window closes immediately after launching it, from a link, or from the People Finder, in the IBM Workplace client, do the following:
1. Exit the IBM Workplace client.
2. Delete the contents of the folder:
<your IBM Workplace Client software install directory>/Mozilla/plugins
3. Launch the IBM Workplace client. Using links or the People Finder should now work.
Linux - WEDM update; occasional problem restarting workbench
After a successful WEDM update, occasionally clicking 'Yes' in the "Update Check" dialog box that says "You will need to restart the workbench for the changes to take effect. Would you like to restart now?" does not result in the client being closed and restarted.
The workaround is to manually close and restart the client.
Linux issues
Mail Messages
�
When you edit a message on Linux, you will see two cursors. Only one of the cursors works.
Calendar
�
On Linux, if you open the pop-up date picker from either the side calendar or tabbed calendar and click the
current month or year, the date picker may close before you can select a new month or year. Use the left and
right arrows in the pop-up date picker to navigate to the new month or year instead.
�
On Linux, if you select a date with the tabbed calendar's date picker, there may be a delay before the tabbed
calendar refreshes to show the new date. This occurs if server performance is low.
�
On Linux, if you click an entry in either the side or tabbed calendar to preview it, the focus should remain on the
entry but it switches to the preview pane. To return focus to the entry, click the entry again.
Search
�
If you search for a word in a document using the Find feature (CTRL+F or Find), and the word is not found in the
document, you will not be prompted with a message when the search has completed. If the word cannot be found,
the Find dialog stays open.
Logoff/logon required after restarting stopped SSO service
Once you enable Single Sign-on (SSO) for rich client products, an SSO service runs on the operating system,
independent of the rich client. If you are running the rich client on a Windows operating system, the service is
registered as the rcpsl service in the Services window of the Administrative Tools application. If you are running the
rich client on a Linux operating system, the service runs as the rcpsso daemon. If you stop the service and restart it, a
logoff and logon to the operating system is required before SSO with the operating system works for the rich client.
For example, if you stop the service from the Services pane of the Administrative Tools application, then you start the
rich client, a log on is required as expected. If you then restart the service from this pane and start the rich client, you
are again asked for a password. You have to log off, then log back into the Windows operating system for SSO to be
initialized. The same is true if you are running the rich client on Linux. If you stop the SSO daemon using the ./rcpsso
stop command and restart it using ./rcpsso start, a logoff and logon to the operating system is required before the
restarted SSO service will work correctly.
140
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Mail issues
Following are the Mail issues in the current release:
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
Messages that you have in the Trash folder will appear in the All Messages folder in this release.
New links that you create in the Links section will appear in the All Messages folder in this release.
If you receive attachments in a mail message, the attachments will save with their original file names even if you
change the file names in the Save As dialog box. To change the file names of attachments when you save them,
save each attachment individually.
You may be prompted with the error message, "The message could not be sent successfully" for any, but not only,
these reasons:
�
If you try to send a message that is over your message size limit, you will be prompted with this error
message. The message you tried to send will be lost. Check what your mail limits are with your
administrator.
�
If you enter an address incorrectly in a message, you will be prompted with this error message. Double check
that you entered the address correctly.
�
If the mail address cannot be resolved successfully you will get a general error message in some cases. More
detailed information is currently missing.
When you change the Font and Size of selected text and then place your cursor on unchanged text, the Font and
Size selections in the toolbar for the unchanged text will reflect the changed text's Font and Size.
When in a message, if you click Folder --> Move To Folder and choose Junk Mail, the message will not move to
the Junk Mail folder.
You cannot drag and drop a message to the Junk Mail folder. To delete messages as junk mail, select the
messages, click the arrow beside Delete, and then click Delete as Junk Mail.
If you do not see the Hide button in Properties, or the Properties display appears corrupted, resize the Properties
window to see all of the controls.
If there are no messages selected in the Trash folder, the Empty Trash button is greyed out. To enable the Empty
Trash button, manually select the messages that you want to delete in your Trash folder.
If you open a message that does not contain a subject, the tab that opens to display the message appears blank.
There is only an X visible on the tab to close the tab.
If you change your default Mail Preferences (File --> Preferences --> Mail) to include or not to include message
history and attachments, you must restart IBM Workplace for the changes to take effect when replying to a
selected message in the Inbox. When replying to a message that is open, the Reply button changes according to
your preference.
There is a bug that is allowing you to move messages from the Outbox folder to other folders. You should only be
able move messages from the Outbox to the Trash folder, if you want to delete a message.
If you open a personal folder that you created, and then choose to delete the folder, the folder disappears in the
Messages section, but you will still be in the deleted folder. You will also still see the documents that were in the
folder. If you try to open one of the documents after you confirmed deletion, you will get an error. Click a different
folder to completely remove the folder and documents.
The action View --> Sort By --> Attachment does not work correctly and causes sorting to stop working. Do not
use this feature. If you do click View --> Sort By --> Attachment, you should restart IBM Workplace to correct the
sorting problem.
You may get an encryption error if you try to send an encrypted message to multiple users. This can occur if you
have spaces in between each person's address in the name list of the message. If the spaces are removed from
the name list, sending encrypted mail works correctly.
E-mail sent in MIME format from Lotus Notes is correctly interpreted when received and opened in IBM Workplace
-- Notes links, images, and attachments are active and available. E-mail sent in Notes Rich Text format from
Lotus Notes is converted to entirely plain text when received and opened in IBM Workplace -- Notes links are
replaced by placeholder strings. Images and attachments are also replaced by placeholder strings, but can be
accessed at the bottom of the e-mail.
If you create a new message, select that encryption is required in Properties, and then save that message as a
draft, the encryption setting will be lost when you open the draft message. You need to re-select that encryption is
required in Properties.
If you create a new message, select to include a digital signature in Properties, and then save that message as a
draft, the digital signature setting will be lost when you open the draft message. You need to re-select the digital
signature option in Properties.
To send an encrypted e-mail to a group, do not append the @domain name to the group name. Encryption will
not work.
We do not support archive and restore for this release.
Currently we have an interoperability issue with Lotus Notes. Messages with attachments sent from IBM
Workplace cannot be opened in Notes. The attachments are part of the message, but clicking on the inline link
will not open them.
141
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
�
�
�
�
�
Release Notes
The content of incoming MIME messages of the type "message/external" cannot be opened by IBM Workplace. The
body of that message will be empty and you will not be informed about the specific failure reason. The same
applies to messages of the type "image/jpg" and "image/gif".
If you click File --> Open in New Tab --> Outbox, the Outbox will not open in a new tab. To open the Outbox in a
new tab, right-click Outbox, and then click Open in New Tab.
When working in edit mode in the body of a new message or calendar entry, if you do not see the entire rich-client
toolbar, resize the panes of the calendar and the navigator to expose the rest of the toolbar icons.
Renaming a sub-folder that is nested within a parent folder is not working correctly. The parent folder will get
renamed instead of the sub-folder.
When using Typeahead to fill in a recipient's address in a new message, the following issues will happen:
�
If you enter a few characters that will be recognized by typeahead, typeahead fills in the first matching name.
If you press BACKSPACE to delete the entire suggested name, and you then use the first character that you
previously entered, typeahead fills in the first matching name again.
�
If you press BACKSPACE to delete the entire suggested name, press TAB to move to the next field (cc), and
then use the first character that you previously entered, typeahead fills in the first matching name again in
the To field.
Workaround: Select the entire suggested name and press BACKSPACE once.
Mail issues
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
Messages that you have in the Trash folder will appear in the All Messages folder. New links that you create in
the Links section will appear in the All Messages folder.
You cannot press Tab and go to the To, cc, and bcc buttons in a new message. Use the keyboard to choose the
Actions > Address command instead.
When using the typeahead feature to fill in a recipient's address in a new message, the following issues may
occur:
�
If you enter a few characters that will be recognized by typeahead, typeahead fills in the first matching name.
If you press Backspace to delete the entire suggested name and then use the first character that you
previously entered, typeahead fills in the first matching name again.
�
If you press Backspace to delete the entire suggested name, press Tab to move to the next field (cc), and
then use the first character that you previously entered, typeahead fills in the first matching name again in
the To field. Select the entire suggested name and press Backspace once instead.
If you enter multiple lines of text separated by carriage returns in the Subject field, only the first line will be sent.
You cannot select and forward more than one mail message at a time.
You may be prompted with the error message "The message could not be sent successfully" for reasons that
include the following:
�
If you try to send a message that is over your message size limit. The message you tried to send will be lost.
Check what your mail limits are with your administrator.
�
If you enter an address incorrectly in a message. Double-check that you entered the address correctly. If the
mail address cannot be resolved successfully you will get a general error message in some cases.
When you change the font and size of selected text and then place your cursor on unchanged text, the font and
size selections in the toolbar for the unchanged text will reflect the changed text's font and size.
When working in edit mode in the body of a new message or calendar entry, if you do not see the entire rich-client
toolbar, resize the panes of the calendar and the navigator to expose the rest of the toolbar icons.
You cannot copy and paste an image into a message. You must use the Import Image button in the message's
toolbar.
If you insert an image in a message, the message incorrectly displays an attachment icon (the paper clip icon) in
your Sent view.
If you press Esc while composing or editing a message, a save confirmation dialog box appears. If you press Esc
again, changes to the message will be lost.
When in a message, if you click Folder > Move To Folder and choose Junk Mail, the message will not move to the
Junk Mail folder.
You cannot drag and drop a message to the Junk Mail folder. To delete messages as junk mail, select the
messages, click the arrow beside Delete, and then click Delete as Junk Mail.
If you edit a message in your Drafts folder and save it, an error occurs if you try to reopen the message. To fix
this, go to your Inbox, go back to the Drafts folder, and then reopen the message.
You can move messages from the Outbox folder to other folders though you should not be able to. You should be
able to move messages from the Outbox to the Trash folder only (to delete a message).
If you click File > Open in New Tab > Outbox, the Outbox will not open in a new tab. To open the Outbox in a new
tab, right-click Outbox, and then click Open in New Tab.
142
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
Release Notes
If there are no messages selected in the Trash folder, the Empty Trash button is greyed out. To enable the Empty
Trash button, manually select the messages that you want to delete in your Trash folder.
If you open a message that does not contain a subject, the tab that opens to display the message appears blank.
There is only an X visible on the tab to close the tab.
If you change your default Mail Preferences (File > Preferences > Mail) to include or not to include message
history and attachments, you must restart the rich client for the changes to take effect when replying to a selected
message in the Inbox. When replying to a message that is open, the Reply button changes according to your
preference.
If you open a personal folder that you created, and then choose to delete the folder, the folder disappears in the
Messages section, but you will still be in the deleted folder. You will also still see the documents that were in the
folder. If you try to open one of the documents after you confirmed deletion, you will get an error. Click a different
folder to completely remove the folder and documents.
If you delete a mail folder and its contents but the folder and its contents remain visible, press F5 to refresh the
rich client.
Renaming a subfolder of a parent folder is not working correctly. The parent folder will get renamed instead of the
subfolder.
You cannot use Move to Folder to move a message to the Chats folder, but you can use drag and drop to do so.
If you add a contact to your instant contacts list from a mail message, only the Display name field of the contact
is populated. If you open the contact, you must specify an e-mail address, first name, or last name to continue.
If you do not see the Hide button in Properties, or the Properties display appears corrupted, resize the Properties
window to see all of the controls.
If you create a new message, select that encryption is required in Properties, and then save that message as a
draft, the encryption setting will be lost when you open the draft message. You need to re-select that encryption is
required in Properties.
If you create a new message, select to include a digital signature in Properties, and then save that message as a
draft, the digital signature setting will be lost when you open the draft message. You need to re-select the digital
signature option in Properties.
To send an encrypted e-mail to a group, do not append the @domain name to the group name. Encryption will
not work.
If you specify properties, such as Confirm delivery, for a message, send the message, and then open the message
in your Outbox, the specified properties do not appear but they will still take effect.
If you reply to a message that has the Digitally sign property enabled, this property will be enabled by default in
your reply. To disable it, click Properties above the message.
If you set the Encryption property in a message to If Possible and address the message to multiple people, the
message will not be encrypted unless all of the message recipients are trusted.
You may get an encryption error if you try to send an encrypted message to multiple users. This can occur if you
have spaces in between each person's address in the name list of the message. If the spaces are removed from
the name list, sending encrypted mail works correctly.
E-mail sent in MIME format from Lotus Notes is correctly interpreted when received and opened in the rich client
-- Notes links, images, and attachments are active and available. E-mail sent in Notes Rich Text format from
Lotus Notes is converted to entirely plain text when received and opened in the rich client -- Notes links are
replaced by placeholder strings. Images and attachments are also replaced by placeholder strings, but can be
accessed at the bottom of the e-mail.
The content of incoming MIME messages of the type "message/external" cannot be opened by the rich client. The
body of that message will be empty and you will not be informed about the specific failure reason. The same
applies to messages of the type "image/jpg" and "image/gif".
The display of Notes signatures in messages in the rich client is poor. However, if the HTML/Plain Text option is
selected in Notes, the display of Notes signatures is improved.
If you receive attachments in a mail message, the attachments will save with their original file names even if you
change the file names in the Save As dialog box. To change the file names of attachments when you save them,
save each attachment individually.
You cannot attach a file to a message by dragging and dropping the file into the message's body.
You cannot double-click an attachment to open. You must right-click the attachment and use the menu to open it.
Saving a message that contains one or more large attachments as a draft may cause the rich client to hang.
Sending a message that contains one or more large attachments may cause a delivery failure due to lack of
memory.
The action View > Sort By > Attachment does not work correctly and causes sorting to stop working. Do not use
this feature. If you do click View > Sort By > Attachment, you should restart IBM Workplace to correct the sorting
problem.
If Hebrew is the preferred language and a message is returned to the Outbox as a delivery failure due to an invalid
address, the Hebrew characters in the invalid address are replaced by question marks.
Depending on the preferred language, the reading order of parentheses may be incorrect and parentheses may be
displayed incorrectly in the subject and body of messages.
When you edit a message on Linux, you will see two cursors. Only one of the cursors works.
Archive and restore are not supported for this release.
143
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Meeting issues
�
�
�
�
�
�
If you create a meeting invitation and invite a group that you're a member of, you may receive the invitation as if
you're an invitee (rather than the meeting chair). To avoid creating duplicate entries on your calendar, delete the
meeting invitation and any notices about the meeting that you receive.
If you send notices about a meeting in rapid succession, they may appear out of order in the Inbox of invitees. For
example, if you send a meeting invitation and then immediately cancel the meeting, meeting invitees may receive
the cancellation notice before the original meeting invitation.
You cannot view meeting invitee status for members of a public group using View Invitee Status in the meeting
entry. Individual members of the group can respond to the invitation, but you must check individual invitation
responses you receive in your Inbox for status.
If an invitee accepts and then declines a meeting invitation and you use View Invitee Status to check status, the
invitee's status is not updated from accepted to declined.
If a meeting entry contains duplicate invitee names (for example, the same person listed in both the Required and
Optional fields), the duplicate names do not appear in the meeting entry at all when you preview the entry.
If you specify a meeting location with more than 1536 characters, it will be truncated to 1536 characters.
Must use standard /lwp context root on server for provisioning
You will not be able download and install the rich client from a server, unless you configure the server to use the standard /lwp context root.
Navigating with the keyboard Linux issues
Following are issues encountered when navigating with the keyboard in the rich client, using Linux:
�
For Linux users, if you press ENTER to select an item when navigating through the Navigator with the keyboard,
multiple items may get selected at the same time.
�
On Linux, you cannot navigate the Preferences dialog box by typing the first letter of section names. Use the
arrow keys instead.
Need to click twice after correcting invalid provisioning URL
If you enter an invalid URL during the initial provisioning in the "Provisioning server URL" field, you will receive an error
message, which is expected. If you then subsequently correct the URL and click 'Next', you will continue to get an
error message. You need to click 'Next' one more time to proceed with provisioning with the corrected URL.
Network outage during provisioning - recovery workaround
If you experience a network outage during provisioning your client may launch with a blank perspective. If your client
does not automatically provision missing features, after the outage is restored, you may need to perform the following
manual workaround to restart provisioning.
Exit the client and remove the %WORKSPACE%\.metadata\.plugins\com.ibm.rcp.pagebuilder directory and restart. This should force a reprovisioning.
No error message if no certificates are imported
When importing certificates from a file into the credential store using the client Security Preferences panel, the
algorithm works through all certificates found in the file, and for each certificate, if it is of the correct "type" for the
certificate page you are on, it will be imported, otherwise it will be skipped. A certificate is of the correct type if it is a
CA certificate and you are on one of the CA certificates pages, or if it is an end-user certificate and you are on the
"Other People's Certificates" page. If none of the certificates in the file are of the correct type, no certificates will be
imported, but no error message will be displayed.
144
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
No feedback given by the Troubleshooting Search Index Feature
If the user decides to use the Troubleshooting Search Index feature of the rich client, no feedback is given once the
rebuilding of the index is completed. To the user, the only indication that the rebuild process has completed is when
the Create Index dialog is no longer displayed on the screen.
No feedback to user during search when index is not created
When a user provisions (installs) the client for the first time, there is a delay before the local search index is created.
If the user attempts to execute a search before the search index is created, then no feedback is given to the user that
the index has yet to be created. Once the index is created, search will work normally.
No warning when downloading critical updates
Before downloading shared application updates from the server, the rich client sometimes does not warn you when
these updates affect the tables in the data definition of the application and can possibly alter the data in your local
copy. As a precaution, export your local copy of the application as a backup before you download the updates.
Occasional crash when closing WEDM client; restart client
Occasionally, a crash occurs when closing a WEDM client after a feature update. Immediately afterwards, the client
can be restarted and closed successfully.
Occasional display of blank Preference panes
Certain panes in the Preferences page can display blank. For example, if you select Preferences --> Security, expand
the Certificates tab, select Certification Authorities, and then select My Certificates, the My Certificates pane can
sometimes display without content. To correct this, resize the window and the content displays.
Occasional initial problem updating features in the WEDM client
Occasionally a WEDM update of a feature (with associated child features and plugins) will fail one time, and then
succeed a few minutes later. Running the client in debug mode indicates that this is casued by problems in the
network.
Offline Draft meetings need to be saved with out addresses
Users cannot edit a draft meeting while offline if the Invitee field does not contain a correct e-mail address.
Page not found / no response from rich client download link
When users click the "Download IBM Workplace rich client" link in the Downloads tab, and get no response or see a
"Page Not Found" error, it is likely the rich client provisioning components have not been installed on the server. To fix
this, an administrator should follow the Workplace InfoCenter instructions for running the installer found on the "IBM
Workplace Managed Client (Server Install)" CDs, to install the rich client provisioning components on the Workplace
server.
145
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
PC clocks must have same times before synchronization
In a recommended configuration, the Workplace server uses a remote DB2 server for data storage. In order for
synchronization between the IBM Workplace Managed Client and the Workplace server to work efficiently, and to avoid
data errors if there are edit conflicts when synchronizing, all PC clocks for all machines must be set to within 5
seconds of each other. Currently, synchronization conflict-resolution uses a "last saved wins" criteria: the last data
change to a record overwrites anything earlier.
If the client's clock is several minutes behind the Workplace server's clock, and an e-mail message is edited and saved
on both the client and server, the server change will always overwrite the client change during synchronization. In a
similar fashion, if the DB2 server clock is behind the Workplace server and Managed Client time, a client change will
be synchronized over a server change, even if the server change is later than the client.
Performance problems sending very large messages
Following are several performance issues around sending large messages:
�
Large email messages (including all attachments, in-line images, and text/rich text) of up to 20 MB sent from the
rich client will experience significant delays during processing to the Outbox, sending & receiving (synchronizing).
These delays may be on the order of minutes.
�
Sending extremely large email messages (20-30+ MB) from the rich client is not recommended. Doing so may
cause memory errors on the server, and the message may be lost.
�
The rich client on the Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) platform sometimes experiences memory errors when
attempting to send large email messages (approximately 20 MB). If this occurs, the message may be lost.
�
The IBM Workplace email server is configured with a maximum email message size that can be sent to or
received from an outside email server. Attempting to send an email message from the rich client which is larger
than these limits will appear to send the message, but it may be refused by the server, which may return an error
at a later time. Contact your server administrator to determine the email message size limits for email to
external servers.
Pop-up date Picker - Month/Year Navigation not working right
On Linux, if you open the pop-up date picker from either the side calendar or tabbed calendar, and click the current month or year, the date picker may close before you can select a new month or year.
Use the left and right arrows in the pop-up date picker to navigate to the new month/year, or hold the Mouse key and select.
Print Preview limitation with Web browser on Linux
The internal Web browser has a print preview limitation on Linux, as outlined below:
1. Launch the rich client.
2. Select Web browser and enter a URL; then select a document to read.
3. Select the down arrow just to the right of the Print action button, and select Print Preview.
The format in the Web browser changes to a print preview look (with a header and footer), however there is no UI
provided to allow the user to select 'Close' and change the format back to the original state. You need to either select
'Refresh' or press 'Print' to return to the original state.
Print queue does not show title of printed Calendar document
When you print a calendar entry, the print job will appear as "about:blank" in your printer's queue. This will not affect the print job.
146
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Problems getting WEDM updates because of unresolved PREREQS
If you are using WEDM provisioning and updates or provisioning is not occuring as expected on your client and you
see messages in your SystemError.log such as PREREQS COULD NOT BE RESOLVED - Primary Package is NOT
Registered as bundle in the database, you should contact you system administrator and have him reboot the PC that
is running your WEDM server. You should relaunch your client and try provisioning again.
Provision applications can fail if insufficient space or rights
If you attempt to provision applications to a disk that does not have sufficient diskpace or write access to provision
applications, you may get error messages such as these:
"An error occurred while trying to provision this client, please refere to the log file for more details."
"An error has occurred and could nto be logged; null"
In some cases, the client will launch with a blank perspective. In your log file you may also see errors such as "No
space left on the device".
To provision applications not including the platform, you need to have 300MB available without language pack, or
325MB with language packs.
Provisioning can fail without error due to disk space
Provisioning the rich client uses approximately 400 MB for English clients and 500 MB with language packs, not
including application data. If you attempt to provision the rich client on a workstation that does not have sufficient
disk space, the installation will either stop midway or complete, but launch a grey window only; no error message
indicating that provisioning did not complete successfully due to limited disk space is displayed.
Remove Invitee from Meeting; Cancellation address wrong
When removing an Invitee from a Meeting, the Cancellation notice will not be correctly addressed; the notice in your
out box will show it as being From/To the chair, but the notice will be sent to the correct person.
Repeating Doc can be modified if only saved
When creating an all-day event, and expanding the Repeat "twisty" (which makes it a repeating all-day event), clicking the 'Save' button, as opposed to the 'Save and Close' button, allows you to still modify the repeating cycle. In fact, this modification should not be allowed.
Reply using chat not available in saved chat transcript
When you open a saved chat transcript, Reply --> Reply Using Chat is not available from the Actions menu. Instead, click the Reply button at the top of the open chat transcript.
Rich client install problems when path contains Unicode
Under some circumstances, the IBM Workplace client installer will not work correctly when installing to a path that
uses Unicode characters (including Cyrillic and Asian character sets). This is a symptom of an InstallShield
Multi-Platform limitation that has been escalated to InstallShield for a fix.
As a workaround, use an ASCII-only install path until the problem is resolved.
147
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
RTL layout not rendered despite locale setting
The rich client products do not correctly display the text of languages requiring a right-to-left (RTL) layout based on
the locale setting of the client machine. To specify a RTL layout, go to the Window -> Preferences -> Regional Settings
pane and change the Preferred Language setting to "Arabic" or "Hebrew." You must restart the client to see the
change.
Alternatively, you can append the -dir rtl parameter (ensuring that the rtl flag is lower case) to the command that
starts up the rich client. On Windows, edit the Target field of the desktop shortcut, by appending a space, then -dir rtl
to the richclient.exe command. On Linux, append the -dir rtl parameter to the command that starts the richclient in
the richclient.sh file stored in the rcp directory.
Search field won't take Unicode keyboard combination
The "Search for" field in the rich client will not take Unicode characters entered by using the Unicode keystroke
combination. For example, the user will not be able to enter 'ALT+0212' and expect to see the appropriate character
displayed. Unicode characters may be entered using Copy & Paste.
Shared applications unexpectedly become local only
If you notice that a shared application unexpectedly becomes local only, most likely the server copy became corrupted
and was deleted from the server. If an error occurs while refreshing the data on the server, the server automatically
deletes the application so the corrupted data does not get passed to other users. In this case, the application will
need to be shared again.
Side bar will not work after maximizing the current tab
The side bar will disappear until you restart the client again. This happens after you maximize the current tab (on
Windows and Linux).
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install and provision rich client
Launch rich client
Create a new mail message
Double click on the message tab to expand the message this will hide the search and side bar.
Double click on the new message tab and the search bar will appear however the side bar is still collapsed.
You can not expand the side bar with the toggle switch or via the menu (View. Show. Side bar). You have to
restart the client for the side bar to reappear again.
This will also occur when using the View, Maximize Current Tab instead of double clicking on the new message tab.
Workaround
You have to restart the client for the side bar to reappear again.
Silent install may fail on i5/OS
Installation of the rich client on i5/OS will fail if you are using the silent install method, and have not run the
lwpGenPluginCfg.sh script ahead of time. For instructions on running this script, see the release note "i5/OS users
must run lwpGenPluginCfg.sh script before install."
Sorting in Preferences different in non-English version
Some alphabetic sorting in Preferences is not working correctly in non-English versions of IBM Workplace.
148
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Spell checker issues
When you select a single word to spell check, the spell checker will check the selected word and then continue to
check the entire document.
The spell checker in this release does not allow you to change to a different dictionary. Therefore, Step 4 in the topic
"Spell checking" is not correct. You cannot check spelling using a different dictionary.
When using the Spell Checker, Ignore All does not ignore all instances of a misspelled word. The misspelled word will
still get flagged as incorrect as you continue checking the document.
Spell checker issues
When you select a single word to spell check, the spell checker will check the selected word and then continue to
check the entire document.
When using the Spell Checker, Ignore All does not ignore all instances of a misspelled word. The misspelled word will
still get flagged as incorrect as you continue checking the document.
Spell checker languages
This release includes spell checker dictionaries for the following locales.
User locale
Czech
Danish
Dutch
English
English (Australia)
English (United Kingdom)
English (US)
Finnish
French
French (Canada)
German (Switzerland)
German
Greek
Hungarian
Italian
Norwegian
Norwegian (Nynorsk)
Polish
Portuguese
Portuguese (Brazil)
Russian
Spanish
Swedish
Turkish
Locale code
Dictionary
cs
czech.dic
da
dansk.dic
nl
nederlnd.dic
en
us.dic
en_AU
aus.dic
en_GB
uk.dic
en_US
us.dic
fi
suomi.dic
fr
francais.dic
fr_CA
canadien.dic
de_CH
dschweiz.dic
de
deutsch.dic
el
hellas.dic
hu
magyar.dic
it
italiano.dic
no
norbok.dic
no_NY
nornyn.dic
pl
polska.dic
pt
portugal.dic
pt_BR
brasil.dic
ru
russian.dic
es
espana.dic
sv
svensk.dic
tr
turkiye.dic
System Admin account has 'Manager' access by default
When giving users access control to shared database applications, you may notice that when you assign the user
access role to the System Admin account such as wpsadmin, the System Admin may actually have edit rights that are
available only to users with 'Manager' or 'Designer' access. This is because the System Admin account has 'Manager'
rights to the system by default.
149
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Tab name is the same for Learning and Web conferences
When you select 'Web Conferences' or 'Learning' from the Switcher bar on the left of the Rich Client, a tab name will be
added to the Windows menu. Selecting 'Web Conferences' will result in a duplicate name on the Windows menu. This
will also happen when selecting 'Learning'.
Temporary files can be deleted after installing rich client
After downloading and installing the IBM Workplace rich client from the IBM Workplace server, it is safe to remove the
temporary files that are placed in the user's home directory under wctpinstall-temp.*. These files are only used
during client installation. If users have installed the rich client many times, this can free up appreciable amounts of
space on the workstation.
Transition EUM provisioned client to WEDM with updates
If your Administrator transitions your WP 2.5 server from EUM to WEDM and modifies your policy such that you have
additional features available, when you restart your client, you may lose functionality until all new features have been
downloaded. When you receive the following message, click "Yes":
"New features have been downloaded on to your system. To take advantage of the new features you need to
restart your client. Do you wish to restart now?"
You may have to restart your client several times, after waiting for the restart message, before full functionality is
available.
Update from 2.01 to 2.5 on Linux creates empty directory
After a 2.0.1 client has been updated to 2.5, an empty directory called c:\ db2\data\temp is created in the user's
home directory.
Update silently installs unsigned features without warning
With the Update Silently option enabled, unsigned features will be installed/updated without a warning.
Update wizard screens are not translated into Hebrew
If Update/Install -> Automatic Updates Preferences is set to "Update using a wizard" and updates are available, the
screens for the update wizard are not translated into Hebrew. The workaround is to set the Update/Install ->
Automatic Updates Preferences to "Update silently".
Upgrade issue: People Finder preference needs to be reset
Rich-client users who upgrade from 2.01 to 2.5 will not be able to use the People Finder search (default in the search
dropdown) until they edit a property in their preferences.
Workaround
Select Preferences > login > Edit the Portal URL by turning off MyStuff and clicking OK
150
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Use fully qualified server name for provisioning URL
After downloading and installing the rich client, you will be prompted for a provisioning server URL. Be sure to use the
fully-qualified server name and not the short name in this field, otherwise you will receive the error: "Failed to retrieve
configuration file - check the provisioning URL to be sure it is valid".
User cannot simultaneously change the local and update features
The user should always do an update check prior to switching locales. This can be done by setting the update period
to 0 days, restarting and then waiting until the check has been performed (this could take a few minutes). If updates
are available, the user should install them prior to stopping and restarting to do a locale-switch.
User must login in online mode in order to upgrade
When upgrading a Rich Client from 2.01 to 2.5, if a user logs into the new 2.5 server for the first time in OFFLINE
MODE, the initial provisioning of the platform bundles is fine but, on restart, the login status remains in OFFLINE
mode and, unless changed by the user, the provisioning will be skipped and the client will open with a completely
blank perspective (no apps).
If the user closes the "blank client" and performs the login in ONLINE mode, the upgrade will continue to provision,
migrate databases, etc.
User not warned during install of an unsigned nested feature
If one feature requires another feature, the other feature is considered to be nested. When the parent feature is
installed, the nested feature will be installed automatically. If the nested feature is unsigned, there will be no warning
presented to the user.
Web conferences - Screen share problems
If you access Web conferencing through the IBM (R) Workplace (TM) rich client Teamspace calendar and, as a
presenter, try to share your screen, you will be unable to do so. Instead, you will see a message saying that your
browser does not support screen share, and that it must be using an up-to-date Java Virtual Machine.
In order to share your screen in a Web conference you need to have a separate (external) browser window open. Click
Start --> Programs and open your browser. Note that your browser must also be running Sun Java 1.4 Virtual
Machine (Sun plug-in version of Java Virtual Machine (JVM) 1.4.2 and Microsoft Internal Explorer 6.0 with Service
Pack 1, Mozilla 1.4, or Firefox 1.0.
Web conferences and Learning - Launching from Switcher bar
By default, Web conferences and Learning are not accessible and do not display in the Switcher bar. If you want to
make these applications available to your users, follow these steps:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Exit the rich client.
Log on to a Workplace server as an administrator.
Click Administration at the top of the page.
Click the "Portal User Interface" tab.
Click "Manage Pages."
Scroll the list of pages and select "WorkplaceRCPPages."
In the list of pages, select "Web Conferences".
151
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Release Notes
Click the edit icon. (A popup displays "Edit Page Properties" when you hover over this icon.)
Click the + to show the Advanced options.
Check "rcpml" in the section entitled "This page supports (at least one must be selected)."
Click OK button to save changes.
To display Learning in the Switcher bar, select "Learning" in Step 7 and then repeat steps 8-11.
Relaunch rich client.
Note that when you click Web conferences in the Switcher bar, the Web conference opens in a separate (external)
browser window. If you close this browser window, click Launch in the rich client to re-open the Web conferences list.
Learning also opens in a separate browser window when launched from the Switcher bar. Both applications will
launch using your default web browser (Internet Explorer or Mozilla). Firefox is not supported at this time in this
manner.
WEDM provisioning will not work in an SSL environment
If your provisioning environment is configured to use SSL and WEDM, provisioning will not work. If you choose to use
WEDM provisioning, you cannot use an SSL configuration.
IBM Workplace Messaging issues
'Forward' message option incorrectly populates To field
In the IBM Workplace rich client, a problem currently exists with the "Forward" option for messaging. When a new "Forward" message is composed, it currently populates the 'To' field with an address. This field should be blank.
To workaround this, simply delete the pre-populated address from the 'To' field and replace it with the address that you wish to use.
Address book cache issues
�
�
�
�
�
�
If you create a new contact in your address book, use Directory Search, and select someone that's already in your
address book, an error occurs.
If you try to save a contact with an e-mail address that is the same as an existing contact's address, the save fails
and an empty contact is created instead.
If you edit a contact in your address book that was originally created in your Instant Contacts list and then try to
remove the contact from its Instant Contacts group, an error occurs.
If you remove a contact from your address book that was originally created in your Instant Contacts list, create a
new contact in your address book, and use Directory Search to select the previously removed person, an error
occurs.
If you delete a contact from a group, the contact may not appear to be deleted immediately. If you close and
reopen the group, the contact will be deleted.
Due to an address book cache problem, saving a contact may result in missing information. Disable the cache by
adding the setting people.PAB.cache.enabled=false to the workplace.properties file, saving
the file, and restarting the Workplace server.
Bad mail address produces 'Person exists outside search bases'
In some circumstances logging in as a person with a bad mail address may produce a message like: 'User cn=person,o=yourOrganization cannot have an account. Their person record exists outside LDAP search bases configured for WMM'.
If this message is received, in addition to validating the LDAP search bases for WMM, also check that the email address is valid and doesn't contain any unusual characters like backslash '\'.
152
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Calendar issues
�
�
�
�
�
Incorrect server time causes calendar entry rendering problems. Make sure the time of the server's clock is set
correctly to avoid potential problems.
Using Internet Explorer 5.5, the personal and team calendars may appear broken when you open them. Use a
later version of the browser or download the latest version of the MSXML parser.
If you log on as an administrator and open the Calendar Preferences page, the Cancel button on the page may
not work. Click the page's Close icon instead.
Using Mozilla 1.4, if you minimize the calendar and then maximize it, an error message appears. To redisplay the
calendar, click the Today is link or use the View field to change the view.
Using Mozilla 1.4, if you press the Up and Down arrow keys to change the selection in the Entry type field on a
calendar entry, you must press Enter after you highlight the entry type you want to complete the selection.
ConnectionIOTimeout may need to be tuned for the network
If the SystemOut.log contains error messages like the following, then the ConnectionIOTimeout needs to be tuned for
the network. The default value is 5 seconds but values from 10-60 seconds are considered reasonable. See
http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/wasinfo/index.jsp?topic=/com.ibm.websphere.nd.doc/info/ae/ae/xrun_tra
nsport.html on how to set the value.
[2/16/05 13:01:49:514 GMT] 8b471dd SRTServletReq E SRVE0120E: IO Error java.io.InterruptedIOException: Read timed out
at java.net.SocketInputStream.socketRead(Native Method)
at java.net.SocketInputStream.read(SocketInputStream.java(Compiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.io.Stream.read(Stream.java(Compiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.io.ReadStream.read(ReadStream.java(Compiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.http.ContentLengthInputStream.read(ContentLengthInputStream.java(Co
mpiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.io.ReadStream.read(ReadStream.java(Compiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.http.HttpConnection.read(HttpConnection.java(Compiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.srp.SRPConnection.read(SRPConnection.java(Compiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.srt.SRTInputStream.read(SRTInputStream.java(Compiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.srt.http.HttpInputStream.read(HttpInputStream.java(Com
piled Code))
at java.io.InputStream.read(InputStream.java(Inlined Compiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.srt.SRTServletRequest.finish(SRTServletRequest.java(Co
mpiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.srt.SRTConnectionContext.finishConnection(SRTConnectio
nContext.java(Compiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.srt.WebAppInvoker.doForward(WebAppInvoker.java(Compile
d Code))
at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.srt.WebAppInvoker.handleInvocationHook(WebAppInvoker.j
ava(Compiled Code))
153
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.cache.invocation.CachedInvocation.handleInvocation(Cac
hedInvocation.java(Compiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.srp.ServletRequestProcessor.dispatchByURI(ServletReque
stProcessor.java(Compiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.oselistener.OSEListenerDispatcher.service(OSEListener.
java(Compiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.webcontainer.http.HttpConnection.handleRequest(HttpConnection.java(
Compiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.http.HttpConnection.readAndHandleRequest(HttpConnection.java(Compil
ed Code))
at com.ibm.ws.http.HttpConnection.run(HttpConnection.java(Compiled Code))
at com.ibm.ws.util.ThreadPool$Worker.run(ThreadPool.java(Compiled Code))
End Date/Time fields not always reset properly
The End Date and End Time fields in a calendar meeting form are not always reset properly when the start date and
start time fields are changed.
Reset the End fields manually when resetting a Start Date or Start Time.
Extraneous "?" displayed at the end of some messages
Some messages will display with an extraneous "?" at the end. Below are example scenarios where this can happen.
There may be more.
Under Mozilla:
�
Compose a message using RTE. Add several lines of text.
�
Switch from RTE to plain text.
�
An extraneous "?" will de displayed at the end of the message.
Under IE:
�
Messages that come into the system directly from SMTP will display the extraneous "?".
There is currently no workaround for this problem.
Folder created on back end won't show up immediately in UI
A mail folder created by a backend process won't show up immediately in the LWM user interface. The folder cache is
time-to-live, which means that cache entries are refreshed within a certain period of time; currently, the refresh
interval is set to one hour. It will take at most one hour for a folder created on the back end to appear in the front end
user interface.
Hit 'F5' to refresh whenever you delete a Calendar Event
When you create a new calendar event, and then use the Context menu to delete it, you must then press the 'F5' key to
force the Calendar to refresh itself, otherwise it will still be visible and may cause problems.
154
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
How to correct a 'bad mail domain' error
Users are allowed to enter their own mail addresses on the Workplace Sign Up page. If they add an incorrect mail
domain to this address, accessing the Mail or Calendar portlets will result in an error page stating "user does not have
a local mail domain". To correct this situation, user should
�
�
�
�
Click 'Edit My Profile' in the upper right-hand menu
Fix the mail address with correct domain
Click Continue till user ends up back in the error page
Then LOGOUT
Subsequent login will register the correct mail address.
Import of some calendar entries causes parser exception
A calendar entry that contains multiple lines of text may cause a parser exception when the calendar entry is imported
with the user's mail store.
Incorrect message when removing a contact from the address book
If you edit a contact in your instant contacts list, click Remove to remove the contact from your address book, and
save the contact, a message that says the contact has been added to your address book appears. In this case, you can
ignore the message; it is incorrect and the contact is removed from the address book.
Log messages may be in mixed languages
In some locales, IBM system messages should appear in one language while the application actually displays the
native language. With IBM Workplace log messages, you will see a mix of WebSphere Application Server messages in
English and IBM Workplace Messaging localized in your local language.
Mail issues
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
The Welcome message may not be the first to appear in a user's Inbox. If there are messages waiting to be
delivered before a user's account is provisioned, the messages will appear before the Welcome message in the
user's Inbox.
If you specify a name with non-ASCII characters that's not in your organization's directory in the To field of a
message and save the message as a draft, the To column of the Drafts folder displays question marks in place of
the name. In this case, the name is displayed incorrectly, but the name is not lost.
You cannot rename a mail folder with a name that contains DBCS characters if either a parent folder or a child
folder has the same name.
For mail accounts migrated from IBM Workplace Messaging 1.0, migrated messages do not display the sender's
name in mailbox folders (such as the Inbox) but do display the sender's name when the individual messages are
opened.
For those who use both the rich client and the portal client for IBM Workplace Messaging, if you use the rich
client offline and create mail folders, use the rich client online and replicate the folders, and then open your mail
using the portal client, the new folders do not appear immediately. The new folders will appear eventually
depending on how the portal server is configured.
If you're viewing a message and move the message to a folder, and then move the message to a different folder,
the confirmation message that appears displays the first folder name. The message is moved to the second
folder, so you can ignore the incorrect confirmation message.
If you log on as an administrator and open the Mail Preferences page, the Cancel button on the page may not
work. Click the page's Close icon instead.
The order that recipients are entered in the To, cc, or bcc fields of a message may be changed when the message
is sent.
If you use Mozilla or Firefox, right-clicking an attachment and selecting Save Link As causes an error.
155
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Managed Client status displayed using Sametime in Notes plugin
When using the Notes plugin and Sametime, you still may see the IBM Workplace Managed Client IM status for the authenticated Managed Client IM user.
Workaround
Maximize the Notes plugin and the IBM Workplace Managed Client IM status icon and message text is no longer displayed.
Managing the user preference cache for the mail portlet
To improve portlet performance, you can manage the cache that contains user preference information normally stored
in the WebSphere Member Manager (WMM) lookaside database. The cache contains information about the user
signature settings, whether to use plain or rich text for mail content, and spam filter settings.
Caching user preferences improves overall mail portlet performance. There is one cache for preferences for all users.
The default cache size is 100,000 bytes and the cached data persists by default for one hour before data is refreshed
from WMM. These values can be changed by editing the mail portlet's configuration.
To change the cache size and how long the cached data exists before it is refreshed, perform the following steps:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Log in to IBM Workplace as an administrative user.
Click Administration --> Portlets --> Manage portlets.
Find the Workplace mail portlet (wps.Mail) in the portlet list.
Click Modify Parameters.
At the bottom of the Parameter and Value columns, type PrefCacheSize in the Parameter column to increase the
size of the cache.
In the Value column, enter a value in bytes larger than 100,000
Click Add.
At the bottom of the Parameter and Value columns, type PrefCacheTimeToLive in the Parameter column to set how long the cached data should exist before the cache is refreshed. In the Value column, enter a value in seconds. The default is 3600 seconds (one hour). Increasing the number of
seconds keeps the cache values alive longer which should keep performance higher for longer. The disadvantage
to caching values is that the cached values in the Web client could be out of synchronization with values in the
rich client.
Click Add. New values take effect the next time a user changes and saves their preferences, removing all
previously cached values.
Note: Size and time and changed independently.
Maximum SMTP connections is off by -1
With the Maximum Inbound SMTP connections set to 10, the server should accept 10 connections, and refuse any subsequent connections until one of the existing connections terminates. Currently, the server accepts only 9 connections ( 0 through 8). Note that when connections 0 and 1 terminate, connections 9 and 10 are accepted. Meeting issues
�
�
�
If you edit all instances of a repeating meeting, change the start date of the series, and then edit all instances of
the meeting again, the old start date of the series is displayed instead of the new start date you specified.
If a meeting invitee sends a response to a meeting invitation after you remove the invitee from the meeting, and
you click Change Invitees in the meeting entry, the invitee's name and status are displayed in the FYI section.
If a user creates a repeating meeting, cancels a particular instance of the repeating meeting, and then attempts
to modify all instances of the repeating meeting, the invitee will see the following error when attempting to accept
the modified meeting: "Error occurred while processing the request. CLHAA0078E: Error storing event instances."
Instead of modifying all occurrences of the repeating meeting after one instance has been cancelled, the meeting
chair should create a new repeating meeting.
156
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Message attachment issues
�
�
�
�
You cannot open an attachment with a space in its file name.
You cannot view an attachment with a . (period) in its file name (for example, "my.results.doc"). Note that this
does not refer to the period separating the file name from the file extension.
Using Internet Explorer, you cannot view an attachment with a DBCS file name.
You cannot view a Chinese or Korean .ppt attachment unless the appropriate Chinese or Korean fonts (for
example, Gulim 12pt and 16pt) are installed on the Messaging server.
Messages not relayed to list members if members not in LDAP
You cannot use a local mail list group and include addresses that are external to the local domain. Doing so will produce Failure Delivery Status Notifications. Although the messages aren't being relayed as they should be, the sender will receive a notification that the recipient has not received the message.
You can specify a mail list group that is external to the local LDAP directory and specify external addresses.This issue
only affects external addresses included in a local mail list group
Messaging may fail if additional Mail Cells are created
Typically, you add mail cells to your mail routing scheme:
�
�
When there are two or more Workplace Messaging mail cells in the same mail domain.
When there is a non-Workplace Messaging mail system in the same mail domain as Workplace Messaging
and you want Workplace Messaging to route mail to users on the other mail system.
However, when an additional mail cell is created, Workplace Messaging tasks such as automatic account creation and
mail routing may fail. Use the following workaround only if you are defining additional mail cells in the WebSphere
Administrative Console.
1. Stop Mail_Server_1.
2. In the WebSphere Administrative Console, click Lotus Workplace > Directories, then under General Properties, click Mail Cells, then click New to add a mail cell.
3. For Mail Cell Name, type a name for the mail cell. For example, "Domino1" for IBM Lotus Notes users, or "Exchange1" for Microsoft Exchange users. 4. For SMTP Address, type the fully-qualified domain name of the cell’s SMTP inbound server, for example, boston.acme.com. 5. For Membership filter, type the LDAP syntax to use when searching for users and groups in the mail cell. The filter must exactly match all members of the cell and use any if the person attributes in WebSphere Member Manager, such as organizational attribute, cell attribute, group membership, or some other attribute. 6. Click OK.
7. Repeat the previous steps, adding the local mail cell's mail cell name, SMTP address, and membership filter. The
local mail cell definition is not necessary unless another mail cell is defined.
8. Start Mail_Server_1.
157
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
9. Check the log file in <was_root>\logs\Mail_Server_1\SystemOut.log. If mta.cell.local=null, then Workplace Messaging is unable to detect its local cell name. [3/22/05 14:49:22:359 EST] 33e5b02d SystemOut
=================================================
[3/22/05 14:49:22:359 EST] 33e5b02d SystemOut
[3/22/05 14:49:22:359 EST] 33e5b02d SystemOut
=================================================
[3/22/05 14:49:22:359 EST] 33e5b02d SystemOut
mta.receiver.initialstate=started
[3/22/05 14:49:22:359 EST] 33e5b02d SystemOut
mta.receiver.enabled=true
[3/22/05 14:49:22:359 EST] 33e5b02d SystemOut
mta.handler.initialstate=started
[3/22/05 14:49:22:359 EST] 33e5b02d SystemOut
mta.handler.enabled=true
[3/22/05 14:49:22:359 EST] 33e5b02d SystemOut
mta.deliverer.initialstate=started
[3/22/05 14:49:22:359 EST] 33e5b02d SystemOut
mta.deliverer.enabled=true
[3/22/05 14:49:22:359 EST] 33e5b02d SystemOut
[3/22/05 14:49:22:359 EST] 33e5b02d SystemOut
[3/22/05 14:49:22:359 EST] 33e5b02d SystemOut
[3/22/05 14:49:22:359 EST] 33e5b02d SystemOut
O O MTA configuration
O O O O O O O O
O
O
O
mta.last.chance=
mta.cell.map=null
mta.cell.local=null
smtp.received.max=15
10. To manually add the local cell name, edit the cell level messaging.xml file in
<was_root>\config\cells\<cellname>\messaging.xml
11. Using a text editor, change the second line that starts with:
<nagano:LotusMail xmi:version="2.0" xmlns:xmi="http://www.omg.org/XML" and change the end of the line from :
to:
deletionStubRetention="90">
deletionStubRetention="90" cellName="yourcellname">
where yourcellname is the name of your cell. This cell name must match the name of the mail cell definition
you created for the local mail cell in the WebSphere Administrative Console.
12. Save the file and restart Mail_Server_1.
Migrating Domino accounts to IBM Workplace Messaging
When migrating Domino accounts to IBM Workplace Messaging, those messages that exist only in views (Drafts, Sent,
Trash, and All Documents), and not in folders in Domino, will not be migrated into IBM Workplace Messaging. Views
in the Domino mail file are not folders that are visible through IMAP.
A message in a Domino mail file is usually in a folder, and therefore shows up in the All Messages view, which lists all
the messages in the file. However, there are some cases where a message does not belong to any folder, and can be
located only through the All Documents view. Such messages will not be migrated because IMAP does not recognize
Domino's views as folders; only those messages in the folders will be migrated.
158
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Migrating legacy mail accounts to IBM Workplace Messaging
Migrate command returns this message to indicate a successful run:
CLHAB0010I: Successfully migrated user: XXXXX
However, this message is returned even when there are some messages which failed to migrate successfully. To
identify the failed message(s), check the log file and look for the following:
CLHAB0170W: This message will not be migrated. Source Folder: XXXXX
Mobile client: seems like e-mail is deleted randomly
Users may notice that some recently synchronized e-mail is being automatically removed from their inbox. There are
two options in the mail synchronization preferences (Tools -> Preferences -> Synchronization -> Mail) which, if set a
certain way, can cause this issue.
It is possible for the user to set the option "Do not sync messages older than" to a number higher than the option
"Remove messages from the device older than." In this case, some messages synchronized in compliance with the
first setting will be removed at the next synchronization to comply with the second.
To resolve the problem, set "Remove messages from the device older than" to the same or a higher number than "Do
not sync messages older than."
No localization support for Lmadmin commands
Lmadmin scripting commands are in English only.
NotesMail - Config info not defaulted into Mail Preferences
The Mail Server values set in Config Mode are not carried over to the User's mail preferences. Portlet Users must type
in their own mail server information in their portlet Mail Preferences.
Provisioning a user when sending a mail message
Sending mail to a messaging user that has not been provisioned can have inconsistent results when simultaneous
messages are sent to the same user. If UserA and UserB both send a mail message to UserC (who is not provisioned
in the system) at the same time, one of the messages may get lost. UserC will be provisioned however, and the
sending User will get a Mail Message rejected notice.
Restricting users from sending mail to groups does not work
You cannot restrict users from sending mail to groups.
In the WebSphere Administrative Console, clicking Lotus Workplace --> Directories --> Directory settings for
Messaging, then under the option Search and delivery restrictions, you can normally choose "Users and groups" or
"Users only". Selecting "Users only" neither restricts users from picking groups using the name picker, nor does it
prevent users from sending mail to groups.
159
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Rich client does not handle signed and encrypted messages
There are two ways to sign a mail message:
�
�
Append the digital signature as an attachment
Encode the content of the mail.
By default, user policies uses the first method and the end user is not able to change this setting. However, when a
mail message is encrypted and signed, the entire contents of the message must be encoded. When this happens,
mail content is unreadable by the recipient.
Same mail address for a person and a group
The system currently doesn't detect if a person and a group have the same mail address. In such a case, the mail will
be delivered to the person. It is expected that the LDAP administrator will ensure that mail addresses are unique.
Searching indexing lag time and troubleshooting
Search index : Mail documents are indexed over the course of each hour at intervals governed by a set of internal
rules. User's may observe some latency between the time a mail document reaches their inbox and the time it is
actually searchable. This is normal. Should a user find that documents have not been indexed at all after a
significant period of time, then they may use the "Troubleshooting search index" feature to rebuild their index all at
once.
Note however that doing so with large amounts of data will result in the client appearing to be non-responsive while
the documents are processed. This too is normal.
The "Troubleshooting search index" feature is only available from the Tools menu when a search has been executed.
Some Lmadmin commands do not work with Cloudscape and port 8882
The following Lmadmin commands do not work on port 8882 (Mail_Server_1) when using Cloudscape as the RDMS.
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
ListAccounts
CreateAccount
DeleteAccount
UpdateAccount
Export/Import
Restore
Migrate
Use port 8881 (Portal_Server) for to run account-related commands. For all other Lmadmin commands, use port 8882. Spell checker issues
�
�
�
In this release, the cancel function is not available from the spell checker dialog boxes.
Depending on the current portal theme, the browser window may close unexpectedly when you click OK in the No
spelling errors found dialog box. This does not occur when the Home portal theme is used.
In the main spell checker dialog box, text in the Dictionaries field may not appear in the correct language. This
occurs if the user's preferred language is set in the browser but not in the LDAP directory. To set it in the LDAP
directory, change the preferred language in the user's profile.
160
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Suspending a rich client mail account does not work
When you edit a user policy to disable mail, calendar, and the personal address book for a rich client user, then
enable mail for the user through the user policy, the user will not be able to use mail.
Workaround: Delete the user's mail account, then create a new account for the user.
Deleting a user account
1. Remove the local e-mail address from the user's person record in the LDAP directory.
2. From the WebSphere Administrative Console, click Lotus Workplace --> Directories, then under General
Properties, click Directory Settings for Messaging.
3. Select the option, "Delete orphaned accounts automatically" to have IBM Workplace delete mail accounts
marked for deletion.
4. Click OK.
5. Restart the WebSphere Application Server.
Creating a user account
IBM Workplace Messaging can automatically create mail accounts for users listed in the LDAP directory. The LDAP
directory must be configured to map person record attributes to WebSphere Member Manager. IBM Workplace
Messaging creates a new mail account automatically the first time a user logs in or when mail is first delivered to the
account.
1. Ensure that all users who need an account are listed in the LDAP directory.
2. If you have not specified a local domain in the WebSphere Administrative Console, click Lotus Workplace >
Mail Cell-Wide Settings to specify domains that are considered local.
3. Ensure that each person record in LDAP contains an e-mail address. The mail domain in the e-mail address
must match a local domain specified in Step 2. User e-mail addresses must use the mail or mail alias
attribute in the person record.
4. In the WebSphere Administrative Console, click Lotus Workplace --> Users --> Manage User Policies.
5. If you have not specified how users are assigned to user policies, click the Policy Assignment button to
choose the DN scope matching method or policy attribute method.
6. Click New to create a new user policy or click the name of an existing policy. If you do not create a new user
policy or specify an existing policy, users are assigned to the Default User Policy.
7. If you are creating a new policy, enter a policy name in the "User policy name" field.
8. In the field "Scope of user policy", enter a unique scope in distinguished name format only if you use DN
scope matching,. For example, to assign all members of the sales organization to the same policy, enter a
DN scope such as "ou=Sales, ou=Boston, o=Acme, c=US" in the policy. If you assign policies based on a
policy attribute, remove the asterisk (*) and leave this field blank. Note that only the Default User Policy may
have an asterisk in the scope field.
9. (Optional) In the field, Allowed clients, select Rich client to enable policy users to use the rich client for mail.
By default, user policies allow access to mail, including access by POP3 clients.
10. Click Apply.
11. Scroll down to the bottom of the policy under Additional Properties and click Mail details, then select
"Automatically create mailboxes".
12. Click OK, then OK again.
Toggling Hide Folders/Show Folders may alter folder expand state
Clicking on the Hide Folders or Show Folders link may alter the expanded/collapsed state of nested personal folders in
the folder list area. To avoid this problem, click on a folder name to open that folder after the expand/collapse state
has been established, rather than before.
Treated as Managed Client user when using IM in Notes plugin
In the Notes plugin, if an end-user is utilizing the Workplace Instant Messaging offering (as opposed to Notes
Sametime), Name Awareness in views and documents uses the IBM Workplace Managed Client end-user
authentication information and not the Lotus Notes authentication information. For example, if you log into the IBM
Workpalce rich client as user1, that maps to an internet name of [email protected] However, when you start the
Notes plugin, you are prompted for you Notes authentication information (e.g., notesuser1/organization). All instant
messaging functionality in the Notes plugin is done as [email protected]
If you were using Sametime, when you logged into the Notes plugin you would be treated as notesuser1/organization
for Sametime instant messaging.
161
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Using Mailing Lists with installs that generate WMM external IDs
IBM Workplace Messaging will not be able to send mail to mailing lists (ibm-mailList LDAP objects) when the system
is configured to generate WMM external IDs. Customers using IBM Directory Server 4.1 which uses the
ibm-appUUIDAux class will be affected by this. Those customers that upgrade from 4.1 to IBM Directory Server 5.1
and switch to using ibm-entryUUID for an external ID will bypass this issue.
To workaround this issue use your LDAP administration tools to assign an additional objectclass value of
'ibm-appUUIDAux' and a new attribute of type 'ibm-appUUID' with a unique value to each mailing list in the LDAP
directory.
IBM Workplace Team Collaboration issues
Adding a team task causes team calendar to disappear
When you use a Firefox browser, adding a team task causes the team calendar to disappear from the page. When you
click Refresh in the team calendar window or add a new calendar entry the team calendar reappears on the page.
Alert window persistently occurs when viewing archives
In Chat Room, when you try to view a deleted archive, the following alert displays as expected, "The selected archive
has been deleted by the moderator." However, if you try to view subsequent archives that have not been deleted, the
same alert redisplays in error. Ignore the subsequent appearances of the alert.
Archive appears multiple times in Chat Room search result
When you search a Chat Room archive for a specific keyword, and the keyword appears multiple times in an archive,
the archive displays multiple times in the search results.
When you search the Chat Room archives for an archive with non-ASCII characters for a name, the archive displays
multiple times in the search results.
Assign task or change owner to explicit member only
A collaborative application is set to allow access for all authenticated IBM Workplace users. You are trying to assign a
task or change owner of a team space or web conference and cannot find the member's name on the list of available
users.
Workaround
The only users that show on the list are those who are explicitly added to the collaborative application as a contributor
or moderator (attendee or presenter). If you want to assign a task or give ownership of a space to this user, you must
add the user explicitly in the contributor or moderator role.
Assignment issues for team tasks
When you are in the Team Task List portlet you can only assign a task to a member that is explicitly listed in the
Members group. So, for example, if the Team Task List is in a public application for which everyone is granted
contributor access, you can create a task, but you cannot assign it to anyone expect the owner of the Team Task List.
You cannot even assign it to yourself. Similarly, if the user you wish to assign a task to is part of a group but is not
explicitly listed in the Members list, you cannot assign a task to that user.
162
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Chat feature generates error messages
The Chat feature will generate several errors when sending messages. For example, select a user from the Contact
List and right-click to start a chat. Enter text, and Send will cause a "Send Message Failed" error most times.
Chat Room archive fails
In Chat Room, when you schedule an automatic archive with existing messages in the transcript area and only some
of the messages meet the requirements for archiving, then none of the messages will be archived. If all the messages
meet the requirements for archiving, then all the messages will be archived automatically.
Contributor has moderator access if a member of moderator group
If a contributor of a team space, discussion application, document library or web conference is also a member of an
invited moderator group, the contributor will show as a contributor in the membership UI, but will actually have
moderator privileges. The reverse is not true. If a moderator of a space is also a member of an invited contributor
group, the moderator will show as a moderator in the membership UI and will also have moderator privileges as
expected.
Workaround
There is no way to have an explicit contributor who is also a member of an invited moderator group. This will be
addressed in a future release.
Deadlock when users simultaneously create team spaces
You might experience deadlocks when users concurrently modify or create pages.
Workaround
Follow these steps to reduce deadlocks with the WebSphere Portal databases:
1. DB2 Version 8.1 FP4 or higher users only (skip this step if you use DB2 on OS/390): Enter the following commands
on the DB2 server with DB2 instance owner privileges (for Windows, please use the DB2 Command Window):
db2set DB2_EVALUNCOMMITTED=YES
db2set DB2_INLIST_TO_NLJN=YES
db2 update db cfg for <wpcp_db> using locklist 1024
Note: In order to apply all of these settings you need at least DB2 Fixpack 4 applied.
2. All database users: Connect to the WebSphere Portal database and enter the following commands on the database
server:
CREATE INDEX DbUser.IX2110D ON DbUser.PROT_RES (PARENT_OID, OID);
CREATE INDEX DbUser.IX2140B ON DbUser.LNK_USER_ROLE (ROLE_INST_OID);
where DbUser is the WebSphere Portal database administrator
Note: If you use WebSphere Portal's document management features with DB2 Version 7.2 or SQL Server databases,
you might continue to experience deadlocks. Deadlocks can occur when multiple users update or create documents in
high load environments. These issues will be addressed in a future WebSphere Portal release.
Directory search of a team space not returning results
If your LDAP directory is Active Directory or Novell eDirectory, using the directory search feature to search members of
a team space will not return results. To correct this problem, install WebSphere Portal APAR fix number PQ93014.
You can download this fix from http://www-306.ibm.com/software/genservers/portal/support/.
163
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Domino Applications configured with remote HTTP do not open
Log in to a site configured with a remote HTTP Server such as Microsoft's Internet Information Server (IIS). Create a
Workplace Application using the Domino Application Access template (Click Team Collaboration --> Application ->
New. Select the Domino Application Access template and set the component properties according to the procedure
described in the IBM Workplace Collaboration Services Information Center, the topic "Configuring Domino Application
Portlet")
When you try to open the Domino Web Application portlet, you receive the error message:
Exception: Java.lang .NullPointerException
This situation does not occur with any other HTTP Server, for example, IHS or SunOne.
Workaround
Add the host server machine name and its IP address to the Host file: For example, if you are running WindowsXP,
open C:\WINDOWS\system32\drivers\etc\hosts in a text editor and add an entry for the host server.
Error inviting groups to a team space
When inviting a group to a team space, you see "A problem occurred. The selected groups were not added." The
group cannot be removed and members of that group cannot access the team space.
Workaround
If any of the members of a group in the LDAP directory are ill-defined, you will not be able to invite the group to a
team space. Correct the users in error in the LDAP directory or disable email notifications for the server.
Extended Search config form cannot handle carriage returns
When configuring Extended Search as an additional search source, entering the four required parameter strings
separated by semicolons and followed by a carriage return (to bring each parameter entry to the left margin) will
cause users' search queries to fail.
Workaround
Use semicolons only to separate the parameters and do not press Enter.
In Discussion, no visual indicator for more than 30 results
When you perform a search in Discussion, no visual indicator displays if the number of results found is more than the
number of results returned. For example, by default the maximum number of search results returned is 30. If your
search found more than 30 results, there is no way for you to know this.
Instant Messaging - Livenames and presence indicators
When using the non-browser Client, for livenames and presence indicators to appear in views, you need to extract the
plugin.properties file from: RCP_HOME\pimclient\eclipse\plugins\com.ibm.ew.pim.client.ommon.src\src.jar, and
edit this line to point to the servername you are connecting to:
Servername=peabody.lotus.com
Instant Messaging - On-line tag may show disconnected
If a user has an open IM window, and tries to refresh the main Workplace page (by going to a different tab, for
instance), their on-line center tag will become disconnected in the main window. The user is actually not
disconnected, even though it displays as if they are.
If the user then tries to log into Instant Messaging, the IM window will jump to the front, but will remain showing
disconnected. When the user closes all IM windows, and then tries to re-login, the display will be OK.
164
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Link does not appear after archiving in Chat Room
After you have archived a chat by clicking "Archive Now," and returned to the Chat tab, a link to the newly created archive does not display in the transcript area as expected.
Newly invited group member cannot access an application
A newly-added member of an LDAP group, who has been invited to a collaborative application, cannot access the application because it does not show up in the catalog.
Workaround
Sign out of Workplace and try again once the user cache has expired (approximately two hours).
Systemout.log reports SIP connection fails on node
When WCS servers are installed in a network deployment, the systemout.log on one of the nodes in the network
deployment may report an "Error on server connection" message for the address and port used for TCP connections to
the SIP proxy.
Although the systemout.log reports a SIP connectivity problem, all instant messaging and presence functionality continues to operate normally.
This problem occurs because the WCS network deployment process has caused the creation of an additional WebSphere Portal server on the node. If you open the WebSphere Administrative Console, and select Servers -> Application Servers, you should see the following two WebSphere Portal entries:
�
�
WebSphere_Portal
WebSphere_Portal2
To prevent this SIP connectivity error from recurring, follow the instructions below to disable the SIP Container on the
WebSphere_Portal server by setting its Initial State to Stopped. Leave the SIP Container enabled on
WebSphere_Portal2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Open the WebSphere Administrative Console.
Click Servers > Application Servers.
From the list of application servers, click WebSphere_Portal.
In the Additional Properties table, click SIP Container.
In the Initial state field, select Stopped to ensure that the SIP container is stopped, and then click Apply or OK.
Save the configuration.
Team Space Search index gets deleted on first restart of server
The Team Space Search index is deleted the first time the server is restarted.
Workaround
Add more content to the Team Task List, and the index will be recreated on the next indexing cycle; Search will then again return results.
UNIX - PowerPoint files not displaying in Documents
Accessing a Unix Workplace server, you open a team space and click the Documents tab. Click New - Microsoft
PowerPoint for Windows. Give the new document a title. Then click Open file. Add text to the first slide. Save the
PowerPoint file, then save the document. There should be a preview mode showing you what the title page looks like.
This may show a broken image instead. The presentation content can still be accessed by click Actions - Download, or
by clicking Edit.
Workaround
You must start the Portal Server on a server that is running XWindows with the appropriate package installed.
165
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Web conference should not be in catalog
It is possible to list "Web conference" as an application type in a catalog. Users cannot create their own web
conference, categorize an existing application as a web conference, or edit a web conference in Builder, all of which
can be done with other applications available for a catalog list.
This issue will be addressed in a future release.
Weekdays appear in a daily archive schedule of Chat Room
In Chat Room, when you attempt to schedule a daily archive, the interface lets you select the days of the week you
want the archive to run. Since you want the archive to run daily, you shouldn't have to select the days of the week.
IBM Workplace Forms issues
Back button fails from text attachment
If you open a text file attachment from a form, the file displays in the form window. Using the browser's back button to
return to the form results in a JavaScript error. Click OK until the error window stops reappearing.
Blank description field can result in data loss in form template
If you remove the text from the Description field of a form template, changes you make subsequent to that will not be
saved. The workaround is to leave text in the Description field. If you do not want the text to display in forms created
from the template, uncheck the "Show description on main page" option.
Chart design problem on Solaris
If you are designing a form on a Solaris platform, and you create a view of the type Pie or Bar chart, the list that
should display fields upon which you can base the chart is empty.
Considerations for access to form templates
When you are designing a form template that might be deployed in an application, keep in mind that only users who
are granted access to the form template will be able to use the resulting form in an application that includes the form
template. The simplest way to make sure the form is available is to add All Authenticated Users to the Template User
role for access to the Form Template. That is the default for the form templates that ship with the product.
Deleting field from a template makes form portlet unavailable
If you delete a field from a form template, and then put the form portlet on a page, you might get a message that the
form portlet needs to be configured before you can use it. This happens when the field you delete is the field used to
create the view in the form portlet. For example, if you create a Custom form template, you will find that the only field
supplied is the Name field. The Name field is required to build the default All Items view when you deploy that form
template. If you delete the Name field and add another field, you must then go to the Views tab for the form template
editor, and edit the All Items view so that is builds the view based on the new field rather than the deleted field.
166
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Do not use design fields in form portlet views
When you are designing a view, avoid using design fields, such as section headers or rich text design fields, as view
columns. Using them might result in unexpected behavior, such as displaying raw HTML instead of formatted text.
Edits to a form template title creates a new form portlet
When editing a Form Template in the Form Template Library, if the user changes the Form Template Name, a new
portlet is created.
Although the new form template is saved as expected, the old form template's portlet is not changed and instead an
entirely new form portlet is created, rendering the old form portlet unusable.
Field displays "changed" after selecting name in people selector
When a user is completing a form document containing a Name input field, after selecting a name using the pop-up
name selector, the Name field now contains the text "changed".
After saving the completed document, the name is reflected correctly in the view. If the user reopens the document in
read or edit mode, the name is also correct.
Intermittent problem with date picker
You may encounter an intermittent problem with the date picker control where choosing a date from the calendar
control does not put that date into the field. In this case, type the date directly into the field.
Launching a URL link from a form portlet loses Workplace window
Clicking a link that is in a multi-line rich text field in a form document can result in the Workplace Collaboration
Services window disappearing. You will have to use the back button to return to the state you were in before clicking
the link.
Lock conflicts for form templates
If you unlock a form template that someone else is editing, make changes to the template and save your changes, the
changes are not applied to the form template. You do not receive an error message when this type of editing conflict
occurs. You can try to avoid this conflict by asking the lock holder to release the lock on the form template before you
make changes. In another type of conflict, if two editors are making changes to a form template and save changes at
the same time, one editor will get an exception error. The other should be able to save successfully.
Moderator & Contributor roles portlet in application not working
Setting Moderator and Contributor roles on Form portlets in an application is not working correctly.
No notification if form portlet is uninstalled
You can uninstall the form portlet, by going to the Administration tab and choosing Portlets -> Manage Applications
and deleting formportlet.war from the Web modules list, The next time you launch the product and open the Form
Template Library, the list of form templates displays, but clicking on any of them results in a blank display. You
should be warned with an error message that the form portlet module has been uninstalled.
167
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Only first name selected displays in form portlet view
When completing a form document containing a Name field, if more than one name is selected only the first name
selected will display in the form portlet view.
There is no known workaround for this issue.
Renaming a form template does not remove old name
Open a form template in the Form Template Library, edit the title for the form template, and save your changes. When
you try to add the form template to an application template or to an application page, you are presented with a list of
form templates that includes the obsolete name as well as the new name. Choosing the obsolete name results in an
error message. You can dismiss the error message and add the form template with the correct name.
Requiring value for some selection fields can cause form to fail
If you design a form template that uses a field with check boxes or radio buttons with a required value for the field,
users will get a JavaScript message when trying to save a form based this form template. Use "Display choices as List
box" instead of check boxes or radio buttons for this field.
Rich text field problems with Mozilla browser
On the Mozilla 1.4 browser rich text fields in forms may be missing the Cut, Copy, and Paste icons. Use the keyboard
commands Ctrl-X (Cut), Ctrl-C (Copy), and Ctrl-V (Paste) instead.
Save As for Forms not working as expected
When you are creating a new form template from an existing one and you click the Save As button, you should proceed
to the form template editor so that you can complete the design work for the template. Instead, you are returned to
the Form Template Library. The new form is created, and you can select the new form template to open it for editing.
Note that clicking Cancel from the Save As dialog box also produces unexpected behavior. You should be returned to
the template editor for the existing form template; instead, you are returned to the Form Template Library.
Searching a form's Author field may fail to return results
Searching a form may fail to return results from the Author field.
Some form icons do not display in high contrast
If you view a form portlet in high contrast for low-vision users, some icons, such as the icon for sorting forms, or the
icons for changing a time setting do not display. The icons still work -- for example, clicking the space where the sort
icon should display will sort the list of forms, but the icons remain invisible. Restoring the display to normal mode
restores the display of the icons.
168
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace Templates and Applications issues
Adding 100 users to a template role can destabilize browser
Adding a large number of individual user names to a template role can destabilize the browser session. You might get
a "Page cannot be loaded message" and need to shut down and reopen the browser to resume. You might still
experience instability when you return to the template. The workaround is to add the users in smaller numbers, use
groups to add large numbers of users, or use the "Add All Authenticated Users" option if it is available through the user
policy setting and if it is appropriate for the application template.
Application parameters display at instantiation
When you create an instantiation from a template that contains multiple components of application parameters the
format of the application parameters display at instantiation may become intermingled.
Changing template or application owner requires updating roles
Changing the owner of a template or an application requires explicit synchronization of role assignments. If you
change the owner of an application or a template to a user who holds a non-manager role, the new template or
application owner receives the manager access inherent in template and application ownership and appears in the list
of roles that provide manager access (for example, Template Editor or application Moderator). However, the name of
the new template or application owner will also still appear with his or her original non-manager role in the Template
Roles portlet and in the application membership portlets (Members or Participants). The new template or application
owner will also retain the permissions provided by both the old and the new role assignments.
To correct this discrepancy, you will need to remove the new template or application owner from the original
non-manager role and add the new owner to the role that provides manager access. For a template, open the
Template Roles portlet to remove the new template owner from the Template Users role and promote him or her to
the Template Editor role. For an application, open the Members or Participants portlet to remove the new application
owner from the original non-manager role (for example, Contributor, Employee, or Participant) and promote him or
her to the respective manager role (for example, Moderator or Instructor).
Default editor/user policy cannot be re-added
A template is given a default soft group of editors and users; if this group is removed, it cannot be re-added. There is
also no functionality to view the members in the soft group from the UI.
The workaround is to NOT remove the default soft groups.
Deleting from one template role removes from all
If a user is listed in both the Template User and Template Editor roles for access to an application template, deleting
a user from one role automatically deletes from both. If you want the user name to appear in one role, but not
another, delete the user name, removing it from both roles, then add it back to the correct list.
Do not use special characters in template name or category name
If you are creating a new application template, or editing an existing one, avoid using these special characters in the
name of the template or in the category name: \ / : * ? " < > | & =.
If you are editing an existing template or category name and you enter an illegal character, you may get an error
message, but note that the error message does not list every illegal character. For example, the backslash, though not
listed in the error message, is illegal.
169
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
If you are creating a template and create a new custom category name which includes one or more illegal characters,
you will get an unrelated error message claiming the name is not unique. In another case, you may be able to create
templates with an illegal character in the name, but you will not be able to delete the template. The workaround for all
of these situations is to remove the illegal characters.
Edited component properties are not immediately refreshed
When you edit the component properties of a Workplace application using the Workplace application editor, the
Properties portlet, you will not see the modified component properties until you log out of IBM Workplace
Collaboration Services and log in again. Application parameters specified as editable component properties and the
values of component properties that you edit are not refreshed in the current browser session. For this reason, you
need to close the current browser session for IBM Workplace Collaboration Services and open a new session to see
application parameter and component property updates.
Misleading error message when importing a template
If you try to import a template for which you have insufficient access, you will not be allowed to do so. The behavior is
correct, but the error messages can be misleading, indicating the file is invalid.
Server failover cancels application creation
If you are creating an application and the server on which you are working fails over to another server in the cluster,
the new application is lost in the transfer. You might see a blank screen and then be unable to find the new
application. You can successfully create the new application on the new server after the failover.
Team Task component properties are not updated immediately
If you modify the default property values of the Team Task component when you create a new application (Set
Component Properties) or after application creation using the application editor, the updated component properties
do not appear in the new application until you log out of the site and log in again.
Template on Oracle db: Default description shows as "null"
The text "null" appears in the description field when creating a new template in a configuration based on an Oracle
database. The text can be edited and removed by the user.
Values specified for application parameters are not validated
When you specify values for application parameters (using the Parameters portlet of the template editor), the values
that you enter are not validated for data type and other consistency checks when they are displayed as editable
component properties during application creation. When users create new applications from the template, they might
encounter default values for component properties of the application that are not valid. If you discover errors in
parameter values that you have specified in the template editor, you will need to edit the parameter values to correct
them.
170
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
When you create a custom category you must edit the user policy
If you create a new category for applications, the resulting application catalog gets the user policy Allow Workplace
Applications applied by default to any application in the catalog. All users with access to the catalog will see the New
button and be able to create new applications. If this policy is more permissive than what you want, you must edit the
policy to be more restrictive. For example:
1. From the Application Template Library create a new application template in a new category.
2. Login as an administrator and click on the Team Space tab.
3. In the Team Space Tab Click on the wrench .
4. Choose the New Category you created in Step 1.
5. Login to the Admin console and create a new user policy.
6. Add one or more users to the User Policy and uncheck the box for Create in the Allow Workplace applications to
restrict them from creating applications. Note that restrictions you make will also apply to application in the Applications catalog.
IBM Workplace Web Conferences issues
Issues with installing Web Conference tools on Linux systems
There are several issues associated with installing the Web Conference tools on Linux systems.
�
The Linux installer places the libasnat.so library in the /usr/lib directory. If the LD_LIBRARY_PATH does not
include the /usr/lib directory, the library file is not found and users do not see the floating toolbar in the Web
Conference tools. To work around this issue, do one of the following:
- Set LD_LIBRARY_PATH to include the /usr/lib directory
- After installing the tools, move libasnat.so to a directory specified by LD_LIBRARY_PATH
�
A user must download the setuplinux.bin file from the server and then run the setuplinux.bin file to install the Web
Conference tools. After the user downloads the setuplinux.bin file, the user must provide the file with execute
permissions before running the file. To provide the file with execute permissions, run this command from the
directory into which setuplinux.bin was downloaded:
chmod +x setuplinux.bin
After running this command from the download directory, the user can run the file to install the tools.
�
You cannot install the Linux tools unless you are the root user. If you attempt to install the tools, and you are not
the root user, the following error message appears:
"Error: /opt/ibm/Lotus Workplace Web Conference Tools is not writable."
Red X displays instead of PowerPoint presentation
On AIX and Solaris versions of the Workplace Collaboration Services server, you must ensure the server is configured properly to display PowerPoint files in a Web Conference. If the Unix WCS server is not configured properly, viewers will see only a small red X displayed in the upper-left corner of the Presentation Tool when a user attempts to display a PowerPoint presentation during the Web Conference.
To address this issue, you must perform the procedures below:
1.
2.
3.
Download and install the lesstif RPM PowerPoint conversion filter. (AIX only)
Add the location of the filter to the LD_LIBRARY_PATH (AIX and Solaris)
Start the server from the x-terminal. (AIX and Solaris)
Each of these procedures is described in detail below.
171
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Download and install the lesstif RPM PowerPoint conversion filter (AIX only)
Perform this step only on AIX versions of the Workplace Collaboration Services server. Skip this step if the WCS server
operates on Solaris. In this step you must download and install the lesstif-0.93.14-205.i586 RPM (associated with
SuSE 8.1) from the http://rpmfind.net web site.
To download and install the lesstif-0.93.14-205.i586 RPM:
1. Browse to this web site:
http://fr.rpmfind.net/linux/RPM/suse/8.1/i386/suse/i586/lesstif-0.93.14-205.i586.html
2. Download lesstif-0.93.14-205.i586.rpm (associated with SuSE 8.1).
3. Login as root, and use this command to install the RPM:
rpm -Uvh lesstif-0.93.14-205.i586.rp
4. Enter this command to start the server:
./startServer.sh WebSphere_Portal
Add the location of the filter to the LD_LIBRARY_PATH (AIX and Solaris)
To add the location of the filter to the LD_LIBRARY_PATH:
1. Log in to the WebSphere Administrative Console (http://<WCS server fully-qualified DNS name>:9091/admin
2. Select Servers > Application Servers > WebSphere_Portal > Additional Properties > Process Definition >
Environment Entries
3. Click on LD_LIBRARY_PATH.
4. In the Value field, add the following text at the front of the existing path: /usr/X11R6/lib:
5. Click Apply.
6. Click Save.
7. Click Save.
Start the server from the X-Terminal (AIX and Solaris)
To start the server from the X-Terminal:
1. Enter this command at the command prompt:
'xhost + <WCS server fully-qualified DNS name>'
2. Enter this command at the command prompt:
./startServer.sh WebSphere_Portal
After completing these procedures, you must always start the server from the X-Terminal using the commands shown
above.
Web Conference Tools download affects multiple monitor display
Most computers provide display modes that enable a user to connect a computer to external monitors and display
images from the computer on multiple external monitors. (On some IBM laptops, these display modes are called
"External Desktop" and "Dual Display".) Installing the Web Conference Tools on a computer prevents a user from
displaying a single image across multiple monitors. The user can display the image on each monitor of the multiple
monitor display system but cannot use a display mode that spans the single image across multiple monitors.
To illustrate this issue, consider the following example:
1. The user has downloaded the Web Conference Tools from the Workplace server to a laptop computer.
2. The user is making a presentation in a conference room and connects the laptop computer to a display system
consisting of two external monitors.
172
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
3. The user opens a spreadsheet application and displays a bar chart on the computer.
4. The user can display the same bar chart on both Monitor 1 and Monitor 2. (In this scenario, the same image
displays on both Monitor 1 and Monitor 2 so that the people in the conference room see two identical versions of
the same bar chart. This display mode is called "Dual Display" on some IBM systems.)
5. The user cannot display one image of the bar chart that spans both Monitor 1 and Monitor 2. (In this scenario,
half of the bar chart appears on Monitor 1 and the other half of the bar chart appears on Monitor 2. This display
mode is called "External Desktop" on some IBM systems.)
Display modes that span an image across multiple monitors as described in step 5 above will not function correctly
after the user installs the Web Conference Tools from the Workplace server. Display modes that display the same
image on multiple monitors as described in step 4 above will function correctly after the user installs the Web
Conference Tools.
If the user uninstalls the Web Conference Tools from the computer, the user can then use a display mode that spans
an image across multiple monitors, as described in step 5.
Web conferences - Can't maximize projector appshare on Mozilla
If a user on Mozilla 1.4 on Windows viewing appshare clicks the Maximize button, the browser crashes. On a server
with any other version of Mozilla, or Firefox on Windows, if a user who is viewing appshare clicks the Maximize button,
the browser hangs.
The workaround is to have the projector maximized before appshare begins, or to use Internet Explorer to view
appshare.
Web conferences - Repaint problems on RedHat Linux
You may experience some repaint problems when using the Firefox browser on the Linux platform during a Web
conference. Specifically, when you click Click to Present to become the current presenter and then click the "Sharing"
tab, what was in the "Agenda" tab still displays. Click Refresh (not the browser Refresh) to correctly display the items
in the tab. You will need to refresh again if you go back to the Agenda tab, and return to the Sharing tab.
Web conferences - Screen sharing problems
Sometimes, presenters may have trouble sharing their screens and security exceptions display in the Java Console, or
they will see a message that says the user cannot use screen sharing without first granting the required security. If
this happens, make sure that your installation is using a 1.4 or higher JVM. IBM Java Runtime 1.4.2 for Windows is
not supported. If you are using this JVM, please upgrade to IBM Java Runtime 1.4.2 SR1.
Web conferences will complete as soon as "End" time passes
Please be aware that web conferences will complete as soon as the conference "End" time passes, even if presenters or
participants remain in the conference. The Web conference status changes from "In Progress" to "Complete" when you
refresh the meeting details page after the conference ends.
Web conferencing - Don't receive e-mail notifications
If your installation stores user information in a custom user registry database (the default), rather than in an LDAP
directory on an LDAP server, and a group is added to a Web conference, members of that group do NOT receive e-mail
notifications for the conference.
173
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Web Conferencing - International issues
The following identifies known Web conferencing international issues:
�
�
Japanese - To ensure that all Japanese characters (for example, file names) display correctly, both the operating
system locale and client browser language must be set to Japanese.
�
�
Hebrew and Arabic - During a Web conference, the Agenda and Sharing tabs under Projector Controls are
truncated and may not be legible. In your browser, click View -> Text Size and change your browser font size to
Smaller text to fix the display.
�
�
Arabic and other bi-directional languages - If your operating system is running with Arabic or another
bi-directional language and you try to install the Web conferencing tools, your language will not be listed in the
InstallShield wizard's Regional and Language Options dialog box pop-up, from which you choose a language.
InstallShield does not support these languages. However, if you choose a language that is listed and respond to
the prompts by clicking Next, you should be able to complete the installation. Once installed, the Web
conferencing tools will work correctly.
Web conferencing - Using the Firefox browser
You may experience the following problems when using the Firefox browser for Web conferences:
�
Resizing the browser window and maximizing and restoring the projector results in intermittent repaint problems
which may cause the user interface to appear incorrect.
�
When a slide with animations is uploaded on Internet Explorer and the current presenter using Internet Explorer
is in the middle of animations and then a presenter using Firefox becomes the current presenter, the Next
animation button for the Firefox presenter will be enabled and both users will see all animations when the Firefox
presenter clicks the Next animation button once. The button remains enabled for the Firefox presenter, although
clicking it does nothing.
�
Scrolling during a Web conference results in intermittent repaint problems which may cause the user interface to
appear incorrect. For example:
Scrolling to the left results in the word "Click" looking incorrect:
With other scrolling, the border does not line up correctly and the horizontal border doesn't display correctly
(see the letter "r" in "Current presenter"):
�
The Screen sharing tab may display the online text "Click Share My Screen . . ." with the first two letters of "Click"
missing:
174
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
�
Release Notes
There may be an issue where the blue bar extends beyond the projector border:
In addition, you may also experience significant repaint problems (identified on Bugzilla), such as the following, which
result in a half-painted UI:
- Open a couple Firefox browser windows and open certain URLs within them.
- Open a couple (or just one) other applications (for example, Paint).
- Resize the application to a smaller window and then move it over Firefox window(s).
Clicking "Edit agenda", and then returning to the Web conference, fixes many of these UI problems.
Web Conferencing performance issue in AIX, Linux, Solaris
To ensure that the IBM Workplace Web Conferencing component performs properly in AIX and Linux, configure
document conversion settings in the WebSphere Portal Document Manager. This enables users to view documents
created in applications, such as Microsoft Power Point, even if that application is not installed on the Workplace
server. For details on configuring document conversion, see the "Document conversion" section of the "Document
Manager" topic in the WebSphere Portal Information Center, located at:
http://pvcid.raleigh.ibm.com/wpf/ic/510/ent/en/InfoCenter/wpf/dcs_info.html .
People components issues
Adding a third column to Directory Search results
You can use the Administration Console to specify results for two columns of search results in the Directory Search
window. Directory Search is the component that appears when users search for people while performing a task such
as sending a mail message or adding people to a contact list.
If you want to display a third column in the search results, you can modify the pickersettings.properties file for all
three columns. In the file, you specify the WebSphere Member Manager attributes to use when displaying search
results for either people or group names.
Perform these actions to specify attributes for the three columns:
1. Edit the pickersettings.properties file in the following location:
was_root\properties\pickersettings.properties
2. Enter up to three lines, using the
workplace.people.picker.wmm.adapter.peopleDisplayAttribute setting to specify
attributes to display for each person name. For example, these three lines would display the common name,
e-mail address, and telephone number for each person.
WMM1.peopleDisplayAttribute.1=cn
WMM2.peopleDisplayAttribute.2=ibmprimaryEmail
WMM3.peopleDisplayAttribute.3=telephoneNumber
175
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
3. Enter up to three lines using the
workplace.people.picker.wmm.adapter.groupDisplayAttribute setting to specify
attributes to display for each group name. For example, these three lines could display the common name,
department number, and meeting room number for a group.
WMM1.groupDisplayAttribute.1=cn
WMM2.groupDisplayAttribute.2=departmentNumber
WMM3.groupDisplayAttribute.3=roomNumber
4. Save the properties file.
5. Restart the IBM Workplace Collaboration Services server.
Directory Search results not displaying a user's title
When you open a person record for a user found through Directory Search, the user's Title field is empty, even if the
LDAP directory stores a personal title for the user. This problem occurs because IBM Workplace assumes the title is
stored in the lookaside database rather than in the LDAP directory. To correct the problem, map the lookaside
attribute ibm-PersonalTitle to the LDAP attribute used for the personal title. For instructions, see the topic "Mapping
lookaside person attributes to custom LDAP attributes" in the IBM Workplace Information Center.
Extending popup contact information on person links
When users click a person link, the Person menu displays a set of contact information about the selected person (such
as telephone number) that is configurable through the CSEnvironment.properties file on the WebSphere
Portal server. You can extend the information that appears by specifying the WebSphere Member Manager attributes
corresponding to fields you want to display in the person link contact information. You can also control the order in
which the items of information appear.
Perform the following actions:
1. Open the file CSEnvironment.properties from the following location: iwp_root/shared/config
2. Locate the CS_SERVER_PERSONTAG.businessCardItems property. If the property does not exist, add
it to the file.
3. Modify the string after the property with valid Member Manager attributes separated by commas (,). The
items appear when a person link is clicked, top to bottom, in the same order in which you type them.
4. Save the properties file.
5. Restart the WebSphere Portal server.
Default
�
�
�
attributes are:
jobTitle
roomNumber
telephoneNumber
WebSphere Member Manager attributes valid for including in person link contact information are:
�
businessCategory
�
carLicense
�
cn
�
countryName
�
departmentNumber
�
description
�
displayName
�
employeeNumber
�
employeeType
�
facsimileTelephoneNumber
�
givenName
�
homePostalAddress
�
ibm-gender
�
ibm-generationQualifier
�
ibm-hobby
�
ibm-middleName
�
ibm-otherEmail
176
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
Release Notes
ibm-personalTitle
ibm-primaryEmail
ibm-regionalLocale
ibm-timeZone
Initials
jobTitle
localityName
manager
mobile
o
ou
pager
postalAddress
postalCode
preferredLanguage
roomNumber
secretary
seeAlso
sn
stateOrProvinceName
street
telephoneNumber
uid
Person tag links not updated when user information changes
The Person tag, which users can click to do tasks such as sending an e-mail to someone or inviting someone to a
meeting, identifies users by their e-mail addresses. If a user's e-mail address changes, Workplace Collaboration
Services does not update the e-mail address in existing Person tag links. If your organization needs to change e-mail
addresses, you can work around this issue by retaining old e-mail addresses in directory person records along with
the new ones.
Pop-up windows can trigger login screen
Opening a pop-up window after a user session timeout triggers a new login screen. After logging in again, the user is
returned to the Portal page rather than to the pop-up window.
Workaround for using People Finder "Show Details" on Linux
When Mozilla 1.4 users perform a People Finder search from the same page as the Mail portlet when folders are
displayed , if they click "Show Details," they see the message "no result found." Use either of the following methods to
work around this problem:
�
�
Select "Hide Folders" in the Mail portlet.
Maximize the People Finder portlet.
177
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Security issues
Clear or encode passwords written at config steps
There are two instances where passwords are populated in clear text. Do the following to clear or encode these
passwords to ensure that this information is not compromised.
1) The userid (wcm.database.userid = value) and password (wcm.database.password = value) fields in the properties
file:
AppServer/wpcp/config/WebSphere_Portal/author/WCM.properties are not used. Initially at install, the values for both of these fields are empty. However, after a database transfer, both
of these values are populated. Consequently, after a database transfer, you should edit this file and clear out both
values.
2) The userid and password fields in the file
AppServer/wpcp/config/WebSphere_Portal/runtime/pznConfig/persconfig.xml:
are used. The password exists in the file before and after database transfer, and is not encoded. It is recommended
that you run the encrypt-persconfig-password task (see below) after database transfer to encode the
password.
The syntax for the task is as follows:
C:\Program Files\WebSphere\PortalServer\config>wpsconfig encrypt-persconfig-password -DWpcpDbPassword=yourPassword
where yourPassword is the value of your database user's password.
Domino CA occasionally refuses to certify Workplace certificates
The Domino Certificate Authority, 6.5.2 Gold version, may refuse to process IBM Workplace mail-in certificate requests
for some users. It rejects them with an "Error in request >Extensions<" error message. Although the request is not
processed, the Domino server does not send a rejection notification to IBM Workplace, so the IBM Workplace Domino
PKI adapter continues to periodically retry the request. These retries are also rejected by Domino.
The only way to stop the retries is for the Domino admin to manually reject the request from the Domino certreq
database.
This problem will be fixed in Domino 6.5.3. Customers experiencing this problem using Domino 6.5.2 should contact
IBM support to request a hotfix, quoting SPR #SFPN5XYRS9.
HTTP/HTTPS on a non-standard port
In order to customize the HTTPS port over which the Instant Messaging applet connects, you must edit a properties
file.
In the file
was_home/installedApps/node/LWP_Synchronous_Applets.ear/synchronousappletsW
EB.war/applets/AppletConnectionConfig.properties
change:
valid.ssl.connection.ports=443,-1
to:
valid.ssl.connection.ports=yourPortNumber,-1
For example:
valid.ssl.connection.ports=444,-1
178
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
If the HTTP session times out, you may lose unsaved work
The HTTP session is set up to time out if you are not actively using IBM Workplace for a specific amount of time. The
timeout is a security feature designed to prevent someone other than the logged in user from accessing IBM
Workplace information. However, if you compose a mail message, for example, and leave your machine for longer
than the designated session timeout, when you return you are informed that your HTTP session has timed out. You
are instructed to log into IBM Workplace again and the mail you started to compose is not preserved.
To change the IBM Workplace HTTP session timeout:
1. Log into IBM Workplace as an administrator.
2. Go to Servers > Application Servers > WebSphere_Portal > Web Container > Session Management > Session
timeout.
3. Change the session timeout to a number you are comfortable with; use discretion in determining a value that
balances the security gains of a lower number and the user convenience of a higher number. The default
timeout is 30 minutes.
Incorrect error message importing an invalid PKCS12 objects
On the Security Preferences, My Certificates page, if an attempt is made to import an object that is not a valid
PKCS12 file, an error message may be displayed indicating a problem reading the local credential store. This
message is incorrect - the local credential store is undamaged. The message should say that there was a problem
reading the PKCS12 file.
Logout/login required to see newly added certificates
When you add a new certificate to the Workplace Client Certificates Store, using the WebSphere Administrative
Console, you must log off and log back onto the server before the new certificate displays on the Workplace Client
Certificate Store page.
Mail encryption fails for contacts newly added to PAB
In a deployment in which a CA is used to issue and distribute certificates, IBM Workplace uses the certificates stored
in, and retrieved from, the LDAP directory to encrypt mail messages. In this release, encryption certificates for
contacts that are newly added to the Personal Address Book (PAB) on the client are not immediately available. They
are retrieved from the LDAP directory by a background task. When encrypted mail is composed, if a new contact's
email address is available from the client's PAB, the LDAP directory is not accessed at all. As a result, if a user
attempts to send an encrypted message to a new contact between the time the contact's address entry is added to the
PAB and the time the background task runs to retrieve that contact's encryption certificate from the LDAP directory,
the encryption will fail. Depending on the user's policy settings, this may mean that the message is sent unencrypted
or that it is not sent at all.
This issue causes message encryption to fail in the following situations:
�
�
Sending an encrypted reply to a message received from a new correspondent.
Adding a correspondent manually to the PAB, then attempting to send an encrypted message to that correspondent.
Multiple certificates may be marked as default for signing
In the My Certificates panel of the Security preferences, a user may select which certificate is to be the default signing
certificate through the 'Edit Purpose . . .' action button. However, if the newly selected certificate has been imported
by the user, both the original and the newly-selected certificates may be marked as the default for signing.
This is easily corrected by selecting the original certificate and, using the 'Edit purpose . . .' action button, manually
removing the default signing attribute.
179
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Portlets require HTTP server's certificate CN to match DNS name
ODC editors and reverse proxy portlets are validating that the HTTP server's certificate common name matches the
DNS name of the HTTP server. If the HTTP server certificate is named in some other manner - like "generic
HTTPServer" - some functionality will fail. Known areas to fail include rich text, sheet, and presentation editor file
creation, as well as the Reverse Proxy Portlet. Others may fail as well.
Workaround
Make the common name of the HTTP server certificate match the DNS name of the HTTP server machine found in the
HTTP server's key file.
Repeating error message: "Authentication failed for <null>"
When the LotusWorkplace_Server process is started, the Task Scheduler Service will attempt to run the Workplace PKI
task every 5 minutes. If the Workplace PKI has not yet been configured, 2 instances of the following benign error
message will appear in the Portal server's SystemOut.log every 5 minutes:
[6/16/04 12:15:01:307 EDT] 5147a250 MethodDelegat A SECJ0055E: Authentication failed for <null>. The user
id or password may have been entered incorrectly or misspelled. The user id may not exist, the account could
have expired or disabled. The password may have expired.
There are 2 ways to eliminate these error messages, if so desired:
1.
Configure the Workplace PKI per the instructions in the InfoCenter.
2.
If the PKI is not going to be configured, then:
1. Stop the LotusWorkplace_Server process.
2. Using a text editor, edit the file:
(Windows) <WebSphere install directory>\AppServer\config\cells\cellName\nodes\nodeName
\servers\LotusWorkplace_Server/lwpscheduler.xml.
(UNIX) <WebSphere install directory>/AppServer/config/cells/cellName/nodes/nodeName
/servers/LotusWorkplace_Server/lwpscheduler.xml.
3. Comment out the following task entry by adding "!--" & "--" to the opening and closing task tags, as shown
below:
<!-- task xmi:id="Task_11" name="@@=pkirequestprocessor.task.name" enabled="true"
description="@@=pkirequestprocessor.task.description"
className="com.ibm.workplace.security.pki.scheduler.PkiProcessRequestsTask" capability="MAIL"
scheduleType="5">
<taskSchedule xmi:id="TaskSchedule_11" minute="-5" hour="-1" dayOfWeek="-1" dayOfMonth="-1"
month="-1"/>
</task -->
4. Save and close the file.
5. Start the LotusWorkplace_Server process.
NOTE: If #2 above is used, and, at a later date, the Workplace PKI needs to be configured, then repeat #2, this time
removing the "!--" and "--" comment designators from the PKI task.
180
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Security implications with WMM
In the current release of IBM Workplace Collaboration Services, there is a security issue using the WebSphere Member
Manager (WMM); the WMM Enhanced JavaBean (EJB) is not currently being secured with EJB roles.
This means that WMM methods can make changes to a directory depending on the rights given to the bind ID that
WMM uses to access the directory. Because the EJB is unsecured, an unauthorized user within the firewall can
develop code to call the WMM bean remotely. They can then use this bean to perform whatever actions the LDAP bind
ID is authorized to perform. This can include modification of Groups membership, deletion of users, an ability to read
a weakly-encrypted password, and the ability to modify passwords.
Workaround
These remote attacks, such as the one described above, can be easily protected by putting the server behind a firewall
and shutting off remote access over IIOP.
Alternatively, the bind ID can be given less access to the LDAP directory; most customer deployments give read-only
access, and can also prevent this ID from reading passwords. This configuration does prevent the "Sign up" and "Edit
profile" pages from working, but these pages are often modified by customers, and their modifications allow for this.
Security issue when IBM Workplace has write access to LDAP
There is a security issue with the current release of IBM Workplace Collaboration Services and its usage of LDAP. A
Java programmer can use the Member Manager API shipped with the product to gain unrestricted access to the LDAP
directory. A Java program can then be written to change any directory information accessible through the API. For
example, the passwords of arbitrary users could be changed, thereby allowing someone to gain access to any
restricted Workplace Collaboration Services data.
To limit your exposure, give Workplace Collaboration Services only read access to the LDAP server. For information
on configuring read-only LDAP directory access, see the IBM Workplace Collaboration Services information center.
Some Verisign CA cert attributes are not supported
The Verisign administrator can configure the following attributes for issuing Verisign certificates to IBM Workplace
users only: CN (Common Name), E (E-mail), OU (Organization Unit), O (Organization) and C (Country). If the
administrator configures the certificates based on any other attributes, such as a SN (SURNAME) field, the certificates
issued by the CA may not display in the Security preferences pane in the client.
Special characters could prevent wpsadmin from authenticating
On some LDAP vendors, special characters could prevent wpsadmin from authenticating
Avoid including the following special characters in the password for your WebSphere Portal administrator account, as
they have been known to cause problems with authentication:
(
!
@
#
$
%
)
User is prompted to trust their own S/MIME certificate
In an environment where the administrative policy requires newly created S/MIME credentials to be submitted via the
PKI Framework to an external CA for certification, the user may be prompted to trust their own certificate when
viewing signed messages sent by themselves. This problem will happen intermittently, and will most frequently occur
when the user opens a signed message from the sent messages folder.
181
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
In this situation, the user will be presented with a dialog box similar to the one shown below. The user should simply
choose the Cancel button.
You may be prompted twice to trust same certificate
After the install of the client, when you log in over SSL and connect to a provisioning server, you are prompted to
accept a trust certificate into the personal credential store for that server. If you click Yes to accept the certificate,
you may be presented with the same dialog. Click Yes again and you can continue logging onto the server.
International language support issues
Active Content Filtering on non Latin-1(ISO-8859-1) documents
If Active Content Filtering (ACF) is enabled and a document contains non ISO-8859-1 characters (for example, Hebrew,
Chinese, etc.), the contents may not be displayed correctly (question marks, etc.). A workaround would be to disable
ACF.
Browser issues
Back button shows information after logout
The browser back button can show a secured page after logout. With some browsers you might be able to view the
information from a previous portal session by using the back button after logout. When you log out and click the back
button, you can see the page that was last viewed.
For example, you view an e-mail and click Log out. The portal returns to the Login panel. If you then click the back
button, you might be able to view the e-mail again, depending on your browser. When you click the back button, the
browser returns to the data cached by the browser.
182
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Users can prevent the display of secured pages by either closing the browser after logout, or clearing the browser
cache. If you run the browser with SSL enabled, the problem does not exist.
Note: The problem concerns only the display and view of data. The portal or the displayed data cannot be modified as
clicking the back button does not undo the logout.
Chat may not work using Mozilla browser
If using the Mozilla browser, Chat may not work. When initiating a Chat, you may receive a blank window rather than the expected Chat window.
Documents with language set to Other cause poor-quality search
If the user preference for language is set to Other, only the stemmed words, variants on the original search term, are stored in the Index but not the original term itself.
The workaround is always set your user-preference language when saving a document to ensure both stemmed and original words are saved to the index.
JavaScript error when performing certain tasks
Problem: You may encounter a harmless JavaScript error when attempting to compose a mail message, create a new
contact, or create a new task or team space.
Solution: Click OK to dismiss the error and continue working.
Problems with SCORM courses not working on Linux/Mozilla
Following are the known issues using SCORM courses with Linux/Mozilla:
�
Any course that uses the SCORM standard will not track.
�
SCORM 1.2 compliant courses may not launch
Workaround : Use Internet Explorer 5.5 or 6.0.
Rich Text Editor Spell Check w/ tables in doc concatenates text
Running Spell Check on a Rich Text document that contains body text followed by table text may result in unexpected
text concatenation. When inserting a table into a document, ensure that white space separates the body text from the
table.
Search for Russian and Polish languages
Russian issue
Data is indexed in Russian, but Search parses the search terms according to the user's profile setting, not the browser's settings.
Workaround
Click on the "Edit my profile" link and set the user's language to "Russian", logout and then login again, then perform the search.
Polish issue
Unexpected search results might occur because words are being tokenized incorrectly. Polish documents are being
indexed incorrectly using trigram-mixed, but should be indexed as tri-gram. Search results will be returned, but could
include false matches.
183
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Some Learning functionality not supported in Mozilla browser
The following Workplace Collborative Learning functionality is currently not supported while in the Mozilla browser :
�
�
�
Course Chat
Live Virtual Classroom sessions
Learning specific Discussions
Workaround : use IE 5.5 or IE 6.0
Spell Check corrupts tables in Rich Text Editor
When running spell checker on mouse selected text within a table, text may be replaced outside of the table. This is a
known issue with mouse selection within an HTML table. The user may inadvertently include table formatting tags
within the selection. This can be prevented by using the keyboard to select only the text meant to be checked, rather
than using the mouse.
Text indentation not visible in HTML view in Presentation editor
In Presentation editor, sometimes the indentation or alignment of the text in textboxes or bulleted lists is not visible
in the HTML view.
This is a limitation of the HTML view as the positioning of the outer container of the text (For example, Textbox Frame,
Items Frame) takes priority over the inner text positioning, so all text is rendered at the same level of indentation.
Portlet issues
Content palette Remove action does not confirm or cancel
When you choose to remove a portlet from the content palette, you will not be prompted to confirm this action, and
the portlet will be deleted immediately from the list on the content palette. If you click Cancel in the Add Content view
of the content palette, you expect this action to cancel your removal of the portlet from the content palette, but it does
not. Canceling the removal of a portlet from the list in the content palette has no effect; the portlet that you removed
is deleted from the palette. You can restore the portlet to the content palette by opening Add Content in edit mode
and adding the portlet to the palette again.
Entries are deleted after logging out
Entries created in the Forms portlets are deleted after the user logs out. This includes any content created in all of
the following Forms portlets:
Agenda
Announcements
Attendance
Customer Contacts
Directions
Employee Directory
FAQs
Invitations
Issues
Links
Milestones
Minutes
Prospects
Sales Tracking
Sign Up Sheet
Survey
Vacations
184
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Instant Contacts - Corrupted contact removal message
If you remove a contact from an instant contacts group and the group name contains non-ASCII characters, such as
Traditional Chinese characters, the group name appears corrupted in the contact removal confirmation message. To
fix this, change the character set mapping in your browser to UTF-8.
Instant Contacts - Lose changes
You click the People palette icon to the right of the online status icon in the upper-right corner to display and close
People Finder and your Instant Contacts list. If you choose New group from the Actions menu at the top of Instant
Contacts, type a new group name in the New group page, and then either click the People palette icon to close People
Finder and Instant Contacts or click in the left-hand navigator to go somewhere else, such as Documents, when you
click the People palette again to re-display People Finder and Instant Contacts, the New group pages displays, but
without the new name you had typed.
Instant Messaging - Chat window doesn't open
The chat window won't display if a modal dialog is open. Specifically, when two people are logged in (Person1 and
Person2) and Person2 opens a modal dialog box, for example, when trying to find a name when adding a new contact,
Person1 can send a chat to Person2. However, the chat window won't display for Person2 until Person2's modal dialog
box - in this case the search directory dialog - is closed.
Instant Messaging - Chat window loses focus
When two people (Person1 and Person2) are chatting and Person2 sets their online status to Do Not Disturb and then
closes and reopens the chat window, Person1's chat window input area does not get focus so Person1 will not be able
to type anything. Click Invite Others to regain focus.
Instant Messaging - Customized status message lost
You can customize your online status message by clicking the arrow beside your online status indicator in the
upper-right corner, choosing Customize status, and then selecting an online status and editing the associated
message. For example, you might change the default "I am available" online status message from "I am available to
chat" to "I can chat." However, as soon as you change your online status, for example, to "I am away" and then return
back to "I am available," your customized message will not display. Only the original online status message displays.
Instant Messaging - On-line status indicator my become unstable
Click File -> Preferences, click the + beside Instant Messaging and then click Status. Then deselect Prompt me to
edit the message whenever I change my status to available (or "to away," or "Do not disturb") and then click Apply
and OK. When you click Tools -> My Status and change the status to "I am available" (or "I am away" or "Do Not
Disturb") the status indicator at the top-right corner may change to a different status indicator (such as to "I am
available" and then "Do Not Disturb") and become unstable. This issue happens on both Linux and Windows.
To resolve this issue, choose File -> Work Off-line and then File -> Work On-line. Click Reconnect to Instant
Messaging, if necessary.
Instant Messaging - Session timed out
When two people (Person1 and Person2) are logged in on two different machines and Person1's session becomes
timed out due to inactivity, Person2 is still able to send a chat to Person1. However, no chat window will display on
Person1's machine (since their session is timed out). In addition, Person2 has no way of knowing that Person1's
session has timed out and they are unable to receive chats. Person1 should log in again to be able to chat again.
185
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Instant messaging if SIP server fails
If the SIP server fails and instant messaging becomes unavailable, you must reboot all servers for instant messaging
to become functional again.
Instant Messaging portlet Help issues
The Instant Contacts "Removing groups" Help topic states that "when you remove either a personal or public group
from Instant Contacts, it is also removed from your address book." This statement is incorrect. Removing groups from
your Instant Contacts list does not affect your address book.
Issues with empty categories in the content palette
Empty categories in the content palette (the portlet palette) cause problems with displaying and using the palette.
Specifically, the display of the content palette may be corrupted, and you may not be able to drag portlets onto a page
from the palette. To avoid these problems do not create empty categories in the content palette.
In a page where you have the ability to add portlets to the page, click the vertical bar on the right edge of the browser
window to open and close the content palette. The content palette displays a list of portlets; you can drag portlets
from the palette and drop them onto the page. If you open the content palette and click the wrench icon at the top of
the palette to edit the palette, then click New to create a new category, enter a name in the Category Name field, and
click OK, you have created an empty category.
If you create an empty category and experience problems with displaying and using the content palette, you must
delete the empty category.You may have to log out of workplace and log back in before deleting the empty category.
To delete the empty category, open the content palette and click the wrench icon at the top of the palette to edit the
palette, then select the category you want to delete, click Delete, and click OK. After you delete the empty category,
you can follow the procedure below create the category again, this time adding at least one portlet.
To create a new category and simultaneously add one or more portlets to the category, begin by opening the content
palette and clicking the wrench icon at the top of the palette to edit the palette. Next, click New to create a new
category, and enter a name in the Category Name field. After entering the name in the Category Name field, click Add
to add one or more portlets to the new Category. Enter the name of the portlet you wish to add, or another valid
search string (for example, "portlet") in the "Title contains:" field, then click search. Select one or more portlets from
the list by selecting the checkbox next to each portlet, and click OK to add the portlets to the new category.
JavaScript Errors With Content Palette in IE
In a page where you have the ability to add portlets to the page, you click the vertical bar on the right edge of the
browser window to open and close the content palette (the portlet palette). The content palette displays a list of
portlets; you can drag portlets from the palette and drop them onto the page.
In Internet Explorer, if you open the content palette in a browser window with a horizontal scroll bar, clicking the
horizontal scroll bar while the palette is open causes a JavaScript error. To continue using the content palette after
this error occurs, you must refresh your browser window.
In Internet Explorer, you can choose Tools > Internet Options > Advanced, and deselect "Display a notification about
every script error." This will not prevent the error, but will prevent display of a dialog box notifying you that the error
has occurred.
No 'Show All' option after search in Manage Document Libraries
After a search is performed in the Manage Document Libraries portlet, there is no way to refresh the UI and display all
the Document Libraries. The workaround for this known problem is to log out and log back into Workplace. Once the
user has logged back into Workplace, the Manage Document Libraries portlet will be refreshed and all the Document
Libraries will be displayed.
186
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
No confirmation box when removing portlets from Content Palette
In a page where you have the ability to add portlets to the page, you click the vertical bar on the right edge of the
browser window to open and close the content palette (the portlet palette). The content palette displays a list of
portlets; you can drag portlets from the palette and drop them onto the page. If you open the content palette and click
the wrench icon at the top of the palette to edit the palette, then click on the name of a category in the list, select one
or more portlets in the category by selecting the check boxes next to the portlet names, and click Remove to remove
the portlet(s) from the category, a JavaScript error occurs and the portlet(s) are removed from the category; you are
not given the opportunity to confirm or cancel the removal.
Unable to cancel deletion of categories in content palette
In a page where you have the ability to add portlets to the page, you click the vertical bar on the right edge of the
browser window to open and close the content palette (the portlet palette). The content palette displays a list of
portlets; you can drag portlets from the palette and drop them onto the page. If you open the content palette and click
the wrench icon at the top of the palette to edit the palette, then select one or more categories from the list by
selecting the check boxes next to the category names, and click Delete to delete the categories, you see a dialog box
that says "Are you sure you want to delete the selected items?" If you click Cancel on this dialog box, the selected
categories are deleted anyway.
User is logged out if working in open document over two hours
In any IBM Workplace application, users working in an open document for more than two hours will be automatically
logged out of IBM Workplace and sent to the log-in page. The user will lose any work they have not saved. The problem
occurs because of a forced ltpa token expiration, and will be fixed in a future release.
Using vertical scroll bar in IE closes Content Palette
In a page where you have the ability to add portlets to the page, you click the vertical bar on the right edge of the
browser window to open and close the content palette (the portlet palette). The content palette displays a list of
portlets; you can drag portlets from the palette and drop them onto the page.
In Internet Explorer, if you open the content palette in a browser window with a vertical scroll bar, clicking the vertical
scroll bar while the palette is open causes the palette to close. If your IE browser window is not maximized, or if your
screen is set to 640x480 display mode, this can mean that some icons in the content palette are inaccessible. To
work around this problem, either maximize your browser window (if your display is set to display more than 640x480
pixels) or use a different browser (in 640x480 mode).
Web conference projector controls and large fonts
If your system is set to use large fonts, when you're in a Web conference, there may be some display problems in the
Projector control area. For example, on-line text may bleed into the Project Control tabs and the Share My
Screen/Stop Sharing buttons may be misaligned. Minimize the Attending or Downloads and Links sections to better
display the on-line text. For high resolution screens, maximizing the browser window will also fix this problem.
Web conferences - Mozilla 1.4 sizing issue
With Mozilla 1.4, resizing a web conference window to a larger and then smaller size cuts off some of the window
content, displaying no scroll bars. To fix this problem, maximize the window, or press F5 to refresh it. Note that
refreshing will re-load the entire page.
187
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Web conferencing PowerPoint slide display problems
If a firewall (such as Zonelabs Integrity Desktop) is enabled, fonts and symbols in PowerPoint slides may not always
display correctly during a Web conference. Click Refresh to correctly display the fonts and symbols in these slides.
Windows may flicker and disappear
Some windows, such as the chat window, may "flicker" (display and then disappear) when you minimize the window
and/or navigate to other windows. In some cases, the original window will re-display again, after flickering. If the
original window does not re-display, minimize other windows to see it.
WebSphere Portal issues
Content palette paging controls do not work as expected
If you use the content palette to add portlets to the pages of your portal or Workplace application, you will notice that
the page navigation controls do not work as expected. Open the content palette and click the Edit icon to display Add
Content. Click the Portlets category name to display the portlet selection list. At the bottom of the portlet selection
list, find the page buttons to move forward, backward, or jump through the pages of the portlet selection list. When
you click any of the available page navigation buttons (First page, Previous page, Next page, Last page, or Jump to
page <number>), you always return to the first page of Add Content. From here, simply click the Portlets category
name again to get to the correct target page within the portlet selection list. Repeat this action each time the page
navigation buttons take you out of the portlet selection list and back to the first page of Add Content.
WebSphere portal indexes required
To improve the performance of some Workplace-specific data access in the WebSphere Portal databases, the following
indexes should be created. If you used schema names different than the ones shown below when installing WebSphere
Portal, you should substitute your schema names for the ones below. These statements can be executed using the
vendor supplied interactive SQL tools. Example command line tools would be:
DB2
db2 connect to <dbname> user <dba username> using <password>
db2 -tv
create index IX2110D on prot_res (parent_oid, oid );
create index IX2140B on lnk_user_role ( role_inst_oid );
create index lambr_idxfix1 on wmmlambr (WMMLAMBR_ID, MEMBER_TYPE);
create index laasval_idxfix3 on wmmlaasval (WMMLAMBR_ID, WMMLAATR_ID);
create index laasval_idxfix2 on wmmlaasval (WMMLAMBR_ID, HAS_CONTEXT);
create index disresidx2 on DISCUSSIONRESOURCE (uri, parenturi, path);
create index disresidx3 on DISCUSSIONRESOURCE (uri, rooturi, projectid, workspace);
create index disres_midx2 on DISCUSSIONRES_M (uri, wpcpguid);
create index metaidx4 on wpcpmetadata ( wpcpguid, wpcpdeleted);
188
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Oracle
sqlplus <dba_username>/<password>@<dbserver>
create index IX2110D on WPSDBUSR.prot_res (parent_oid, oid );
create index IX2140B on WPSDBUSR.lnk_user_role ( role_inst_oid );
create index lambr_idxfix1 on WMMDBUSR.wmmlambr (WMMLAMBR_ID, MEMBER_TYPE);
create index laasval_idxfix3 on WMMDBUSR.wmmlaasval (WMMLAMBR_ID, WMMLAATR_ID);
create index laasval_idxfix2 on WMMDBUSR.wmmlaasval (WMMLAMBR_ID, HAS_CONTEXT);
create index disresidx2 on WCMDBADM.DISCUSSIONRESOURCE (uri, parenturi, path);
create index disresidx3 on WCMDBADM.DISCUSSIONRESOURCE (uri, rooturi, projectid, workspace);
create index disres_midx2 on WCMDBADM.DISCUSSIONRES_M (uri, wpcpguid);
create index metaidx4 on WCMDBADM.wpcpmetadata ( wpcpguid, wpcpdeleted);
Microsoft SqlServer
isql -S <servername> -U <dba username> -d <database>
create index IX2110D on WPSDBUSR.prot_res (parent_oid, oid );
create index IX2140B on WPSDBUSR.lnk_user_role ( role_inst_oid );
create index lambr_idxfix1 on WMMDBUSR.wmmlambr (WMMLAMBR_ID, MEMBER_TYPE);
create index laasval_idxfix3 on WMMDBUSR.wmmlaasval (WMMLAMBR_ID, WMMLAATR_ID);
create index laasval_idxfix2 on WMMDBUSR.wmmlaasval (WMMLAMBR_ID, HAS_CONTEXT);
create index disresidx2 on WCMDBADM.DISCUSSIONRESOURCE (uri, parenturi, path);
create index disresidx3 on WCMDBADM.DISCUSSIONRESOURCE (uri, rooturi, projectid, workspace);
create index disres_midx2 on WCMDBADM.DISCUSSIONRES_M (uri, wpcpguid);
create index metaidx4 on WCMDBADM.wpcpmetadata ( wpcpguid, wpcpdeleted);
IBM Data Access Tool issues
Arabic and Hebrew translations
Note the following regarding Arabic and Hebrew translations:
�
Arabic and Hebrew translations will not be provided for the data access tool in this release. Note that this does
not include the Application catalog.
�
The Import and Export buttons located in the Application catalog will be translated into Arabic and Hebrew, but
the dialog boxes that appear when those buttons are clicked will appear entirely in English because those dialog
boxes are part of the data access tool code. Note that there may be other situations where Arabic or Hebrew
translations will switch to all English throughout the user interface.
Button label font style does not automatically refresh
In data access designer, if you change the font style attribute of a button label, the label does not automatically
refresh with the new font style. To see the new font style, click the selected button once, then click outside the button.
The new font style will then appear on the label. You can also change another attribute for the button to see the new
font style appear for the button label.
Cannot import or export applications without the data definition
When importing or exporting database applications, the data definition always gets imported or exported, even if you
de-select it on the Import Database Application or Export Database Application dialog boxes.
189
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Changing image in image control does not save immediately
In data access designer, if you add an image control to a form, save and close the form, re-open the form, and then
change the image that the image control is pointing to, you will not be able to save the form with the new image. You
must make an additional change to the form and then save the form for the new image to appear in the image control.
Combination box with filtering enabled not working correctly
In a combination box that is displaying values from a table, if the value and label columns are from the table that the form is based on, then any filter that you set in a query by clicking the Add Columns button in the attributes editor won't work.
An example of a query: With an Employees table that included empName, isMgr, and MgrName table columns, if you bind a combination box to the MgrName table column and then specify a query through the Add Columns button that indicates SELECT empName from Employees WHERE isMgr=1, then the query won't work.
Compression cannot be turned off during export
When exporting a database application, regardless of whether or not you select Compress the contents of the JAR file
in the Export to file system dialog box, the database application will always get compressed.
Cut, copy, paste of multiple controls not working as expected
When selecting multiple controls in a form in data access designer, if you right-click on the selected controls, Cut, Copy, and Paste do not work as expected.
Cut will cut the selected controls, Copy will copy the selected controls, but Paste will only paste one control, even if multiple controls are cut or copied.
Copy will not be available if you press a control key to select the first control (for example, CTRL or SHIFT). You must select the first control without pressing a control key, and then you can use a control key to select the rest of the conrtols that you want to copy.
DateTime data type not working correctly when output in grids
Computed Field columns or Output columns in a grid that are bound to a DateTime table column will only display the associated Date value, not the Time value in data access viewer.
Default location of cursor in form is in last field
When creating new records in a form in data access viewer, after you save a new record and then click New to create a new record, the cursor will default to the last field in the form. Simple actions can be used by the database application designer to change the default cursor location if desired. Delete button for deleting custom values in a list does not work
If you are in the Options tab of the attributes editor in data access designer, designing a Custom values list for a List Box, Combination Box, or Radio Button Group control in a form, you must use the keyboard command DELETE to delete any values listed in a row under Value and Label. If you click in a row that contains text and then click Delete above the list, the text will not delete properly.
190
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Descriptions not copied during Duplicate, Share, and Import
If you duplicate, share, or import a database application that contains description text in the Description field (in the
database application's attributes editor Design Domain tab), the description will not carry over to the duplicate,
shared, or imported version.
Disabled radio buttons appear to be enabled
Radio button groups may still appear to be enabled when there is no available record to edit, or when you have
disabled them while creating the form in data access designer. Although the buttons appear to be enabled (not greyed
out), you will not be able to select the radio buttons nor give them keyboard focus.
Error message 23502: columns cannot accept Null value
After creating a form and checking the "Enable auto-save of data" box on the Form Info tab and then previewing the
form in data access viewer, if you click the New button, an error message that says that your columns cannot accept
a null value may display. To avoid this error, all primary key and non-nullable columns must have a default value
assigned. For primary key columns, this default value must be unique for that table.
The following is an example of an XPath expression that will assign a unique default value for a primary key column
from a table:
if(count(instance('defaultInstance')/<TABLE NAME>)=0,'1',string(max(instance('defaultInstance')/<TABLE NAME>/@<PRIMARY KEY COLUMN>)+1))
where TABLE NAME is the name of your table and PRIMARY KEY COLUMN is the name of your primary key column.
Events/Actions that are not working for grids and reports
In reports, the following actions will work:
�
Close
�
Exit
�
Load
�
Message
In reports, the following actions will cause errors and it is recommended that they are not used since reports are not
supposed to manipulate data:
�
Delete
�
Insert New Record
�
Duplicate Records
In reports, the following events will not be triggered:
�
On Hint
�
On Help
�
On Focus
In grids, the following actions will not work:
�
Set Attribute
�
Set Focus
�
Trigger Event
In grids, the following events will not be triggered:
�
On Focus
�
On Hint
�
On Help
191
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Floating point numbers are not handled correctly
Floating point numbers are not handled correctly in the data access tool. When creating a new table using the New
Table dialog box, if you select FLOAT in the Data type drop-down list for a table column, the Precision field becomes
enabled. Note the following two issues that happen when using the Precision field with the FLOAT data type:
1. If an edit box is bound to a float table column, then when the form or grid is run it will only accept the number of
characters specified in the Precision field. This behavior is incorrect, as the number of characters that you enter
in the Precision field is largely unrelated to the precision of a number. For example, both of the numbers 4 and
32768 have only 1 significant bit and would require nearly the same precision.
2. The value entered in the Precision field does not determine the precision allowed in the numbers that can be
entered in a form in data access viewer. The actual precision is always 32bit.
Font style changes on printout
When printing a form, grid, or report that has a text decoration, you may notice that the font style on the printout does
not look the same as the font style displayed in data access viewer. To make sure they appear the same, uncheck the
Use default font check box in the Font tab of the attributes editor and click Choose Font to select a new font. If you
want to continue using the default font but want to ensure that it displays correctly when printing, simply select the
default font from the list of fonts.
Form closes without warning after deleting last record
In IBM data access viewer, if you add records to a form and then decide to delete them, the form will automatically
close without any notice after you delete the last record. To avoid closing the form, leave at least one record in the
form.
Images don't appear on buttons if width of button is too small
When adding an image to a button in data access designer, make sure the button is wide enough to fit both the image
and the button label. If the button is not wide enough, the image will not appear on the button.
Images on buttons do not appear when previewing forms
When previewing forms with buttons that contain images and text, the button displays the text but not the image. This
usually happens because the size of the image is greater than the size of the button. To view the image, open the form
in data access designer, increase the size of the button to accommodate the size of the image, save the form, and
then preview it again. If the image still does not appear, you may need to increase the size of the button again.
Looping occurs in grids when using the duplicate record action
If you add the Duplicate Current Record simple action to a grid column that is an Edit Box, Check Box, or
Combination Box, then when the grid column is double-clicked in preview mode or in data access viewer an endless
loop will start as the newly created row becomes active, activating the grid column again. The data access tool will
eventually crash.
If you want to add the Duplicate Current Record simple action to a grid column, add it to a grid column of control
type Output or Computed Field as these control types do not cause the looping to occur.
192
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Missing records in grid after filtering and hiding
In data access viewer, if you filter and hide records in a grid and then click New to create a new record, you may
notice that the existing records do not refresh on the grid. To refresh all records, click Show All in the bottom action
bar.
Navigating a new form with keyboard on Linux
In data access designer on Linux, you cannot use any key to navigate within an open form, grid, or report that you just
created. To navigate within a new form, grid, or report, you must switch to any other application (using ALT+ TAB) and
then come back to the open form, grid, or report, OR close the new form, grid, or report and then re-open it again.
New table column/table not appearing in Data binding field
If you add a new table column to a table in a data definition, and then add a new Output column to a grid or report,
the new table column will not immediately appear in the Data binding field (Binding tab in the attributes editor) for
the grid or report column. This also occurs when choosing a different table to appear in the Data binding field.
To make the new table column or different table appear in the Data binding field, click outside of the grid or report
column and then click back in the grid or report column to refresh the grid or report column's attributes.
No confirmation when saving form in data access viewer
If you are creating a new record in a form in data access viewer, and then click Save to save the record, you will not
get a confirmation that the record was saved. Use the actions provided in the bottom action bar see the saved records.
Non-nullable table columns in grids, forms cause error on save
If you create a grid or form by choosing a table that includes table columns that are not nullable (excluding the
primary key table column), but do not include the non-nullable column(s) in the grid or form, then when you try to
save the data that you enter in the grid or form in data access viewer, you will get an error. You must include the
non-nullable column(s) in the grid or form to be able to save the data.
It is recommended that you either include the non-nullable table columns in your grid, or make the table columns that
you do not want in your grid nullable to avoid getting errors.
On Save/On Save Error issues with forms, grids
If you are entering data into a form or grid and you do not enter a value for a required field, such as in the primary key
field, then any action that is associated with an On Save or On Save Error event in the form or grid will not be
executed.
Printing a grid or report
If you print a grid or report, the top border of the grid or report appears only on the first printed page. The top border
will not appear on the pages following the first page.
193
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Problems when using multiple-value design controls
In data access viewer, when using a multiple-value design control (List Box, Combination Box, and Radio Button
Group) in a form, you may notice one or more of the following problems:
�
�
�
�
values get deleted when selecting a different item in an existing record
error messages in log files
inability to save the record
navigation buttons are disabled
To avoid this, when designing the form, do not bind design controls and their values to the same table column.
Records do not sort correctly in data access viewer
When designing a form, report, or grid using tables with relationships, you may notice that the records do not display
in data access viewer in the order you specified in the Order by tab of the Add columns dialog box. To correct this,
click Sort in the bottom action bar to sort the records in the desired order.
Red cross appears instead of error message
When de-selecting all the design elements on the Import Database Application or Export Database Application dialog
box, a red cross appears at the top of the box instead of an error message telling you that you must select at least one
design element in order to proceed.
Renamed columns do not appear in data binding drop-down list
After completing the following steps, you may find that newly renamed columns do not appear in the Data binding
drop-down list in the attributes editor. Instead, the original column names remain in the list. To correct this, click Add
Column beside the Data binding drop-down list, select the newly renamed column, and then click OK to add it. Now
the newly renamed column should appear in the Data binding drop-down list and can be used for data binding.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Create a table in the data definition of an application.
Create a form using that table.
Reopen the table in the data definition and rename one of the columns.
Reopen the form.
Rename/Save As not supported for more than one design element
If you select more than one design element when viewing each list of design elements in data access designer, and
then right-click on the selection, the Rename or Save As actions will be performed only on the selected design
element that is closest to the top of the list. You cannot rename or perform a 'save as' action on more than one design
element at a time.
Renaming a table
If you rename an existing table that is bound to design elements, and the design elements are not closed when you
rename the table, you must close, re-open, and re-bind the existing design elements to the new table name. Existing
design elements will not automatically update with the new table name.
Re-binding data will cause all previous selections in the Order by and Conditions tabs of the the data binding wizard
to be lost.
194
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Replace/Find not working for some data types in forms, grids
If a form in data access viewer contains a field that is bound to a Date or Datetime datatype, clicking Find Next or
Replace in the Replace dialog box does not search those fields.
If a grid in data access viewer contains a grid column that is bound to a Date, Datetime, Name, or Namelist datatype,
clicking Replace in the Replace dialog box (click Edit -> Find/Replace) does not search those columns.
Reports without data do not display group report column labels
If you create a report that contains group report columns (select a report column, click the Group tab in the attributes
editor, Group column is selected), all of the report column labels will appear in data access viewer, except for the
group report column labels if there is no data for the report to display. When data is available for the report, the group
report column labels will also appear.
Select correct computed expression for summaries to work
If you add a Computed Field column to a report, and then add a grand summary to that same column, you need to be
sure that the computed expression you choose for the computed field will work with a summary. If you do not select a
computed expression that can work with a summary, you will see an error message.
In this release, only simple expressions will work with summaries. Examples of simple expressions are @Salary,
@Age, @Name, where Salary, Age, and Name are column names.
Sharing a database application when data definition is open
If you share a database application while data access designer is open, and while any design editor (data definition,
forms, grids, reports) is open for that database application, you will get an error message when you either close the
design editor or close data access designer. In addition, if you attempt to use the open the design editors to make any
design changes after sharing that application you will receive the same error. These errors do NOT indicate a loss of
existing design info, but further edits require that you simply close and re-open the design editors for those design
elements.
To prevent getting any error messages, close any open design editors for a database application prior to sharing it.
Simple combination boxes do not display correctly
After creating a combination box on a form and selecting 'simple' as the style in the attributes editor in data access
designer, the simple combination box incorrectly displays as a normal combination box when viewing the form in data
access designer, printing, and previewing printouts. However it displays correctly in data access viewer. A normal
combination box displays as a text box with a button that drops down a list of values when clicked. Once a value is
selected, the list disappears. A simple combination box displays as a normal combination box with a drop-down list
but with no button to hide the list.
Some border styles appear incorrectly in data access designer
The following scenario outlines an issue with border styles:
1.
2.
3.
In data access designer, create a form and include some table columns from a table in the data definition.
Select a control on the form, and then click the Border tab in the Attributes editor.
Add a border to the control.
The border styles DOUBLE, GROOVE, HIDDEN, INSET, OUTSET, and RIDGE are all drawn as SOLID style in data
access designer. These borders appear correctly in data access viewer.
195
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Strikeout and Underline font effects not working
In data access designer, the font effects Strikeout and Underline, available for a control through the Font tab in the
attributes editor, are not working in this release. If you select Strikeout or Underline, that choice will not save when
you close the Font dialog box.
Triggering an On Hint event on a control
When in a design element in data access designer, you can assign Hint text to a control by adding text to the Hint
field in the control's attributes. To have the assigned Hint text appear in data access viewer, you should be able to use
an On Hint event that can be activated with a Trigger Event simple action. If you use an On Hint event that uses a
Trigger Event simple action, the Hint text that is supposed to appear for a control will not appear, but any additional
actions that are associated with the event will be performed.
However, if you hover the mouse over a control that has Hint text assigned to it, then the On Hint event will work, any
actions will be performed, and Hint text will appear.
Using the Set Value simple action
When designing a form in data access designer, if you use the Set Value simple action, note that a user using the form
in data access viewer will not be prompted to save the changes that are made from the Set Value simple action. If you
use the Set Value simple action, make sure the user knows that the form must be saved. Or make sure that the Set
Value simple action only occurs when other values are changed or reverted, which will enforce the user to save.
Otherwise, the data entered from the Set Value simple action could get lost.
XPath id() function not working as expected
The XPath id() function in data access designer appears as a function that can be used in a computed field, but id() is
not working as expected in this release. Using the id() function will result in an "illegal binding" error when the form is
run.
Activity Explorer issues
'Esc' key does not dismiss the create shared object dialog
In the "Create shared object" dialogs, the 'Esc' key does not dismiss the dialog if the cursor is in the member field.
Workaround
Tab to another field, and then press the 'Esc' key, or use Alt + F4 to dismiss the dialog.
Cannot create a shared file on server behind a firewall
Users who connect to a Workplace server that is located behind a firewall are unable to create shared files
When a user attempts to create a shared file, the status bar displays the following message:
Creating Shared File Failed. In some cases the shared file object appears in the user's Activity List, but when the user cannot display a preview of it
or open the object.
Activity Explorer uses the WebSphere Portal Content Publisher (WPCP) document library to store shared files. By
default, the Workplace server is configured to receive messages for WPCP on port 9081. If the firewall blocks
communications that are destined for port 9081, Activity Explorer cannot create shared files.
Workaround
Remove the port value from the wpcp.serverUrl property in the Activity Explorer properties file.
196
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Activity Explorer stores information about the location of the document library in the wpcp.serverUrl property in the
lwpae.properties properties file. The default value for this property specifies port 9081. However, this port
specification is not needed, because when the Workplace server receives a request on port 80, the web server plugin
on the server automatically handles the request and internally re-routes it to port 9081.
To remove the port value complete the following tasks:
1. Open the Activity Explorer properties file in the following location:
<iwp_root>/properties/lwpae.properties
Where <iwp_root> is the directory in which you installed IBM Workplace. For example, on a Windows server, if you
installed Workplace in the default location, the Activity Explorer properties file is located in
c:\WebSphere\WorkplaceServer\properties.
2. Locate the property wpcp.serverUrl, delete the port number from the value, and then
save and close the file.
For example change:
wpcp.serverUrl=http://server.yourco.com:9081/lwp/wcp to
wpcp.serverUrl=http://server.yourco.com/lwp/wcp
3. If the deployment includes multiple Workplace servers, repeat Steps 1 and 2 on each server, including the
Deployment Manager, if one exists.
Cannot use paste on Linux client to create shared file responses
Using a Linux client, you cannot create a response to an existing shared object by pasting a file from the file system.
Workaround
Drag and drop the file from the file system onto the existing shared object.
Create shared file dialog appears behind the desktop
When dragging a file onto a contact to create a shared file, you may notice the "Create shared file" dialog appears
behind the desktop.
Workaround
Click on the dialog to give it focus.
File-->Preferences... does not show Activity Explorer settings
From a client perspective other than Activity Explorer, if you select File -> Preferences . . . from the menu, you do not
see Activity Explorer settings.
Workaround
Switch to Activity Explorer and select File -> Preferences . . .
197
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Help graphics do not display in some topics
It has been reported that in localized versions of the Activity Explorer Help, some topics are missing graphics. A
placeholder displays in the location where the missing graphic belongs.
The following topics are effected:
Activity Explorer: The exclamation point icon in the last paragraph does not display.
Activity Explorer -> Shared objects -> Shared screens: In the first paragraph, the camera icon does not display.
Working with activities and objects ->Activity Views->Identifying new objects In the first bullet, the new shared note
icon does not display. In the second bullet, the exclamation point icon does not display.
Working with activities and objects -> Capturing a screen area to share: In Step 7 the camera icon does not display.
Working with people -> Identifying active people: In the first bullet, the icon representing a member with an opened
object does not display.
In ND environment previewed objects retain active (green) status
In a Network Deployment, when a user previews an object and then leaves it idle, the object continues to display as
"Active" on the desktops of its other members. To indicate that an object is active, Activity Explorer displays a green
background around the object icon. An object becomes active in one of two ways: when a member opens the object, or
when a member previews the object -- that is, when a member selects the object so that the object's content displays
in the Preview pane (for 30 seconds, by default).
When an object becomes active as the result of being previewed (rather than opened), its status should eventually
return to inactive. By default, the return to inactive status occurs after the object is idle for 60 seconds. Users can
specify the number of seconds, using the following setting in their Activity Explorer preferences: Change the status of
an object to inactive after it is idle for this many seconds
Workaround
From the Activity List, click Refresh.
Modification data for some objects is not updated properly
The modification times and modified by values for persistent chats and shared screens are not always updated
properly. This problem is scheduled to be fixed in a future release.If the modification date and modified by values are
not updated properly, you might be able to restore the correct values by clicking Refresh from the Activity List pane.
Persistent chat window opens behind desktop on Linux client
When initiating a persistent chat on a Linux client, the chat window may open behind the desktop.
Workaround
Use Alt-Tab to bring the Chat window into the foreground.
Remove yourself as last member of a shared object
Users may find that if they remove themselves as the last member of a shared object, nothing happens.
Workaround
Removal of last member of a shared object is prevented; delete the shared object instead.
198
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Shared object does not disappear after removing yourself
If you remove yourself from a shared object with no responses in an activity thread, the shared object shows up as a
restricted object when it should disappear.
Workaround
Refresh the activity list and the restricted object will disappear.
Technical preview issues
Admin mail preference values are default for new portlet users
Once the Notes Mail Portlet has been installed and configured for other users by the Notes Mail portlet administrator,
if the administrator is logged in and edits the portlet mail preference page, (for example entering in a username,
password, domino servername and path to mail file), any values entered and save there by the administrator will
become the default for all users that have not yet edited their particular instance of the Notes Mail Portlet. If the
administrator does not want these values to be inherited by all new users, the administrator should leave these values
blank.
All sent messages are saved in the sent folder
If you create a new message, and uncheck the box "Save in Sent folder", when you send the message, it actually will be
saved in the Sent folder. The workaround is to go to the sent folder and delete the unwanted message from the folder.
Bad email addresses may not return delivery failures
If a user composes an email and sends it to a bad email address, the user may not always get a delivery failure report.
Caveats using the 'Move to Folder' button to move messages
Users should avoid using the 'Move to Folder' button to move messages from the Inbox to the Drafts, Sent, or Trash
Folders. Messages are normally moved to those folders as a result of a different action button (Save As Draft, Save in
Sent Folder, and Delete). The 'Move to Folder' button should only be used to move messages from the Inbox to
personal folders and between personal folders. If a user does select to move a message to the Drafts, Sent, or Trash
Folders, the message may not appear in the desired folder. However the user should still be able to find the message
in the 'All Messages' view.
Delete Folder from Notes Mail does not work
Deleting folders does not work if the "Allow soft deletions" option is checked in the Mail database properties ->
Advanced tab.
The workaround is to uncheck the "Allow soft deletions" option in the Mail database properties -> Advanced tab. Log
out and log back in after deleting the folder.
Delete policy for mobile client contacts is that latest wins
In the mobile client, there is no synchronization policy regarding Contacts; it is simply that the latest modification
wins.
199
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Errors occur when deleting documents or folders
If a mail file on the Domino server has soft deletions enabled, a user may experience errors deleting documents
and/or folders in the Notes Mail - Technical Preview portlet. This problem is solved by installing the Notes Mail
Technical Preview fixpack for Domino 6.0.4/6.5.2.
If Soft delete is disabled, you cannot empty the trash folder
If a user navigates to the Trash folder, and chooses to empty the Trash, the Trash folder refreshes, but the documents
remain in the trash folder.
Workaround: Go into Domino Database properties - Advanced, and enable Soft Delete for that Domino mail file.
If Soft Delete is enabled, Messages in Trash lose field values
If a user has Soft Delete enabled, Messages in the Trash folder lose values in the "From", "Subject", and "Date" fields.
Workaround
Go into Domino Database properties -> Advanced, and disable Soft Delete for the Domino mail file.
Issues with documents saved as drafts
Following are the known issues with documents saved as drafts:
1. Checkbox settings (High priority, Confirm delivery & Save in Sent Folder) are not saved when you 'save as draft.'
Workaround
Recheck the desired settings when you edit the draft again.
2. Unable to open a document 'saved as draft' in the All Messages folder.
Workaround
Navigate to the Drafts folder and open the document there.
3. If you save a document with rich text elements as a draft, a question mark character appears at the end of the body
field, in the draft, when you reopen it.
Workaround
Delete the question mark character before you send the message to the recipient.
Junk Mail dialog can't be reinvoked after checkbox is checked
When a user performs any of the following three types of actions:
-- deleting a message as junk mail
-- moving a message to the Junk Mail folder
-- moving a message out of the Junk Mail folder, or designating a message as "Not Junk Mail" from within the
Junk Mail folder
the user will see a dialog displaying informational text, and a checkbox labelled "Do not show me this message again."
If the user checks the checkbox and clicks the OK button to dismiss the dialog, they will have no way of reinvoking the
dialog for that type of action in the future.
The workaround is to open the following file:
websphere\appserver\installedApps\<nodename>\A_LWP_Messaging.ear\lwp.portlets.mailbox.war\mailbox\view\ind
ex.jsp
and unset the preferences according to the directions in the file (see the "DO NOT DELETE" section).
Please note that for the 2.0 release of IBM Workplace, the Junk Mail feature is presented as a technical preview only.
200
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Mark Read / Unread function may not work in mobile client
The Read / Unread status change may not work if a user switches between folders. For example, if you change a mail
message to "Unread", and then switch to the All Documents folder, the mail message may still appear to be "Read".
Messages are lost after renaming a user's folder
If a user renames a folder, the new name does not automatically appear in the view, and all messages in that folder
disappear.
Workaround
Log out and log back in again.
Misleading wireless message if Notes mail source not configured
When using a Wireless or hand-held device to open a Notes mail database using the Common Messaging portlet, if the
Notes database name, server details or user name and password have not been configured in the Mail preferences, the
error message displayed on the wireless device is vague and does not indicate the cause of the error. To correct this
problem, login using an HTML browser, and select Edit on the Notes Mail portlet to display the mail preferences.
Complete and save the Notes mail preferences, and ensure that you can then open the mail database using the HTML
browser.
Mobile client allows saving a group to an existing group
Currently, when saving a group name, the mobile client does not verify if the group name already exists.
Workaround
It is recommended that a user not save a group with a name matching an existing entry; it will result in two groups
with identical names, and may cause confusion, especially after synchronization.
Mobile client does not support changing a user password
Currently, the mobile client does not support a user changing the user password after themobile client has been
installed and provisioned. User passwords can be changed using the browser client.
Workaround
If a user password changes on the server, the user will need to uninstall and then reinstall the mobile client. After
provisioning, the user will need to allow synchronization to complete.
Mobile client may crash if operations performed quickly together
It is possible to crash the mobile client if a user tries to perform operations too quickly. For example, when closing a
mail message, if a user clicks "OK" at the top right corner of the screen a few times too quickly, the mobile client may
crash.
Workaround
After clicking an object on the screen, wait until the operation has finished before clicking on the screen again.
Mobile client may need two synchs to get full folder structure
When creating custom folders with multiple layers of subfolders in mail, on a server, it may take two synchronizations
to synch the complete folder structure.
Workaround
Synchronize more than once when new folders are created.
201
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Mobile client: IM status icon may not respond
After using the Tools menu to change the IM status, or edit the IM status message, the IM icon on the menu bar next
to Tools will not respond.
There is currently no workaround; a restart is required.
Mobile client: IM status icon may require time to be updated
When changing the IM status, it may be a short time before the icon on the client is updated to reflect the new status.
For example, when a user changes the IM status, and switches immediately to another application, the user's IM
status may still reflect the original status. It may take a second or two for the icon to be updated to the new status.
Workaround
After changing your IM status, wait a few seconds before switching to another application.
Must re-install Mobile if Workplace password changes
When a user changes their Workplace password on the server (using the browser), they must uninstall and re-install
the Mobile client.
If a user is disconnected, they can still log in using their old password and access data on the mobile device, but as
soon as they connect again, sync will fail and they will not be able to log in. After reinstallation, a user should be able
to use their new password to access data on the Mobile client.
NotesMail - Changing portlet's mail source
The Notes Mail portlet doesn't immediately reflect changes to a new Mail Source setting. Users must log out /in to
portal to "apply" the change.
NotesMail - Do not change Mail server type/protocol
In the Notes Mail portlet, the "Mail server type/protocol" field should not be visible in the Configuration Page as an
editable field. Leave the setting for "IBM Lotus Notes."
NotesMail - Syntax Error when clicking Edit Mail Source button
In the Notes Mail portlet, clicking the "Edit Mail Source" button in Mail Preferences invokes a Syntax Error.
NotesMail - Username/Password fields in Mail Preferences
The Username and Password fields in the Mail Preferences page should be hidden when the portlet is configured for
SSO (set in configuration mode by the Administrator). Values in these fields will be ignored if SSO is being used as
the Authentication method; this is appropriate behavior.
Sending mail addressed to Notes name causes Domino to crash
If a user sends a message to another user addressed with the Notes hierarchical name or short name, instead of the
user's internet address, the Domino server can crash with a "PANIC: LookupHandle: null handle" error. This problem is
solved by installing the Notes Mail Technical Preview fixpack for Domino 6.0.4/6.5.2.
202
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Special characters display incorrectly in subject, body of email
Some characters such as "<", ">" and "&" that are considered special characters in XML, might be rendered incorrectly
in the subject or body of an email message, depending on the editor used to create the message. For example, a "<"
might be displayed as "&lt"
Tabbing and focus issue in a Mail message
After creating a new mail message you can press the "Tab" key to quickly reach the body of the Rich Text editor,
however you will also need to tab through the icon bar as well; you will need to press the "Tab" key 7 times in order to
move from the Subject field to the body of the Rich Text editor. Also, there will be a blinking cursor in the Rich Text
editor even when focus is not in this area.
Unread marks not working for new messages
When receiving new mail in the Notes Mail - Technical Preview portlet, the new messages may not appear as unread
(in bold).
Workaround
Mark the message unread using the Actions menu in the Inbox.
When reading a rich text message, text colors are not displayed
When reading a rich text message that has colored text, the text displays only as black. This problem is solved by
installing the Notes Mail Technical Preview fixpack for Domino 6.0.4/6.5.2.
When reading rich text messages, inline images are not displayed
When reading a rich text message that has an inline image included in the body of the message, the inline image will
not dispay. This problem is solved by installing the Notes Mail Technical Preview fixpack for Domino 6.0.4/6.5.2.
Wireless: Body text lost using address lookup on forwarded mail
When using a wireless protocol (for example WML) to access the Notes Mail portlet, the following sequence of steps
can cause loss of information:
�
�
�
�
�
Open a message
Select Forward to forward the message to another user
Enter text into the Body field
Click the To: link to lookup mail addresses for the message
Return to the forward message form (either by selecting an address from the addressbook, or by cancelling
the lookup)
The mail body text will have been deleted. To work around this problem, always lookup up the addresses for the
message before entering the text of the message.
Please note that for the 2.0 release of IBM Workplace, the Wireless access feature is presented as a technical preview
only.
203
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Wireless: Error when opening/restoring message in Trash folder
When using a wireless protocol (for example WML) to access the Note Mail portlet, the following two errors will be
found with the Trash folder if the Notes mail database is configured for soft deletion:
�
�
Opening a message from the Trash folder will cause an error
Restoring a message from the Trash folder to another folder will not generate an error, but the message will
remain in the Trash folder
Please note that for the 2.0 release of IBM Workplace, the Wireless access feature is presented as a technical preview
only.
Wireless: Invalid addresses deleted without error message
When using a wireless protocol (for example WML) to access the addressbook portlet, the following sequence of steps
can cause loss of information:
�
�
�
�
Create a new group
Enter an invalid address in the Members field
Click the addressbook lookup field to lookup additional entries for the Members field
Return to the create group form (either by selecting an address from the addressbook, or by cancelling the
lookup)
The invalid mail address will have been deleted from the Create Group form without an error message. Any valid
addresses will be preserved correctly.
Please note that for the 2.0 release of IBM Workplace, the Wireless access feature is presented as a technical preview
only.
Wireless: Navigation of Folders w/ Pocket PC IE skips messages
Using wireless access via Internet Explorer on a Pocket PC, when using "Next Messages" and "Previous Messages" to
navigate through the Inbox, the messages might appear out of order or skipped.
To navigate through the Inbox in this case, open any message and navigate to each message in sequence by selecting
"Next Message".
204
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Documentation updates
IBM Workplace Information Center
Configuring the IMAP service
When you configure the IMAP service, you must also enable IMAP in a user policy. The IMAP service acts as an
intermediary for communications between IMAP mail clients and IBM Workplace Messaging. You can configure all
IMAP Services in a cell by performing the following steps:
1. In the WebSphere Administrative Console, click Lotus Workplace --> Mail Cell-Wide Settings.
2. On the Configuration page, scroll to Additional Properties.
3. Click IMAP
4. Edit the IMAP properties.
5. Click OK.
6. Click Lotus Workplace --> Users --> Manage User Policies to enable IMAP in a user policy.
7. Select the user policy for which you want to enable IMAP access.
8. Scroll down to the option "Allowed alternate mail clients" and select IMAP.
9. Click OK.
Note
Users must log out, then log back in to use the changed policy. Note that policy changes take from 15
minutes to an hour to process; therefore it is good practice to make policy changes at the end of the day so that users
can begin using the new policy when they log in the next day.
Note
To use SSL with IMAP, you must first enable SSL in WebSphere Application Server. Click Security --> SSL to
enable SLL in WebSphere Application Server.
Help incorrectly references mobile client in user policies
The Administrative Console Help incorrectly states that the mobile client is an available client in user policies under
the "Allow clients" section. If you want to enable users to use mobile devices with IBM Workplace, select "Allow
technical preview" instead.
HTML table of contents cannot be collapsed in Mozilla
If you use a Mozilla browser to view the IBM Workplace information center, the HTML version of the table of contents
displays fully expanded, and cannot be collapsed.
People Finder c2A methods do not support Person menu actions
In the Information center topic "People Finder configuration parameters" the description of the c2a_action_descriptor
parameter contains obsolete information.
The topic states that the FindPersonByName, FindPersonByEmailAddress, and ShowPersonRecordByMemberID
methods all cause the Person menu to display menu actions. However, in this release, People Finder supports
Cooperative portlet methods, but the Person tag that provides the Person menu does not. Therefore, other consumer
portlets of these cooperative methods may be able to use the data from them in their applications, but cannot use the
data to display a Person menu and its actions.
Servers can have Mail services or SIP services, but not both
The WebSphere Administrative Console Help incorrectly states that you can create a new application server with a
template that provides both Mail and SIP services. This is incorrect. You can apply a Mail services template or a SIP
services template only.
205
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning
i5/OS - Verify FTP attributes before using i5/OS as FTP server
If you want to use i5/OS as the FTP server when you import courses via the Authoring Tool, make sure the i5/OS FTP
attributes are set properly. Use the CHGFTPA command, to do this; this will change the behavior of FTP on the entire
system. Change the "Initial name format" from *LIB to *PATH and "Initial directory" from *CURLIB to *HOMEDIR.
Also make sure the user profile you use for FTPing of courses has a valid home directory. Use the chgusrprf
command if necessary:
Be sure the directory you specify exists (in the above example, /home/ftpuser).
206
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Internal HTTP server for Offline Learning Client is incorrect
Step 5. of the procedure for deploying the Offline Learning Client should read as follows (changes in red):
5. In the "URL of Offline Learning Client Software" field, type the URL where OfflineClientWin32.exe is available
for download.
For Windows, AIX, Linux, and Solaris, you need to specify the virtual application server port 9081 as part of
the server name if you are using the internal HTTP server that comes with IBM WebSphere Application
Server. For example, if the server is installed on a machine named alex1.notesdev.ibm.com, the URL would
be http://alex1.notesdev.ibm.com:9081/lms-ds/duc/OfflineClientWin32.exe. You need to include the lms-ds
specification because the Offline Learning Client plug-in references the dsWeb.war directory as lms-ds.
For the i5/OS, the port number for the internal HTTP server is different. You can determine the internal HTTP
server port number from the port block number you specified when you created the Workplace Collaboration
Services server: the internal HTTP server port is the port block number plus 9. For example, if the port block
number is 33000, the internal HTTP port number is 33009. For example, if the server is installed on a
machine named alex1.notesdev.ibm.com, the URL would be http://alex1.notesdev.ibm.com:33009/lms-ds/
duc/OfflineClientWin32.exe.
For all platforms, if you are using an external HTTP server, you can omit the port number unless your
external port is not 80, which is the port assumed by default. For example, if the server is installed on a
machine named alex3.notesdev.com and you have not specified an HTTP port other than 80, the URL would
be http://alex3.notesdev.ibm.com/duc/OfflineClientWin32.exe. However, if your external HTTP server uses a
different port, you need to include that port number in the path as you would with an internal HTTP server.
Workplace skills are different from WCL instructor skills
Users may be confused by the difference between the skills that can be defined and searched in IBM Workplace and
those that can be defined and searched in IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning (WCL).
Skills defined through the Workplace user interface (which are placed into the skills dictionary) are the only ones that
can be searched in Workplace. These skills can also be searched in a WCL user search, for example, when you click
the Users tab and then click Manage Users and select an item in the User Search Skill field.
You can define another kind of skill through the WCL user interface that can only be searched in WCL. You define this
kind of skill in the WCL Resources module and assign it to instructors that you define in that module. You can then
search for instructors assigned that skill by clicking the Resources tab and then Manage Instructor. This kind of skill is
not accessible from Workplace and it is not accessible in a WCL user search: it is only relevant in an instructor search
in the Resources module.
IBM Workplace Rich Client
Plug-in Help not provided for some client plug-ins
No Help for the following plug-ins is currently provided when you click Help --> About IBM WorkPlace, then click
Plug-in Details, select the plug-in from the list, and click More Info:
com.IBM_pdm_1.0.1
com.IBM.rcp.systemtray_1.1.0
com.IBM.rcp.jsse_1.1.0
The About This Content window contains only the text "TBD".
207
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Preparing for rich client setup (i5/OS)
Steps 4b and 4f in the topic "Preparing for rich client setup (i5/OS)" incorrectly tell the user to change directory (cd)
to the setup directory of the CD when preparing to copy the rich client installation directories. These steps should
both read:
"Change to the root directory of the optical drive by entering the following:
cd /qopt"
This error has been corrected in the latest version of the information center on the Web.
Security
Configuring SSL for IBM Workplace Collaboration Services
The topic "Securing the network for IBM Workplace Collaboration Services" now contains links to all the prerequisite
steps you need to do for configuring SSL for IBM Workplace Collaboration Services, as well as updated configuration
information for SSL.
Configuring SSL for Workplace login only
Follow these steps to only encrypt the login process to IBM Workplace and allow subsequent requests via HTTP. This
secures passwords during the log in process, without requiring SSL to be implemented for all transactions.
Assumptions (see the Workplace Information Center for specific information on these tasks)
�
�
�
�
�
HTTP and HTTPS are already enabled on the HTTP server (as specified by your HTTP server's vendor
documentation).
The HTTPS server certificate is included within the WebSphere Application Server (WAS) (DummyServerTrustFile)
and Java (cacerts).
The HTTPS virtual host (default of 443) is configured in WAS.
LDAPS is configured.
ConfigService.properties and web.xmls have correct values as default if SSL has not been previously enabled.
1. Regenerate the HTTP plugin. Move the new HTTP plugin to the HTTP server if the server is remote.
2. Edit the login.jsp (<was_root>/installedApps/<hostname>/wps.ear/wps.war/screens/html/Login.jsp) as
follows:
<wps:urlcommand="LoginUser" ssl="true"/> 3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Stop all servers.
Clear the /WAS_HOME/temp and /WAS_HOME/wstemp.
Start all servers.
Test the login by issuing the following URL: http://yourHTTPServer.yourco.com/lwp/workplace
Submit your credentials; notice that the URL does not change to https.
Digest authentication does not work for Instant Messaging
The topic "Instant Messaging Authentication" provides instructions for using digest authentication to encrypt passwords during a chat session initiation. Digest authentication is not supported in IBM Workplace 2.0. SSL encryption, which is configured by default, is used to encrypt the passwords and data transferred during IBM Workplace Instant Messaging chats.
208
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Enabling non-wpsadmins to manage client certificates
To enable a user who is not a member of the wpsadmins group to manage certificates in the Workplace Client Certificate Store, perform the following steps:
1. Login to the WebSphere Administrative Console as an Administrator.
2. Select Applications > Enterprise Applications.
3. Click A_LWP_Infrastructure.
4. Under Additional Properties, click "Map security roles to users/groups."
5. Note that the PKIAdmin role already has a mapped group: wpsadmins. This entry allows members of this group to
perform the stated certificate functions.
6. Check the PKIAdmin role & then click "Lookup users."
7. Enter a Search String to find the LDAP user(s) you want to add & then click Search.
8. Select the desired user(s), then click the right arrow button to copy them to the Selected list.
9. Click OK when all desired users have been added for this role.
10.
Click OK on the "Map roles" page when done adding all users.
11.
Click Save, Save to commit the changes.
12.
Restart the WebSphere_Portal server process to initiate the changes.
Updates to "Importing a certificate into the WAS trust stores"
The following steps: #4 and #9 in the procedure for importing a certificate into the WebSphere Application Server trust
stores require an update. The blue text should be added to them.
Step #4 should say: Use the IKEYMAN utility that ships with the WebSphere Application Server (<WAS
Root>\bin\ikeyman.ba) instead of the IBM HTTP Server utility to import the certificate into the WebSphere Application
Server trust file, by selecting Signer Certificates, and then clicking Add.
Step #9 should say: Import the certificate into the WebSphere Application Server Java 1.4.1 trust file by issuing the
following command:
java/jre/bin/keytool -import -file [CERTIFICATE] -keystore java141/jre/lib/security/cacerts -alias
[CERTIFICATE ALIAS] -trustcacerts
where java/jre/bin/keytool is a command and java141/jre/lib/security/cacerts is a file that resides in the
<WAS Root>\workplaceserver directory.
"Securing passwords" topic is no longer valid
The information in the Information Center security topic "Securing passwords" is no longer valid and does not apply to
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5.
IBM Workplace Portlet Help
Application Membership help refers to team spaces
Chat Room and Discussion applications have Membership portlets associated with them. The Membership portlet help
in Chat Room and Discussion applications refers to team space membership.
Chat Room or Discussion portlets are part of team spaces created from the Team Project template. However, they can
also be individual applications outside a team space. In that context - when they are individual applications - the help
is incorrect. It should not refer to team spaces.
209
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Mail and rich text editor keystrokes
The Compose Message Help page should contain the following information about using the rich text editor's
accessibility toolbars and dialog boxes.
�
To use the pop-up toolbar, press Ctrl+Shift+M.
�
To use the foreground color picker, press Ctrl+Shift+G.
�
To use the background color picker, press Ctrl+Shift+J.
�
To use the insert table dialog box, press Ctrl+Shift+T.
Web conference templates are not customizable
The portlet help provides tips and instructions for editing a Web Conference template. Web conferences are not
customizable in this release.
Wildcard (*) character in People Finder and Directory Search
The "Searching guidelines" that appear in the help for People Finder and Directory Search should contain this
additional item:
�
You can type an asterisk (*) as a wildcard character in the Search field in either People Finder or Directory
Search. Type the character only as part of a name, not by itself. For example, you could type Joh*ns*n to
find the names Johansen, Johnson, and Johonsen, and other names like them.
IBM Workplace Collaborative Learning
Approval process for an Approver
If you elect to have 'Approver' approval, this provides you with the ability to have someone other than the manager
Approve enrollments. This approval level is equal to that of the Manager; it is not a second level of approval.
My Learning Interests only includes recommended jobs
The documentation incorrectly states that My Learning Interests can include skills, subjects, groups, or departments.
This feature has not been implemented.
IBM Workplace Documents
Document libraries and group access
The behavior of groups in document libraries is different than described in the Help topics "Adding groups to a team
space" and "Removing group access to a team space." When a member of a group accesses a document library, the
group member does NOT get added to the membership as an individual member. When groups are removed from a
document library, members of the group no longer have access even if they have already accessed the document
library.
210
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace Team Collaboration
Team spaces group access
The behavior of groups in Team Spaces is different than described in the Help topics "Adding groups to a team space"
and "Removing group access to a team space." When a member of a group accesses a team space, the group member
does NOT get added to the membership as an individual member. When groups are removed from a Web conference,
members of the group no longer have access even if they have already accessed the team space.
IBM Workplace Forms
Delete form document behavior described incorrectly
If you open the Help window from a form portlet and find the topic "Deleting documents," the option for deleting a document that is open is incorrect. It states you click the Delete button and then click "Return to View." The actual behavior is that after you click Delete you are asked to confirm the deletion and then returned automatically to the main page of the Form portlet.
IBM Workplace Web Conferences
Web conferencing Help issues
The following outlines areas where the Web Conferencing Help differs from the product user interface/functionality:
�
The behavior of groups and Web conference participation is different than described in the Help topics "Adding
groups to a Web conference" and "Removing group access to a Web conference," which are both in the "Managing
participants" Help. When a member of a group accesses a Web Conference, the group member does NOT get
added to the membership as an individual member. When groups are removed from a Web conference, members
of the group no longer have access even if they have already participated in the Web conference.
�
The Help topic, "Supported browsers" in the Web conferencing list Help states that Web conferencing supports
both the Sun 1.4.2 Java Virtual Machine (JVM) plug-in and the Microsoft 1.1 JVM. However, it does not state
that for this release, the Sun 1.4.2 Java Virtual Machine (JVM) is required for presenters to share their screen. If
you try to share your screen without the Sun 1.4 JVM, an error message displays. (The Microsoft 1.1 JVM is
sufficient for participants to view screen sharing.)
The following summarizes the requirements in this release for sharing your screen and viewing screen sharing
during a Web conference:
Sharing your screen
- Sun Java 1.4 Virtual Machine (Sun plug-in version of Java Virtual Machine (JVM) 1.4.2 and Microsoft Internet
Explorer 6.0 with Service Pack 1, Mozilla 1.4, or Firefox 1.0)
�
Viewing screen share
- Sun plug-in version of Java Virtual Machine (JVM) 1.4.2 and Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 with Service Pack 1
as well as Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 with Service Pack 2 and Microsoft Java Virtual Machine 1.1.
The "Creating Web conferences" Help topic refers to a step in which you select a template on which to base your
conference. This functionality is not available in this release.
211
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Administration
Workplace Task Scheduler Help correction
The Help topic for Workplace Task Scheduler, Step 3c, indicates that the frequency setting for running a task includes
weeks; it does not. The frequency setting for running a task includes minutes, hours, days, and months.
IBM Workplace Rich Client Help
IBM Workplace Documents
Duplicate Help pages
The topic "Welcome to the Word Processing Editor Help" displays multiple times in descending levels of the table of contents (Help -> Help topics).
The topic text appears three times in all descending levels of the first-level subtopics in this section, with the exception
of "Common Help Topics".
Topics also appear in duplicate, and sometimes triplicate (e.g., Command Reference) for most, but not all, of the second-level topics in the table of contents, for example, "Creating Word Processing Documents".
Extended tips cannot display in "Preference" dialog
The Extended Tips aren't able to be displayed in the Preference dialog
Failure to locate help page in 'Create -> Graphics' dialog
In the "Create -> Graphics" dialog, clicking the "Help" button does not load the correct Help page.
IBM Workplace Documents Help issues
The following outlines areas where IBM Workplace Documents Help differs from the product user interface/functionality:
�
In the topic "Creating a document library," step 3 indicates that the new document library opens in the browser
client. This is incorrect. When you have completed this step, the new document library displays under Document
Libraries.
�
In the topics "Editing a document" and "Deleting a document," the first step should be "Select the document..."
not "Open the document...."
�
You cannot save a document as a PDF file in the steps described in "Downloading a document." To save a
document in PDF format, open the file and then click Save - Save As, and then select PDF as the File type.
212
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Incorrect Help title for chart object bar
In Help, the title for the Chart Object Bar incorrectly reads as "Main Toolbar".
No general introduction page for IBM productivity tools Help
In the Help table of contents, no text displays when the book for "IBM Productivity Tools" is selected.
Stand-alone document editor file commands
When you launch a stand-alone document editor, you can choose the following commands (which are not included in
Help) from the File menu:
�
�
�
Save as saves an open file with a new file name or path that you specify to a local directory.
New creates a new file in the document editor.
Open opens an existing file that you select in the document editor.
The content on the Help page "Change" is incorrect
In the text shown under 'Insertion' of the Help page "Change", it reads: "Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a
document".
The word "deletions" here should be changed to read "insertions".
IBM Workplace Rich Client
Accessibility, Keyboard commands - Help update
The "Accessibility" topic should contain the following, additional information:
Windows StickyKeys is supported in IBM Worklplace rich client. Select the option Press modifier key twice to lock in
the Settings for StickyKeys dialog box. Once this is selected, you can press the modifier key twice and then click the
appropriate keyboard command.
The "Keyboard commands" topic should contain the following, additional information:
SHIFT+F10 exposes the context menu in the preview pane, but you can't manuever up or down to the items in the
menu with the keyboard. Press TAB, then DOWN ARROW to move focus to the context menu to navigate.
Activity Explorer: Adding members to a shared object
The following information should be included in the topic "Adding and removing members" in the Activity Explorer
section of the rich client help.
You can use drag and drop to add a member to a shared object that is displayed in the Activity Thread pane, Activity
List tab, or Activity Tree tab. Drag a contact's name from the Instant Contacts pane and drop it on the object to be
shared. After you complete the information in the Add New Members dialog box, the contact is added to the
membership list for the object.
To add multiple members at one time, use SHIFT-click or CTRL-click to select two or more contacts, and then drag
the selected names to the object.
213
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Calendar Help correction
To open the tabbed calendar you must first click Messaging (rather than My Mail), if necessary, before clicking
Calendar.
Incorrect description of Team Spaces being available offline
The Team Spaces catalog displays an Available offline column, even though team spaces are only available online. The help topic that describes the Application catalog incorrectly describes this. The help topic should say:
In the Available Offline column, the following two icons indicate the offline status of each database application (team spaces are not available offline):
the application is available offline. You either created this application locally or made a shared application available locally.
the application is available online only. You will have to make the application available offline in order to access it.
Instant messaging rich client Help issues
The following areas documented in the rich client instant messaging Help differ from the instant messaging user interface and/or functionality:
Instant contacts issues:
�
�
�
�
The "Setting general preferences" Help topic refers to the option to edit the text for the Startup status message
and ask to be prompted to edit this message whenever your status changes. These settings are not available in
the user interface. However, the setting Automatically log me in is available, although not documented in the
Help. Selecting this setting logs you into instant messaging when the IBM (R) Workplace (TM) rich client starts.
The "Adding contacts" Help topic refers to the "Add to Address Book" setting. This setting is not available in the
user interface.
The "Adding groups to the contact list" Help topic refers to "Personal" groups; the user interface uses the term
"Private" group. These are the same thing. And, after adding a group, you will be prompted to add another group;
click Add Another Group to add a group or Cancel to close the message box.
The instant messaging Help refers to the Chats folder, as does the rest of the product user interface. However, in
some places, the instant messaging user interface refers to this as the My Chats folder. These are the same thing.
Chat issues:
�
�
The "Formatting a chat message" Help topic states that you can set chat message format preferences for all chat
windows by clicking File --> Preferences and then clicking Messages in the navigator or for the current chat by
clicking the Font style button in the chat window. Format includes typeface, fonts style, effects, color, and script.
See the "Chat window font limitations" release note for more information about font limitations.
In this release, you can now invite others to chat and respond to chat invitations, as follows:
Inviting others to chat
When you are chatting with one person, you can invite other people to join the chat. You cannot send invitations to a
person who is off-line. You also cannot send invitations to a contact whose on-line status is "Do not disturb," although
you can continue a chat already in progress with that contact. If a person's on-line status is "I am away," you can send
an invitation, which is displayed when the person returns.
1. In the chat window, click Invite Others.
2. In the Search In field, select one of the following options to specify where you want to search for chat
partners. Depending on your configuration, some of these choices might not be available.
�
Instant Contacts to list all contacts on your Instant Contacts list.
�
Organization directory to search your company's directory.
�
One of the other directories that are displayed.
3. In the Search For field, type the name of the contact you are searching for, and then click Search. (You
cannot search for groups.)
214
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
4. Click a name and then click Add.
5. Repeat Steps 2 to 4 to select additional chat partners.
6. In the Invitation Message field, type the message you want chat partners to receive when invited to join the
chat.
7. Click Send invitation. You cannot add new chat partners while the chat window is updating
Responding to an invitation to chat
If you are invited to a chat with multiple people, click one of the following options:
�
�
�
Join
To participate in the chat.
Respond Privately
To send a chat message to the person who is inviting you. No other chat participant sees this message.
Cancel
To close the invitation without joining the chat.
On-line status issues:
�
�
The "Changing on-line status" Help topic mentions that you can click Apply or Restore Defaults. These buttons
are not available in the Tools --> My Status user interface.
The "Logging on to instant messaging" Help topic refers to File --> Work on-line to log on to instant messaging
and the Help topic "Logging out of instant messaging" Help topic refers to File --> Work off-line to log off of
instant messaging. In fact, the use interface is a toggle: click File --> Work on-line to select this menu choice and
log in or click File --> Work on-line again to uncheck this menu choice and log off of instant messaging.
Lotus Notes, document libraries, and the IBM editors
If you use Lotus Notes within the rich client, you can save attachments to a document library within the rich client and
you can attach files from document libraries to Notes documents. Additionally, you can use the IBM editors available
in the rich client to view and edit files attached to Notes documents.
Mail and offline rich client help corrections
On the main Mail page for rich client Help, the sentence "If you choose to work online, the mail in your Inbox will be based on the latest server version." should be replaced with "If you choose to work online, the mail in your Inbox will also be based on the data stored on your local drive. However, when a feature requires data that is only available on the server, the client will contact the server for it."
On the Welcome to IBM Workplace --> Working Offline page, the following changes are needed:
-- The final bullet should read "Use the type-ahead feature to address messages. As you type a name in an address field, the type-ahead feature finds the name, based on the letters that you type." The mail application populates the type-ahead feature with names found in the user's mail Inbox.
-- The term "Links" should be removed from the page.
Note that the smart type-ahead feature is available in online and offline modes when addressing mail. Also note that in
both online and offline modes, the client works with local data, although in online mode it will connect to the server to
access server-only data.
Mail Help issues
Following are the issues using Mail Help:
�
The topic "Opening a message" should include the following procedure for resizing the preview pane using the
keyboard:
1. Press Alt+Hyphen.
2. Using the Arrow keys, select Size > Bottom.
3. Press the Up or Down arrow to resize the preview pane.
4. Press Esc to exit focus.
215
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
�
�
�
�
Release Notes
The topic "Creating a new message" describes how to attach files from your local machine. You can also attach
documents from a document library that you have access to. To attach a file from a document library, click the
arrow beside Attach, and then click Attach from Document Library. Select the document to attach from a
document library, and then click OK.
The topic "Opening a folder" states that you can display the contents of more than one folder at a time by clicking
the folder name, and then clicking File > Open in New Tab. There is a bug with this feature. Following this task
will replace the display of the currently opened folder, and then open a duplicate copy of the same folder that you
are trying to open in a new tab. For example, if you have your Inbox open and want to also display Drafts in a new
tab, the procedure above will replace the Inbox display with Drafts and then open Drafts in a second tab.
The topic "Working with attachments" states that your administrator must allow you to launch executable files.
This is incorrect. File types that will open directly from the rich client are JPG, BMP, GIF, PDF, TXT, SXI, SXC,
SXW. All other file types must be saved locally to your computer to be opened.
The topic "Using Chat to reply to a message" states to click the arrow next to Reply, and then click Reply Using
Chat. This is incorrect. The correct option to click is Reply with Chat.
Mail Help issues
Following are the issues using Mail Help:
�
�
�
�
�
The topic "Opening a message" should include the following procedure for resizing the preview pane using the
keyboard:
1. Press Alt+Hyphen.
2. Using the Arrow keys, select Size > Bottom.
3. Press the Up or Down arrow to resize the preview pane.
4. Press Esc to exit focus.
The topic "Creating a new message" describes how to attach files from your local machine. You can also attach
documents from a document library that you have access to. To attach a file from a document library, click the
arrow beside Attach, and then click Attach from Document Library. Select the document to attach from a
document library, and then click OK.
The topic "Opening a folder" states that you can display the contents of more than one folder at a time by clicking
the folder name, and then clicking File > Open in New Tab. There is a bug with this feature. Following this task
will replace the display of the currently opened folder, and then open a duplicate copy of the same folder that you
are trying to open in a new tab. For example, if you have your Inbox open and want to also display Drafts in a new
tab, the procedure above will replace the Inbox display with Drafts and then open Drafts in a second tab.
The topic "Working with attachments" states that your administrator must allow you to launch executable files.
This is incorrect. File types that will open directly from the rich client are JPG, BMP, GIF, PDF, TXT, SXI, SXC,
SXW. All other file types must be saved locally to your computer to be opened.
The topic "Using Chat to reply to a message" states to click the arrow next to Reply, and then click Reply Using
Chat. This is incorrect. The correct option to click is Reply with Chat.
Switcher bar graphic in Help not current
In the Help topic "Navigating IBM Workplace rich client," there is a screenshot of IBM Workplace rich client. The version of the Switcher bar that is being shown in the graphic is not current. �
�
�
The order of icons in the Switcher bar is different in the rich client than what is being shown in the graphic.
By default, Web conferences and Learning are not accessible and do not display in the Switcher bar.
The 3270 Emulator icon is not a feature in this release.
"Creating a form" Help correction
Step 5 in the data access designer topic "Creating a form" is referring a field name that is incorrect.
Step 5 correction
Select Generate automatically from selected table to create fields on the form from the table columns that you choose.
"Working with bookmarks" Help correction
To open a bookmarked item, single-click the bookmark rather than double-click it.
216
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace Web Conferences
Launching of Web Conferences and Learning in 2.5
Both the Web Conference and Learning applications are not supported by the internal web browser provided with the
rich client in 2.5, due to some Java 2 limitations. When you select 'Web Conferences' or 'Learning' the rich client will
launch an external browser instead; on Windows, Internet Explorer will be launched and on Linux, Mozilla will be
launched.
IBM Data Access Tool
Access control list for shared database applications Help update
The data access designer Help topic "Setting an access level for a shared database application" states that you need to
open the access control list from data access designer after you share a database application. The first time that you
share a database application, the access control list will open automatically. You do not have to go into data access
designer to open the access control list.
To update the access control list for an existing shared database application, in data access designer, right-click on
the database application name, and then click Access Control List.
Default value needed for primary keys when using auto-save
If you enable auto-save in a form, the data entered in the form in data access viewer will be saved each time a change
is made in the form, including when new records are created. However, primary key fields must contain unique data in
order for the record to be saved. To make sure auto-save works correctly, you must specify a default value expression
for all primary key table columns that will automatically generate a unique value for the primary key field.
Disable/Enable setting on a control
This is an update for the Data access designer Help topic, "Changing the availability of a control or decoration."
Click inside a control, and then click the Basics tab in the attributes editor.
Selecting or deselecting Enabled is data specific, not control specific. Setting a control to disabled (deselecting
Enabled), changes the flag on the data bind element, which means that all controls bound to that data element will
inherit its enablement setting.
Hiding action bars and element navigator
By default, when a database application is open in data access viewer, you will see a top action bar, which includes
the element navigator (Show drop-down list) and a bottom action bar. Designers have the option of hiding the top and
bottom action bars and hiding the element navigator. The options Show action bar and Show element navigator are
available in data access designer in the attributes editor for the database application.
Keyboard command for accessing a date picker
To use the keyboard to access a date picker in data access viewer, while focus is in the date picker field, press
ALT+UP ARROW or ALT+DOWN ARROW to open the date picker.
217
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Keyboard commands for moving between tabs in attributes editor
While in a design element in data access design editor, press CTRL+F7 to access the first tab of the attributes editor.
To move to the next tab in the attributes editor, press SHIFT+TAB, and then RIGHT ARROW.
List box, combination box, radio button group Help correction
Steps 2 and 3 in the data access designer Help topic "Creating the list for a list box, combination box, and radio
button group" have the following corrections:
Step 2 correction
Task
Add a label, which appears instead of a value in forms
(values appear in grids and reports)
Action
Click in the row that you want to add a label to, and then
click Edit. Enter a label name in the Label field, and then
click OK.
Step 3 correction
To use values from a table that you define, select Values defined from table columns from the Choose a Selection
Method drop-down list. Then follow these steps:
1. Click Add Columns to select a table whose columns you want to use in the list.
2. Select a table column from the Select value drop-down list.
3. To display a label for the list values, which appears instead of the list values, choose Select label, and then
select a table column from the Select label drop-down list.
New custom XPath functions
The following four new custom XPath functions are available to use in Data access:
Record Functions
number ibmforms:record-index()
The ibmforms:record-index function returns the index of the current record.
number ibmforms:record-count()
The ibmforms:record-count function returns the count of records. Note: Any records that are currently hidden or not
included in the filtered set are not included in this count.
NodeSet ibmforms:current-record()
The ibmforms:current-record function returns a NodeSet containing all of the values in the current record.
NodeSet ibmforms:current-table()
The ibmforms:current-table function returns a NodeSet containing all of the values in the current table. Note: All
records are included in this nodeset even if they have been hidden or are not included in the filtered set.
On Focus event documentation update
The data access designer Help topic, "Using events in design elements and controls" describes the On Focus event in
the following way:
The control received focus.
The correct description of the On Focus event is the following:
An event was sent to cause the control to receive focus.
218
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Right-arrow and left-arrow icon references in Help
Throughout data access designer Help, there are references to use the right-arrow or left-arrow icons to move items
from one list to another list. The right-arrow and left-arrow icons have been replaced with add (+) and remove (-)
icons. The double right-arrow or double left-arrow icons have been replaced with add all (multiple + signs) and remove
all icons (multiple - signs).
Save is automatic in data definitions
In data access designer, if you make changes to a data definition, you will notice that the Save option is disabled to
save your changes. Any changes that you make to a data definition is saved automatically.
Shift+F1 brings up Help for a control
The data access designer Help topic "Changing the cursor, hover help, and in-line help for a control or decoration"
states that F1 brings up Help text that a designer creates for a control when a user is using the control in data access
viewer. The correct keyboard command to bring up in-line help for a control in data access viewer is Shift+F1.
Updated description of icons in Application catalog
In the help topic that explains the Application catalog, a table incorrectly describes the icons in the Available offline
column. The table should look like this:
the application is available offline. You either created this application locally or made a shared application available locally.
the application is available online only. You will have to make the application available offline in order to access it.
Using computed fields Help correction
Steps 1 and 2 in the data access designer Help topic "Using computed fields in forms, grids, and reports" are in
reverse order.
Steps 1 and 2 correction
1. From the Palette to the right of the design editor, click Computed Field, then move your cursor to the area in the
design editor where you want to drop the computed field and click in that spot to drop the field.
2. Click inside the computed field.
Step 4 is missing an option for adding XPath expressions.
Step 4 correction
Enter an XPath expression directly in the edit box to the right of the Fields and Functions tabs.
Using relationships - Help correction
The Help topic "Using relationships" states:
A relationship is made between two tables by matching the foreign key column in the target table to the primary
key column in the source table.
Correction: A relationship is made between two tables by matching the foreign key column in the source table to the
primary key column in the target table.
IBM data access tool only has support for the above kind of relationship while creating forms, grids, and reports.
219
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Using values defined from table columns - Help correction
The following procedure is a correction to the topic "Creating the list for a list box, combination box, and radio button
group."
To use values from a table that you define, select Values defined from table columns from the Choose selection
method drop-down menu. Then follow these steps:
1. Click Add Columns to select the tables and columns that you want to use for the Select table and Select
label drop-down list.You can also set a filter condition on the Filters page of the wizard launched using
the Add Columns button, which allows filtering of data populated in the control.
2. Select a column value from the list of columns.
3. To display a label for the selected column value, which appears instead of the value, select Select label,
and then select the label from the label table.
"Changing group settings for a report" Help correction
The "corresponding section" that is referenced throughout the data access designer Help topic "Changing group
settings for a report" should be the Group header settings section.
"Changing summaries for a report" Help correction
The data access designer Help topic "Changing summaries for a report" states to change the color of the summary
field, click the button next to Color in the Grand Summary tab of the attributes editor. This is incorrect.
Correction
In the Grand Summary tab of the attributes editor, deselect Use system color, and then click the button next to
Background Color to change the color of the entire row of the summary field.
"Changing your primary key" Help update
Steps 4 and 5 in the data access designer Help topic "Changing your primary key" are incorrect.
Step 4 correction
To designate a column as a primary key, select a column from the Available columns list, and then click the Add icon
(+) to move it to the Selected columns list.
To designate a column as not being a primary key, select the column for the Selected columns list, and the click the
Remove icon (-) to move it to the Available columns list.
Step 5 correction
You cannot reorder the primary key columns.
"Creating group settings for a report" Help correction
Step 1 in the data access designer Help topic "Creating group settings" is missing information.
Step 1 correction
To create a group, follow the procedure for creating a Columnar with groups and totals report, and then click Next to
proceed to the Add fields to group by wizard page.
"Deleting table data" Help update
Step 2 in the data access designer Help topic "Deleting table data" that describes how to delete table data is incorrect.
Step 2 correction
To delete all of the data that is associated with a table, select the table or tables that you want to delete data from,
right-click on the table, and then click Delete Table Data OR click Design > Delete Table Data.
220
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
IBM Workplace WebSphere Administrative Console Help
IBM Workplace Rich Client
Menu sequence error
The following Workplace Client Certificate Store topics have incorrect navigation paths to their console pages. For the topic "Import Certificates from a File", the navigation should be as follows:
Click Lotus Workplace > Workplace Client Certificate Store > Import certificate from file.
For the topic "Update Certificate Store", the navigation should be as follows:
Click Lotus Workplace > Workplace Client Certificate Store > Update certificate store.
For the topic " View Certificate Details", the navigation should be as follows:
Click Lotus Workplace > Workplace Client Certificate Store and then click a certificate name link to open the Certificates Details page.
Administration
Allow import or export of files for rich client users only
In the topic, User Policies: Primary Details, you can enable rich client users only to import or export files.
�
Allow import of files - Select this setting to allow rich client users to import files into document libraries. The
default setting is selected.
�
Allow export of files - Select this setting to allow rich client users to export files from document libraries to a
file system. The default setting is selected.
SIP Container Router classname setting is incorrect in help
The Workplace SIP Container administrative settings available from the WebSphere Administrative Console include a
"Router classname" field that enables an administrator to specify the Java classname of the SIP container process
responsible for routing SIP messages to an outbound SIP proxy.
The online help available from the WebSphere Administrative Console states that the default setting for the "Router
classname" field should be com.ibm.workplace.sip.stack.transaction.transport.routers.DefaultRouter.
This statement is not correct. The correct default setting for the "Router classname" field is
com.ibm.workplace.sip.stack.transaction.transport.routers.SLSPRouter.
You can access the Router classname field by performing these steps from the WebSphere Administrative Console:
1.
2.
3.
Click Servers > Application Servers.
From the list of Application Servers, click WebSphere_Portal.
In the Additional Properties table, click SIP Container.
221
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
222
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Notices and Trademarks
Notices
Copyright notices and information regarding non-IBM software
Excluded Components
Your use of the "Excluded Components" listed below is subject to the terms of the agreement by which you are licensed
to use the Program (e.g., the IBM International Program License Agreement and accompanying License Information
Document), subject to the Excluded Components provision of the License Information Document. Pursuant to the
licenses under which IBM has obtained the Excluded Components, IBM is required to provide the following copyright
notices and information. The following copyright notices and information do not add, modify, or change the terms
pursuant to which you have licensed the Program.
1. Open Office:
The Program includes portions of code from the OpenOffice.org project. The source code version of the original OpenOffice.org code is available under the terms of this Sun Industry
Standards Source License version ("SISSL") at http://www.openoffice.org.
2. MATH.DTD Component
W3C (R) SOFTWARE NOTICE AND LICENSE
http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/2002/copyright-software-20021231
This work (and included software, documentation such as READMEs, or other related items) is being provided by the
copyright holders under the following license. By obtaining, using and/or copying this work, you (the licensee) agree
that you have read, understood, and will comply with the following terms and conditions.
Permission to copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation, with or without modification, for any
purpose and without fee or royalty is hereby granted, provided that you include the following on ALL copies of the
software and documentation or portions thereof, including modifications:
1. The full text of this NOTICE in a location viewable to users of the redistributed or derivative work.
2. Any pre-existing intellectual property disclaimers, notices, or terms and conditions. If none exist, the W3C Software
Short Notice should be included (hypertext is preferred, text is permitted) within the body of any redistributed or
derivative code.
3. Notice of any changes or modifications to the files, including the date changes were made. (We recommend you
provide URLs to the location from which the code is derived.)
THIS SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS," AND COPYRIGHT HOLDERS MAKE NO
REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR THAT THE USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR
DOCUMENTATION WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY THIRD PARTY PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS OR OTHER
RIGHTS. COPYRIGHT HOLDERS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR DOCUMENTATION.
The name and trademarks of copyright holders may NOT be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to the software
without specific, written prior permission. Title to copyright in this software and any associated documentation will at
all times remain with copyright holders.
223
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
3. BitStream Vera Fonts
Copyright (C) 2003 by Bitstream, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Bitstream
Vera is a trademark of Bitstream, Inc.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of the fonts accompanying this license
("Fonts") and associated documentation files (the "Font Software"), to reproduce and distribute the Font Software,
including without limitation the rights to use, copy, merge, publish, distribute, and/or sell copies of the Font Software,
and to permit persons to whom the Font Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- The above copyright and trademark notices and this permission notice shall be included in all copies of one or more
of the Font Software typefaces.
- The Font Software may be modified, altered, or added to, and in particular the designs of glyphs or characters in
the Fonts may be modified and additional glyphs or characters may be added to the Fonts, only if the fonts are
renamed to names not containing either the words "Bitstream" or the word "Vera".
- This License becomes null and void to the extent applicable to Fonts or Font Software that has been modified and is
distributed under the "Bitstream Vera" names.
- The Font Software may be sold as part of a larger software package but no copy of one or more of the Font Software
typefaces may be sold by itself.
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL BITSTREAM OR
THE GNOME FOUNDATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
OTHER LIABILITY, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO
USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the names of Gnome, the Gnome Foundation, and Bitstream Inc., shall not be used
in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Font Software without prior written
authorization from the Gnome Foundation or Bitstream Inc., respectively. For further information, contact: fonts at
gnome dot org.
4. Freetype 2.1.4
Portions of this software are copyright © 1996-2002 The FreeType Project (www.freetype.org).
All rights reserved.
5. ICU 2.2
International Components for Unicode (ICU) v. 2.0 & later
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION NOTICE
Copyright (C) 1995-2001 International Business Machines Corporation and others. All rights reserved.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
the Software is furnished to do so, provided that the above copyright notice(s) and this permission notice appear in all
copies of the Software and that both the above copyright notice(s) and this permission notice appear in supporting
documentation.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR HOLDERS
INCLUDED IN THIS NOTICE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, OR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,
OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of a copyright holder shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to
promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization of the copyright holder.
224
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
6. JPEG 6b
This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group.
Independent JPEG Group (IJG)
IJG JPEG Library
This software is Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
All Rights Reserved except as specified below.
7. XSLT4J, XML4C and Apache Jakarta Commons HttpClient
Apache License Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1
through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are
under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or
indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership
of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to software source
code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form,
including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media
types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under the License, as
indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix
below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or derived from) the
Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole,
an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that
remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works
thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any modifications
or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the
Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright
owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written
communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on
electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on
behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is
conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been
received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants
to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce,
prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such
Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
225
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to
You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section)
patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such
license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their
Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was
submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit)
alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the
date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions:
(a) You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
(b) You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files; and
(c) You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright, patent,
trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not
pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
(d) If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that You
distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding
those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the following places:
within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or documentation,
if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and
wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational
purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative
Works that You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license
terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works
as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions
stated in this License.
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted for
inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, without any
additional terms or conditions.
Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement
you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service marks, or
product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of
the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work
(and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS
OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE,
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible
for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or
otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing,
shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the
Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction,
or any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of
such damages.
226
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may
choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations
and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own
behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify,
defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such
Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
8. Expat
http://www.jclark.com/xml/copying.txt
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons
to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
9. Portions of Info-Zip
Copyright (C) 1990-2003 Info-ZIP. All rights reserved.
This software is provided "as is," without warranty of any kind, express or implied. In no event shall Info-ZIP or its
contributors be held liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, special or consequential damages arising out of the use
of or inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter
it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, definition, disclaimer, and this list of
conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form (compiled executables) must reproduce the above copyright notice, definition,
disclaimer, and this list of conditions in documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. The
sole exception to this condition is redistribution of a standard UnZipSFX binary (including SFXWiz) as part of a
self-extracting archive; that is permitted without inclusion of this license, as long as the normal SFX banner has
not been removed from the binary or disabled.
3. Altered versions--including, but not limited to, ports to new operating systems, existing ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic, shared, or static library versions--must be plainly marked as such and must not be
misrepresented as being the original source. Such altered versions also must not be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases--including, but not limited to, labeling of the altered versions with the names "Info-ZIP" (or any
variation thereof, including, but not limited to, different capitalizations), "Pocket UnZip," "WiZ" or "MacZip" without
the explicit permission of Info-ZIP. Such altered versions are further prohibited from misrepresentative use of the
Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail addresses or of the Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use the names "Info-ZIP," "Zip," "UnZip," "UnZipSFX," "WiZ," "Pocket UnZip," "Pocket
Zip," and "MacZip" for its own source and binary releases.
227
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
10.
Log4J, STRUTS, AXIS SOAP, Crimson XML Processor, JSTL, Ant 1.5.1, XSLT4C, XML4J
The Apache Software License, Version 1.1. Copyright (C) 2002 The Apache Software Foundation. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The end-user documentation included with the redistribution, if any, must include the following acknowledgment:
"This product includes software developed by the Apache Software Foundation (http://www.apache.org/)."
Alternately, this acknowledgment may appear in the software itself, if and wherever such third-party acknowledgments normally appear.
4. The names "Apache " and "Apache Software Foundation" must not be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without prior written permission. For written permission, please contact
[email protected]
5. Products derived from this software may not be called "Apache", nor may "Apache" appear in their name,
without prior written permission of the Apache Software Foundation.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE APACHE SOFTWARE FOUNDATION OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Regarding XML4J, XML4J ships W3C interfaces. The W3C requires a reference to its standard W3C Software Notice
and License, which is either printed herein and/or can be found at
http://www.w3.org/Consortium/Legal/2002/copyright-software-20021231
11. JDOM
Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Brett McLaughlin & Jason Hunter. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the following
disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
disclaimer that follows these conditions in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
3. The name "JDOM" must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior
written permission. For written permission, please contact [email protected]
4. Products derived from this software may not be called "JDOM", nor may "JDOM" appear in their name, without
prior written permission from the JDOM Project Management ([email protected]).
"This product includes software developed by the JDOM Project (http://www.jdom.org/)."
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE JDOM AUTHORS OR THE PROJECT CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
228
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
12. Archive Accessor
The ArchiveAccessor Bean Suite uses The Open Group Research Institute MoaJar API to work with JAR files and an
extended version of this API to work with ZIP files. As such, The Open Group requires publication of the following
statement:
Copyright (C) 1997 The Open Group
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both the copyright notice and
this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of ("TOG") or the Open Group is not
used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, written prior permission.
THE OPEN GROUP DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL TOG BE
LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING
FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHER TORTIOUS
ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
The Open Group Research Institute MoaJar (unencumbered) 3/20/1997
13. Jaxen License
Copyright (C) 2000-2002 bob mcwhirter & James Strachan. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the following
disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
disclaimer that follows these conditions in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
3. The name "Jaxen" must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior
written permission. For written permission, please contact [email protected]
4. Products derived from this software may not be called "Jaxen", nor may "Jaxen" appear in their name, without
prior written permission from the Jaxen Project Management ([email protected]).
In addition, we request (but do not require) that you include in the end-user documentation provided with the
redistribution and/or in the software itself an acknowledgement equivalent to the following:
"This product includes software developed by the Jaxen Project (http://www.jaxen.org/)."
Alternatively, the acknowledgment may be graphical using the logos available at http://www.jaxen.org/
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE Jaxen AUTHORS OR THE PROJECT CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
14. Saxpath License
Copyright (C) 2000-2002 werken digital. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the following
disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
disclaimer that follows these conditions in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
distribution.
229
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
3. The name "SAXPath" must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior
written permission. For written permission, please contact [email protected]
4. Products derived from this software may not be called "SAXPath", nor may "SAXPath" appear in their name,
without prior written permission from the SAXPath Project Management ([email protected]).
In addition, we request (but do not require) that you include in the end-user documentation provided with the
redistribution and/or in the software itself an acknowledgement equivalent to the following:
"This product includes software developed by the SAXPath Project (http://www.saxpath.org/)."
Alternatively, the acknowledgment may be graphical using the logos available at http://www.saxpath.org/
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE SAXPath AUTHORS OR THE PROJECT CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
15. GTK + Bindings; XInclude Engine 1.0d11
GNU Lesser General Public License
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
The source code version of GTK + Bindings is available under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License at
http://www.eclipse.org.
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts as the successor of the GNU Library Public License,
version 2, hence the version number 2.1.]
PREAMBLE
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU
General Public Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the
software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some specially designated software packages--typically
libraries--of the Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You can use it too, but we suggest
you first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better strategy to use
in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, not price. Our General Public Licenses are
designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if
you wish); that you receive source code or can get it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to
surrender these rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the
library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the
rights that we gave you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. If you link other code
with the library, you must provide complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them with the library
after making changes to the library and recompiling it. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the library, and (2) we offer you this license, which
gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the
library is modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know that what they have is not the original
version, so that the original author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be introduced by others.
230
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free program. We wish to make sure that a
company cannot effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder.
Therefore, we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be consistent with the full
freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary GNU General Public License. This license,
the GNU Lesser General Pubic License, applies to certain designated libraries, and is quite different from the ordinary
General Public License. We use this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those libraries into non-free
programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using a shared library, the combination of the two is
legally speaking a combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary General Public License therefore
permits such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General Public License
permits more lax criteria for linking other code with the library.
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it does Less to protect the user's freedom than the
ordinary General Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage over competing
non-free programs. These disadvantages are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to encourage the widest possible use of a certain library,
so that it becomes a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be allowed to use the library. A
more frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this case, there is
little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free programs enables a greater number of people to use
a large body of free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in non-free programs enables many
more people to use the whole GNU operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a
program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified
version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. Pay close attention to the
difference between a "work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The former contains code derived
from the library, whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run.
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the
copyright holder or other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public
License (also called "this License"). Each licensee is addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with
application programs (which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms. A "work
based on the Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work
containing the Library or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated straightforwardly into
another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For a library, complete
source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus
the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope.
The act of running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from such a program is covered only if its
contents constitute a work based on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it). Whether
that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's complete source code as you receive it, in any
medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and
disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and
distribute a copy of this License along with the Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection
in exchange for a fee.
231
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Library,
and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet
all of these conditions:
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of
any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this
License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of data to be supplied by an application
program that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked, then you must
make a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does not supply such function or table, the
facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well-defined
independent of the application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any application-supplied function or table
used by this function must be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square root function must still
compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from
the Library, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and
its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the
same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the
terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every
part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work
written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective
works based on the Library. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with the Library
(or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work
under the scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy
of the Library. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so that they refer to the ordinary
GNU General Public License, version 2, instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary
GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any
other change in these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License
applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or
executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete
corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above
on a medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code, even
though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library, but is designed to work with the Library by
being compiled or linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a work, in isolation, is not a derivative
work of the Library, and therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library
(because it contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the library". The executable is therefore
covered by this License. Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file that is part of the Library, the object code for the
work may be a derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. Whether this is true is especially
significant if the work can be linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The threshold for this to be
true is not precisely defined by law.
232
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and
small inline functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object file is unrestricted, regardless of whether
it is legally a derivative work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library will still fall under
Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of
Section 6. Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, whether or not they are linked directly with
the Library itself.
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
to produce a work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work under terms of your choice, provided
that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse engineering for debugging such
modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library is used in it and that the Library and its
use are covered by this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work during execution displays
copyright notices, you must include the copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference directing
the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one of these things:
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code for the Library including
whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the
work is an executable linked with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that uses the Library", as
object code and/or source code, so that the user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who changes the contents of
definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified
definitions.)
b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1)
uses at run time a copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, rather than copying library
functions into the executable, and (2) will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if the user
installs one, as long as the modified version is interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give the same user the materials
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution.
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, offer equivalent access
to copy the above specified materials from the same place.
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user a
copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the Library" must include any data and utility programs
needed for reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, the materials to be distributed need
not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components
(compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself
accompanies the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not
normally accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library
together in an executable that you distribute.
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side-by-side in a single library together with
other library facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined library, provided that the separate
distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted, and provided
that you do these two things:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any
other library facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library, and
explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this
License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library is void, and will
automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you
under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
233
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you
permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the Library), you
indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or
modifying the Library or works based on it.
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the Library), the recipient automatically receives a
license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and
conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You
are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited
to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the
conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to
satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence
you may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution
of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy
both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the
section is intended to apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest
validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution
system which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide
range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the
author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted
interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical
distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the Lesser General Public License from
time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new
problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library specifies a version number of this License which
applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or
of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a license version
number, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs whose distribution conditions are
incompatible with these, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will
be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the
sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY
SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT
HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR
DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE
LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
234
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, we recommend making it
free software that everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting redistribution under these
terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the ordinary General Public License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source
file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a
pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later
version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser General Public
License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library; if not, write to the
Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright
disclaimer" for the library, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written
by James Random Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!
16. Boost
Copyright (C) Boost.org 2001.
Permission to copy, use, modify, sell and distribute this software is granted provided this copyright notice appears
in all copies. This software is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty, and with no claim as to its
suitability for any purpose.
17. Hyades
This product includes software developed by the Eclipse Project (http://www.eclipse.org/).
JReport - license information
JReport - license
Congratulations on your order of IBM Lotus learning management tools. Your initial order includes the ability to
TM
download and use up to three (3) copies of JReport Designer by Jinfonet Software, Inc. However, these copies of
JReport Designer are solely for your use with Lotus learning management software, and are not for standalone use.
This program allows your team to design customized and dynamic report templates to help enhance the functionality
of your Lotus learning software.
To download your 3 copies of JReport Designer, please visit the exclusive IBM Lotus download site at Jinfonet’s
website: www.jinfonet.com/lotuslms.htm. There you will find detailed instructions on how to download your copies of
JReport Designer, along with details on how you can purchase additional licensed copies directly from Jinfonet at a
discounted price off of their list price. In order to gain access to this website, please use the following User ID and
Password:
User ID: jinfoandlotus
Password: drj4ega
235
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Thank you for commitment to IBM Lotus learning management software. We look forward to serving you!
TM
JReport Server Engine copyright and trademark information
Developed by Jinfonet Software, Inc. 9400 Key West Ave., Suite 250 Rockville, MD 20850 www.jinfonet.com Copyright (c) 1998-2003, Jinfonet Software, Inc. All rights reserved.
236
IBM Workplace Collaboration Services 2.5
Release Notes
Trademarks
Trademark list
IBM, the IBM logo, AIX, Cloudscape, DB2, DB2 Universal Database, developerWorks, Domino, eServer, Freelance
Graphics, iSeries, i5/OS, Lotus, Lotus Notes, Notes, Passport Advantage, pSeries, Redbooks, Sametime, SecureWay,
Tivoli, WebSphere, Workplace, z/OS, and zSeries are trademarks or registered trademarks of International Business
Machines Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both.
Intel and Pentium are trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both.
Microsoft, Windows, and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States, other countries, or both.
UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries.
Java and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States, other countries, or both.
Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other countries, or both.
Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others.
237
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement